Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135

PART 135—OPERATING REQUIRE- 135.77 Responsibility for operational con- trol. MENTS: COMMUTER AND ON DE- 135.78 Instrument approach procedures and MAND OPERATIONS AND RULES IFR landing minimums. GOVERNING PERSONS ON 135.79 Flight locating requirements. BOARD SUCH 135.81 Informing personnel of operational information and appropriate changes. 135.83 Operating information required. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 135.85 Carriage of persons without compli- 50–2 [NOTE] ance with the passenger-carrying provi- SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. sions of this part. 71 [NOTE] 135.87 Carriage of cargo including carry-on SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. . 89 [NOTE] 135.89 Pilot requirements: Use of oxygen. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 135.91 Oxygen for medical use by pas- 97 [NOTE] sengers. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 135.93 : Minimum altitudes for 106 [NOTE] use. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 135.95 Airmen: Limitations on use of serv- 108 ices. 135.97 Aircraft and facilities for recent Subpart A—General flight experience. 135.98 Operations in the North Polar Area. Sec. 135.1 Applicability. 135.99 Composition of flight crew. 135.2 Compliance schedule for operators 135.100 Flight crewmember duties. that transition to part 121 of this chap- 135.101 Second in command required under ter; certain new entrant operators. IFR. 135.3 Rules applicable to operations subject 135.103 [Reserved] to this part. 135.105 Exception to second in command re- 135.4 Applicability of rules for eligible on- quirement: Approval for use of autopilot demand operations. system. 135.7 Applicability of rules to unauthorized 135.107 crewmember re- operators. quirement. 135.12 Previously trained crewmembers. 135.109 or second in com- 135.19 Emergency operations. mand: Designation required. 135.21 Manual requirements. 135.111 Second in command required in Cat- 135.23 Manual contents. egory II operations. 135.25 Aircraft requirements. 135.113 Passenger occupancy of pilot seat. 135.41 Carriage of narcotic drugs, mari- 135.115 Manipulation of controls. huana, and depressant or stimulant drugs 135.117 Briefing of passengers before flight. or substances. 135.119 Prohibition against carriage of 135.43 Crewmember certificates: Inter- weapons. national operations. 135.120 Prohibition on interference with crewmembers. Subpart B—Flight Operations 135.121 Alcoholic beverages. 135.122 Stowage of food, beverage, and pas- 135.61 General. senger service equipment during aircraft 135.63 Recordkeeping requirements. movement on the surface, takeoff, and 135.64 Retention of contracts and amend- landing. ments: Commercial operators who con- 135.123 Emergency and emergency evacu- duct intrastate operations for compensa- ation duties. tion or hire. 135.125 Aircraft security. 135.65 Reporting mechanical irregularities. 135.127 Passenger information requirements 135.67 Reporting potentially hazardous me- and smoking prohibitions. teorological conditions and irregularities 135.128 Use of safety belts and child re- of ground facilities or navigation aids. straint systems. 135.69 Restriction or suspension of oper- 135.129 Exit seating. ations: Continuation of flight in an emer- gency. Subpart C—Aircraft and Equipment 135.71 Airworthiness check. 135.73 Inspections and tests. 135.141 Applicability. 135.75 Inspectors credentials: Admission to 135.143 General requirements. pilots’ compartment: Forward observer’s 135.144 Portable electronic devices. seat. 135.145 Aircraft proving and validation 135.76 DOD Commercial Air Carrier Eval- tests. uator’s Credentials: Admission to pilots 135.147 Dual controls required. compartment: Forward observer’s seat. 135.149 Equipment requirements: General.

381

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00391 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

135.150 Public address and crewmember 135.219 IFR: Destination weather interphone systems. minimums. 135.151 Cockpit voice recorders. 135.221 IFR: Alternate airport weather 135.152 Flight data recorders. minimums. 135.153 [Reserved] 135.223 IFR: Alternate airport requirements. 135.154 Terrain awareness and warning sys- 135.225 IFR: Takeoff, approach and landing tem. minimums. 135.155 Fire extinguishers: Passenger-car- 135.227 Icing conditions: Operating limita- rying aircraft. tions. 135.156 Flight data recorders: filtered data. 135.229 Airport requirements. 135.157 Oxygen equipment requirements. 135.158 Pitot heat indication systems. Subpart E—Flight Crewmember 135.159 Equipment requirements: Carrying Requirements passengers under VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top conditions. 135.241 Applicability. 135.161 Communication and navigation 135.243 Pilot in command qualifications. equipment for aircraft operations under 135.244 Operating experience. VFR over routes navigated by pilotage. 135.245 Second in command qualifications. 135.163 Equipment requirements: Aircraft 135.247 Pilot qualifications: Recent experi- carrying passengers under IFR. ence. 135.249–135.255 [Reserved] 135.165 Communication and navigation equipment: Extended over-water or IFR operations. Subpart F—Crewmember Flight Time and 135.167 Emergency equipment: Extended Duty Period Limitations and Rest Re- overwater operations. quirements 135.168 [Reserved] 135.261 Applicability. 135.169 Additional airworthiness require- 135.263 Flight time limitations and rest re- ments. quirements: All certificate holders. 135.170 Materials for compartment inte- 135.265 Flight time limitations and rest re- riors. quirements: Scheduled operations. 135.171 Shoulder harness installation at 135.267 Flight time limitations and rest re- flight crewmember stations. quirements: Unscheduled one- and two- 135.173 Airborne thunderstorm detection pilot crews. equipment requirements. 135.269 Flight time limitations and rest re- 135.175 Airborne weather radar equipment quirements: Unscheduled three- and four- requirements. pilot crews. 135.177 Emergency equipment requirements 135.271 Helicopter hospital emergency med- for aircraft having a passenger seating ical evacuation service (HEMES). configuration of more than 19 passengers. 135.273 Duty period limitations and rest 135.178 Additional emergency equipment. time requirements. 135.179 Inoperable instruments and equip- ment. Subpart G—Crewmember Testing 135.180 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoid- ance System. Requirements 135.181 Performance requirements: Aircraft 135.291 Applicability. operated over-the-top or in IFR condi- 135.293 Initial and recurrent pilot testing tions. requirements. 135.183 Performance requirements: Land 135.295 Initial and recurrent flight attend- aircraft operated over water. ant crewmember testing requirements. 135.185 Empty weight and center of gravity: 135.297 Pilot in command: Instrument pro- Currency requirement. ficiency check requirements. 135.299 Pilot in command: Line checks: Subpart D—VFR/IFR Operating Limitations Routes and . and Weather Requirements 135.301 Crewmember: Tests and checks, grace provisions, training to accepted 135.201 Applicability. standards. 135.203 VFR: Minimum altitudes. 135.205 VFR: Visibility requirements. Subpart H—Training 135.207 VFR: Helicopter surface reference requirements. 135.321 Applicability and terms used. 135.209 VFR: Fuel supply. 135.323 Training program: General. 135.211 VFR: Over-the-top carrying pas- 135.324 Training program: Special rules. sengers: Operating limitations. 135.325 Training program and revision: Ini- 135.213 Weather reports and forecasts. tial and final approval. 135.215 IFR: Operating limitations. 135.327 Training program: Curriculum. 135.217 IFR: Takeoff limitations. 135.329 Crewmember training requirements.

382

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00392 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135

135.330 Crew resource management training. 135.385 Large transport category airplanes: 135.331 Crewmember emergency training. Turbine engine powered: Landing limita- 135.335 Approval of aircraft simulators and tions: Destination airports. other training devices. 135.387 Large transport category airplanes: 135.337 Qualifications: Check airmen (air- Turbine engine powered: Landing limita- craft) and check airmen (simulator). tions: Alternate airports. 135.338 Qualifications: Flight instructors 135.389 Large nontransport category air- (aircraft) and flight instructors (simu- planes: Takeoff limitations. lator). 135.391 Large nontransport category air- 135.339 Initial and transition training and planes: En route limitations: One engine checking: Check airmen (aircraft), check inoperative. airmen (simulator). 135.393 Large nontransport category air- 135.340 Initial and transition training and planes: Landing limitations: Destination checking: Flight instructors (aircraft), airports. flight instructors (simulator). 135.395 Large nontransport category air- 135.341 Pilot and flight attendant crew- planes: Landing limitations: Alternate member training programs. airports. 135.343 Crewmember initial and recurrent 135.397 Small transport category airplane training requirements. performance operating limitations. 135.345 Pilots: Initial, transition, and up- 135.398 Commuter category airplanes per- grade ground training. formance operating limitations. 135.347 Pilots: Initial, transition, upgrade, 135.399 Small nontransport category air- and differences flight training. plane performance operating limitations. 135.349 Flight attendants: Initial and transi- tion ground training. Subpart J—Maintenance, Preventive 135.351 Recurrent training. Maintenance, and Alterations 135.353 [Reserved] 135.411 Applicability. Subpart I—Airplane Performance 135.413 Responsibility for airworthiness. Operating Limitations 135.415 Service difficulty reports. 135.417 Mechanical interruption summary 135.361 Applicability. report. 135.363 General. 135.419 Approved aircraft inspection pro- 135.364 Maximum flying time outside the gram. United States. 135.421 Additional maintenance require- 135.365 Large transport category airplanes: ments. Reciprocating engine powered: Weight 135.422 Aging airplane inspections and limitations. records reviews for multiengine airplanes 135.367 Large transport category airplanes: certificated with nine or fewer passenger Reciprocating engine powered: Takeoff seats. limitations. 135.423 Maintenance, preventive mainte- 135.369 Large transport category airplanes: nance, and alteration organization. Reciprocating engine powered: En route 135.425 Maintenance, preventive mainte- limitations: All engines operating. nance, and alteration programs. 135.371 Large transport category airplanes: 135.427 Manual requirements. Reciprocating engine powered: En route 135.429 Required inspection personnel. limitations: One engine inoperative. 135.431 Continuing analysis and surveil- 135.373 Part 25 transport category airplanes lance. with four or more engines: Reciprocating 135.433 Maintenance and preventive mainte- engine powered: En route limitations: nance training program. Two engines inoperative. 135.435 Certificate requirements. 135.375 Large transport category airplanes: 135.437 Authority to perform and approve Reciprocating engine powered: Landing maintenance, preventive maintenance, limitations: Destination airports. and alterations. 135.377 Large transport category airplanes: 135.439 Maintenance recording require- Reciprocating engine powered: Landing ments. limitations: Alternate airports. 135.441 Transfer of maintenance records. 135.379 Large transport category airplanes: 135.443 Airworthiness release or aircraft Turbine engine powered: Takeoff limita- maintenance log entry. tions. 135.381 Large transport category airplanes: Subpart K—Hazardous Materials Training Turbine engine powered: En route limita- Program tions: One engine inoperative. 135.383 Large transport category airplanes: 135.501 Applicability and definitions. Turbine engine powered: En route limita- 135.503 Hazardous materials training: Gen- tions: Two engines inoperative. eral.

383

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00393 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.1 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

135.505 Hazardous materials training re- Subpart A—General quired. 135.507 Hazardous materials training § 135.1 Applicability. records. (a) This part prescribes rules gov- APPENDIX A TO PART 135—ADDITIONAL AIR- WORTHINESS STANDARDS FOR 10 OR MORE erning— PASSENGER AIRPLANES (1) The commuter or on-demand oper- APPENDIX B TO PART 135—AIRPLANE FLIGHT ations of each person who holds or is RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS required to hold an Air Carrier Certifi- APPENDIX C TO PART 135—HELICOPTER FLIGHT cate or Operating Certificate under RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS part 119 of this chapter. APPENDIX D TO PART 135—AIRPLANE FLIGHT (2) Each person employed or used by RECORDER SPECIFICATION a certificate holder conducting oper- APPENDIX E TO PART 135—HELICOPTER FLIGHT ations under this part including the RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS maintenance, preventative mainte- APPENDIX F TO PART 135—AIRPLANE FLIGHT nance and alteration of an aircraft. RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS (3) The transportation of mail by air- APPENDIX G TO PART 135—EXTENDED OPER- craft conducted under a postal service ATIONS (ETOPS) contract awarded under 39 U.S.C. 5402c. AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 41706, 40113, (4) Each person who applies for provi- 44701–44702, 44705, 44709, 44711–44713, 44715– sional approval of an Advanced Quali- 44717, 44722, 45101–45105. fication Program curriculum, cur- riculum segment, or portion of a cur- SOURCE: Docket No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. riculum segment under subpart Y of 10, 1978, unless otherwise noted. part 121 of this chapter of 14 CFR part SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION 121 and each person employed or used NO. 50–2 by an air carrier or commercial oper- ator under this part to perform train- ing, qualification, or evaluation func- EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. 50–2, see part 91 of this chapter. tions under an Advanced Qualification Program under subpart Y of part 121 of SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION this chapter of 14 CFR part 121. NO. 71 (5) Nonstop Commercial Air Tour flights conducted for compensation or

EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. hire in accordance with § 119.1(e)(2) of 71, see part 91 of this chapter. this chapter that begin and end at the same airport and are conducted within SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION a 25-statute-mile radius of that airport; NO. 89 provided further that these operations must comply only with the drug and EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. alcohol testing requirements in 89, see part 121 of this chapter. §§ 120.31, 120.33, 120.35, 120.37, and 120.39 of this chapter; and with the provisions SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION of part 136, subpart A, and § 91.147 of NO. 97 this chapter by September 11, 2007. (6) Each person who is on board an EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. aircraft being operated under this part. 97, see part 91 of this chapter. (7) Each person who is an applicant for an Air Carrier Certificate or an Op- SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION erating Certificate under 119 of this NO. 106 chapter, when conducting proving tests. EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. (8) Commercial Air tours conducted 106, see part 121 of this chapter. by holders of operations specifications issued under this part must comply SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION with the provisions of part 136, Subpart NO. 108 A of this chapter by September 11, 2007. (b) [Reserved] EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. (c) An operator who does not hold a 108, see part 91 of this chapter. part 119 certificate and who operates

384

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00394 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.2

under the provisions of § 91.147 of this scribed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), chapter is permitted to use a person or paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section. who is otherwise authorized to perform (b) Obtaining operations specifications. aircraft maintenance or preventive A certificate holder described in para- maintenance duties and who is not sub- graph (a)(1) of this section may not, ject to anti-drug and alcohol misuse after March 20, 1997, operate an air- prevent programs to perform— plane described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (1) Aircraft maintenance or preven- (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(1)(iii) of this section in tive maintenance on the operator’s air- scheduled passenger-carrying oper- craft if the operator would otherwise ations, unless it obtains operations be required to transport the aircraft specifications to conduct its scheduled more than 50 nautical miles further operations under part 121 of this chap- than the repair point closest to opera- ter on or before March 20, 1997. tor’s principal place of operation to ob- (c) Regular or accelerated compliance. tain these services; or Except as provided in paragraphs (d), (2) Emergency repairs on the opera- and (e) of this section, each certificate tor’s aircraft if the aircraft cannot be holder described in paragraph (a)(1) of safely operated to a location where an this section shall comply with each ap- employee subject to FAA-approved pro- plicable requirement of part 121 of this grams can perform the repairs. chapter on and after March 20, 1997 or on and after the date on which the cer- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978] tificate holder is issued operations EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- specifications under this part, which- tations affecting § 135.1, see the List of CFR ever occurs first. Except as provided in Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, and at www.fdsys.gov. each person described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall comply with § 135.2 Compliance schedule for opera- each applicable requirement of part 121 tors that transition to part 121 of of this chapter on and after the date on this chapter; certain new entrant which that person is issued a certifi- operators. cate and operations specifications (a) Applicability. This section applies under part 121 of this chapter. to the following: (d) Delayed compliance dates. Unless (1) Each certificate holder that was paragraph (e) of this section specifies issued an air carrier or operating cer- an earlier compliance date, no certifi- tificate and operations specifications cate holder that is covered by para- under the requirements of part 135 of graph (a) of this section may operate this chapter or under SFAR No. 38–2 of an airplane in 14 CFR part 121 oper- 14 CFR part 121 before January 19, 1996, ations on or after a date listed in this and that conducts scheduled passenger- paragraph unless that airplane meets carrying operations with: the applicable requirement of this (i) Nontransport category turbo- paragraph: propeller powered airplanes type cer- (1) Nontransport category turbo- tificated after December 31, 1964, that propeller powered airplanes type certifi- have a passenger seat configuration of cated after December 31, 1964, that have a 10–19 seats; passenger seat configuration of 10–19 (ii) Transport category turbo- seats. No certificate holder may oper- propeller powered airplanes that have a ate under this part an airplane that is passenger seat configuration of 20–30 described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this seats; or section on or after a date listed in (iii) Turbojet engine powered air- paragraph (d)(1) of this section unless planes having a passenger seat configu- that airplane meets the applicable re- ration of 1–30 seats. quirement listed in paragraph (d)(1) of (2) Each person who, after January this section: 19, 1996, applies for or obtains an initial (i) December 20, 1997: air carrier or operating certificate and (A) Section 121.289, operations specifications to conduct aural warning. scheduled passenger-carrying oper- (B) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- ations in the kinds of airplanes de- tection.

385

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00395 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.3 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(C) Section 121.310(e), Emergency exit (B) Section 121.311(f), Safety belts handle illumination. and shoulder harnesses. (D) Section 121.337(b)(8), Protective (ii) Manufactured on or after Decem- breathing equipment. ber 20, 1997: Section 121.317(a), Fasten (E) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- seat belt light. tion means. (iii) Manufactured on or after Decem- (ii) December 20, 1999: Section 121.342, ber 20, 1999: Section 121.293, Takeoff Pitot heat indication system. warning system. (iii) December 20, 2010: (iv) Manufactured on or after March (A) For airplanes described in 12, 1999: Section 121.310(b)(1), Interior § 121.157(f), the Airplane Performance emergency exit locating sign. Operating Limitations in §§ 121.189 (2) For transport category turbo- through 121.197. propeller powered airplanes that have a (B) Section 121.161(b), Ditching ap- passenger seat configuration of 20–30 proval. seats manufactured on or after March (C) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude 20, 1997: Section 121.305(j), Third atti- indicator. tude indicator. (D) Section 121.312(c), Passenger seat (f) New type certification requirements. cushion flammability. No person may operate an airplane for (iv) March 12, 1999: Section which the application for a type cer- 121.310(b)(1), Interior emergency exit tificate was filed after March 29, 1995, locating sign. in 14 CFR part 121 operations unless (2) Transport category turbopropeller that airplane is type certificated under powered airplanes that have a passenger part 25 of this chapter. seat configuration of 20–30 seats. No cer- (g) Transition plan. Before March 19, tificate holder may operate under this 1996 each certificate holder described in part an airplane that is described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section on or submit to the FAA a transition plan after a date listed in paragraph (d)(2) of (containing a calendar of events) for this section unless that airplane meets moving from conducting its scheduled the applicable requirement listed in operations under the commuter re- paragraph (d)(2) of this section: quirements of part 135 of this chapter (i) December 20, 1997: to the requirements for domestic or (A) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- flag operations under part 121 of this tection. chapter. Each transition plan must (B) Section 121.337(b) (8) and (9), Pro- contain details on the following: tective breathing equipment. (1) Plans for obtaining new oper- (C) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- ations specifications authorizing do- tion means. mestic or flag operations; (ii) December 20, 2010: Section (2) Plans for being in compliance 121.305(j), Third . with the applicable requirements of (e) Newly manufactured airplanes. No part 121 of this chapter on or before certificate holder that is described in March 20, 1997; and paragraph (a) of this section may oper- (3) Plans for complying with the com- ate under part 121 of this chapter an pliance date schedules contained in airplane manufactured on or after a paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. date listed in this paragraph (e) unless [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65938, Dec. 20, 1995, as that airplane meets the applicable re- amended by Amdt. 135–65, 61 FR 30435, June quirement listed in this paragraph (e). 14, 1996; Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, (1) For nontransport category turbo- 1997] propeller powered airplanes type cer- tificated after December 31, 1964, that § 135.3 Rules applicable to operations have a passenger seat configuration of subject to this part. 10–19 seats: (a) Each person operating an aircraft (i) Manufactured on or after March in operations under this part shall— 20, 1997: (1) While operating inside the United (A) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude States, comply with the applicable indicator. rules of this chapter; and

386

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00396 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.4

(2) While operating outside the (1) Two-pilot crew. The flightcrew United States, comply with Annex 2, must consist of at least two qualified Rules of the Air, to the Convention on pilots employed or contracted by the International or the reg- certificate holder. ulations of any foreign country, which- (2) Flight crew experience. The crew- ever applies, and with any rules of members must have met the applicable parts 61 and 91 of this chapter and this requirements of part 61 of this chapter part that are more restrictive than and have the following experience and that Annex or those regulations and ratings: that can be complied with without vio- (i) Total flight time for all pilots: lating that Annex or those regulations. (A) Pilot in command—A minimum Annex 2 is incorporated by reference in of 1,500 hours. § 91.703(b) of this chapter. (b) After March 19, 1997, each certifi- (B) Second in command—A minimum cate holder that conducts commuter of 500 hours. operations under this part with air- (ii) For multi-engine turbine-powered planes in which two pilots are required fixed-wing and powered-lift aircraft, by the type certification rules of this the following FAA certification and chapter shall comply with subparts N ratings requirements: and O of part 121 of this chapter in- (A) Pilot in command— trans- stead of the requirements of subparts port pilot and applicable type ratings. E, G, and H of this part. Each affected (B) Second in command—Commercial certificate holder must submit to the pilot and instrument ratings. Administrator and obtain approval of a (iii) For all other aircraft, the fol- transition plan (containing a calendar lowing FAA certification and rating re- of events) for moving from its present quirements: part 135 training, checking, testing, (A) Pilot in command—Commercial and qualification requirements to the pilot and instrument ratings. requirements of part 121 of this chap- (B) Second in command—Commercial ter. Each transition plan must be sub- pilot and instrument ratings. mitted by March 19, 1996, and must con- (3) Pilot operating limitations. If the tain details on how the certificate second in command of a fixed-wing air- holder plans to be in compliance with craft has fewer than 100 hours of flight subparts N and O of part 121 on or be- time as second in command flying in fore March 19, 1997. the aircraft make and model and, if a (c) If authorized by the Adminis- type rating is required, in the type air- trator upon application, each certifi- craft being flown, and the pilot in com- cate holder that conducts operations mand is not an appropriately qualified under this part to which paragraph (b) check pilot, the pilot in command shall of this section does not apply, may make all takeoffs and landings in any comply with the applicable sections of of the following situations: subparts N and O of part 121 instead of the requirements of subparts E, G, and (i) Landings at the destination air- H of this part, except that those au- port when a Destination Airport Anal- thorized certificate holders may choose ysis is required by § 135.385(f); and to comply with the operating experi- (ii) In any of the following condi- ence requirements of § 135.244, instead tions: of the requirements of § 121.434 of this (A) The prevailing visibility for the chapter. airport is at or below 3⁄4 mile. (B) The visual range for the [Doc. No. 27993, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 135–65, 61 FR 30435, June runway to be used is at or below 4,000 14, 1996] feet. (C) The runway to be used has water, § 135.4 Applicability of rules for eligi- snow, slush, ice, or similar contamina- ble on-demand operations. tion that may adversely affect aircraft (a) An ‘‘eligible on-demand oper- performance. ation’’ is an on-demand operation con- (D) The braking action on the run- ducted under this part that meets the way to be used is reported to be less following requirements: than ‘‘good.’’

387

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00397 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.7 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(E) The crosswind component for the § 135.7 Applicability of rules to unau- runway to be used is in excess of 15 thorized operators. knots. The rules in this part which apply to (F) Windshear is reported in the vi- a person certificated under part 119 of cinity of the airport. this chapter also apply to a person who (G) Any other condition in which the engages in any operation governed by pilot in command determines it to be this part without an appropriate cer- prudent to exercise the pilot in com- tificate and operations specifications mand’s authority. required by part 119 of this chapter. (4) Crew pairing. Either the pilot in [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as command or the second in command amended by Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. must have at least 75 hours of flight 20, 1995] time in that aircraft make or model and, if a type rating is required, for § 135.12 Previously trained crew- that type aircraft, either as pilot in members. command or second in command. A certificate holder may use a crew- (b) The Administrator may authorize member who received the certificate deviations from paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or holder’s training in accordance with (a)(4) of this section if the Flight subparts E, G, and H of this part before Standards District Office that issued March 19, 1997 without complying with the certificate holder’s operations initial training and qualification re- specifications finds that the crew- quirements of subparts N and O of part member has comparable experience, 121 of this chapter. The crewmember and can effectively perform the func- must comply with the applicable recur- tions associated with the position in rent training requirements of part 121 accordance with the requirements of of this chapter. this chapter. The Administrator may, [Doc. No. 27993, 60 FR 65950, Dec. 20, 1995] at any time, terminate any grant of de- viation authority issued under this § 135.19 Emergency operations. paragraph. Grants of deviation under this paragraph may be granted after (a) In an emergency involving the consideration of the size and scope of safety of persons or property, the cer- the operation, the qualifications of the tificate holder may deviate from the intended personnel and the following rules of this part relating to aircraft circumstances: and equipment and weather minimums to the extent required to meet that (1) A newly authorized certificate emergency. holder does not employ any pilots who (b) In an emergency involving the meet the minimum requirements of safety of persons or property, the pilot paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(4) of this sec- in command may deviate from the tion. rules of this part to the extent required (2) An existing certificate holder adds to meet that emergency. to its fleet a new category and class (c) Each person who, under the au- aircraft not used before in its oper- thority of this section, deviates from a ation. rule of this part shall, within 10 days, (3) An existing certificate holder es- excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and tablishes a new base to which it assigns Federal holidays, after the deviation, pilots who will be required to become send to the FAA Flight Standards Dis- qualified on the aircraft operated from trict Office charged with the overall in- that base. spection of the certificate holder a (c) An eligible on-demand operation complete report of the aircraft oper- may comply with alternative require- ation involved, including a description ments specified in §§ 135.225(b), of the deviation and reasons for it. 135.385(f), and 135.387(b) instead of the requirements that apply to other on- § 135.21 Manual requirements. demand operations. (a) Each certificate holder, other [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54585, Sept. than one who uses only one pilot in the 17, 2003] certificate holder’s operations, shall

388

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00398 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.23

prepare and keep current a manual set- vice available to those persons that ting forth the certificate holder’s pro- provides a legible image of the infor- cedures and policies acceptable to the mation and instructions, or a system Administrator. This manual must be that is able to retrieve the information used by the certificate holder’s flight, and instructions in the English lan- ground, and maintenance personnel in guage. conducting its operations. However, (h) If a certificate holder conducts the Administrator may authorize a de- aircraft inspections or maintenance at viation from this paragraph if the Ad- specified stations where it keeps the ministrator finds that, because of the approved inspection program manual, limited size of the operation, all or it is not required to carry the manual part of the manual is not necessary for aboard the aircraft en route to those guidance of flight, ground, or mainte- stations. nance personnel. (b) Each certificate holder shall [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–18, 47 FR 33396, Aug. 2, maintain at least one copy of the man- 1982; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995; ual at its principal base of operations. Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, 1997; (c) The manual must not be contrary Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54585, Sept. 17, 2003] to any applicable Federal regulations, foreign regulation applicable to the § 135.23 Manual contents. certificate holder’s operations in for- Each manual shall have the date of eign countries, or the certificate hold- the last revision on each revised page. er’s operating certificate or operations The manual must include— specifications. (d) A copy of the manual, or appro- (a) The name of each management priate portions of the manual (and person required under § 119.69(a) of this changes and additions) shall be made chapter who is authorized to act for available to maintenance and ground the certificate holder, the person’s as- operations personnel by the certificate signed area of responsibility, the per- holder and furnished to— son’s duties, responsibilities, and au- (1) Its flight crewmembers; and thority, and the name and title of each (2) Representatives of the Adminis- person authorized to exercise oper- trator assigned to the certificate hold- ational control under § 135.77; er. (b) Procedures for ensuring compli- (e) Each employee of the certificate ance with aircraft weight and balance holder to whom a manual or appro- limitations and, for multiengine air- priate portions of it are furnished craft, for determining compliance with under paragraph (d)(1) of this section § 135.185; shall keep it up to date with the (c) Copies of the certificate holder’s changes and additions furnished to operations specifications or appro- them. priate extracted information, including (f) Except as provided in paragraph area of operations authorized, category (h) of this section, each certificate and class of aircraft authorized, crew holder must carry appropriate parts of complements, and types of operations the manual on each aircraft when away authorized; from the principal operations base. The (d) Procedures for complying with ac- appropriate parts must be available for cident notification requirements; use by ground or flight personnel. (e) Procedures for ensuring that the (g) For the purpose of complying pilot in command knows that required with paragraph (d) of this section, a airworthiness inspections have been certificate holder may furnish the per- made and that the aircraft has been ap- sons listed therein with all or part of proved for return to service in compli- its manual in printed form or other ance with applicable maintenance re- form, acceptable to the Administrator, quirements; that is retrievable in the English lan- (f) Procedures for reporting and re- guage. If the certificate holder fur- cording mechanical irregularities that nishes all or part of the manual in come to the attention of the pilot in other than printed form, it must en- command before, during, and after sure there is a compatible reading de- completion of a flight;

389

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00399 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.23 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(g) Procedures to be followed by the ardous materials or that show signs of pilot in command for determining that containing undeclared hazardous mate- mechanical irregularities or defects re- rials. The procedures and information ported for previous flights have been must include: corrected or that correction has been (i) Procedures for rejecting packages deferred; that do not conform to the Hazardous (h) Procedures to be followed by the Materials Regulations in 49 CFR parts pilot in command to obtain mainte- 171 through 180 or that appear to con- nance, preventive maintenance, and tain undeclared hazardous materials; servicing of the aircraft at a place (ii) Procedures for complying with where previous arrangements have not the hazardous materials incident re- been made by the operator, when the porting requirements of 49 CFR 171.15 pilot is authorized to so act for the op- and 171.16 and discrepancy reporting re- erator; quirements of 49 CFR 175.31. (i) Procedures under § 135.179 for the (iii) The certificate holder’s hazmat release for, or continuation of, flight if policies and whether the certificate any item of equipment required for the holder is authorized to carry, or is pro- particular type of operation becomes hibited from carrying, hazardous mate- inoperative or unserviceable en route; rials; and (j) Procedures for refueling aircraft, (iv) If the certificate holder’s oper- eliminating fuel contamination, pro- ations specifications permit the trans- tecting from fire (including electro- port of hazardous materials, procedures static protection), and supervising and and information to ensure the fol- protecting passengers during refueling; lowing: (k) Procedures to be followed by the (A) That packages containing haz- pilot in command in the briefing under ardous materials are properly offered § 135.117; and accepted in compliance with 49 (l) Flight locating procedures, when CFR parts 171 through 180; applicable; (B) That packages containing haz- (m) Procedures for ensuring compli- ardous materials are properly handled, ance with emergency procedures, in- stored, packaged, loaded and carried on cluding a list of the functions assigned board an aircraft in compliance with 49 each category of required crew- CFR parts 171 through 180; members in connection with an emer- gency and emergency evacuation du- (C) That the requirements for Notice ties under § 135.123; to the Pilot in Command (49 CFR (n) En route qualification procedures 175.33) are complied with; and for pilots, when applicable; (D) That aircraft replacement parts, (o) The approved aircraft inspection consumable materials or other items program, when applicable; regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through (p)(1) Procedures and information, as 180 are properly handled, packaged, and described in paragraph (p)(2) of this transported. section, to assist each crewmember and (q) Procedures for the evacuation of person performing or directly super- persons who may need the assistance of vising the following job functions in- another person to move expeditiously volving items for transport on an air- to an exit if an emergency occurs; and craft: (r) If required by § 135.385, an ap- (i) Acceptance; proved Destination Airport Analysis (ii) Rejection; establishing runway safety margins at (iii) Handling; destination airports, taking into ac- (iv) Storage incidental to transport; count the following factors as sup- (v) Packaging of company material; ported by published aircraft perform- or ance data supplied by the aircraft man- (vi) Loading. ufacturer for the appropriate runway (2) Ensure that the procedures and conditions— information described in this para- (1) Pilot qualifications and experi- graph are sufficient to assist a person ence; in identifying packages that are (2) Aircraft performance data to in- marked or labeled as containing haz- clude normal, abnormal and emergency

390

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00400 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.25

procedures as supplied by the aircraft (c) For the purposes of paragraph (b) manufacturer; of this section, a person has exclusive (3) Airport facilities and topography; use of an aircraft if that person has the (4) Runway conditions (including sole possession, control, and use of it contamination); for flight, as owner, or has a written (5) Airport or area weather reporting; agreement (including arrangements for (6) Appropriate additional runway performing required maintenance), in safety margins, if required; effect when the aircraft is operated, (7) Airplane inoperative equipment; giving the person that possession, con- (8) Environmental conditions; and trol, and use for at least 6 consecutive (9) Other criteria affecting aircraft months. performance. (d) A certificate holder may operate (s) Other procedures and policy in- in common carriage, and for the car- structions regarding the certificate riage of mail, a civil aircraft which is holder’s operations issued by the cer- leased or chartered to it without crew tificate holder. and is registered in a country which is [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as a party to the Convention on Inter- amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, national Civil Aviation if— 1986; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995; (1) The aircraft carries an appro- Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003; priate airworthiness certificate issued Amdt. 135–101, 70 FR 58829, Oct. 7, 2005] by the country of registration and meets the registration and identifica- § 135.25 Aircraft requirements. tion requirements of that country; (a) Except as provided in paragraph (2) The aircraft is of a type design (d) of this section, no certificate holder which is approved under a U.S. type may operate an aircraft under this part certificate and complies with all of the unless that aircraft— requirements of this chapter (14 CFR (1) Is registered as a civil aircraft of chapter I) that would be applicable to the United States and carries an appro- that aircraft were it registered in the priate and current airworthiness cer- United States, including the require- tificate issued under this chapter; and ments which must be met for issuance (2) Is in an airworthy condition and meets the applicable airworthiness re- of a U.S. standard airworthiness cer- quirements of this chapter, including tificate (including type design con- those relating to identification and formity, condition for safe operation, equipment. and the noise, fuel venting, and engine (b) Each certificate holder must have emission requirements of this chapter), the exclusive use of at least one air- except that a U.S. registration certifi- craft that meets the requirements for cate and a U.S. standard airworthiness at least one kind of operation author- certificate will not be issued for the ized in the certificate holder’s oper- aircraft; ations specifications. In addition, for (3) The aircraft is operated by U.S.- each kind of operation for which the certificated airmen employed by the certificate holder does not have the ex- certificate holder; and clusive use of an aircraft, the certifi- (4) The certificate holder files a copy cate holder must have available for use of the aircraft lease or charter agree- under a written agreement (including ment with the FAA Aircraft Registry, arrangements for performing required Department of Transportation, 6400 maintenance) at least one aircraft that South MacArthur Boulevard, Okla- meets the requirements for that kind homa City, OK (Mailing address: P.O. of operation. However, this paragraph Box 25504, Oklahoma City, OK 73125). does not prohibit the operator from using or authorizing the use of the air- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as craft for other than operations under amended by Amdt. 135–8, 45 FR 68649, Oct. 16, this part and does not require the cer- 1980; Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, 1997] tificate holder to have exclusive use of all aircraft that the certificate holder uses.

391

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00401 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.41 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

§ 135.41 Carriage of narcotic drugs, (3) A current list of the aircraft used marihuana, and depressant or stim- or available for use in operations under ulant drugs or substances. this part and the operations for which If the holder of a certificate oper- each is equipped; ating under this part allows any air- (4) An individual record of each pilot craft owned or leased by that holder to used in operations under this part, in- be engaged in any operation that the cluding the following information: certificate holder knows to be in viola- (i) The full name of the pilot. tion of § 91.19(a) of this chapter, that (ii) The pilot certificate (by type and operation is a basis for suspending or number) and ratings that the pilot revoking the certificate. holds. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995] (iii) The pilot’s aeronautical experi- ence in sufficient detail to determine § 135.43 Crewmember certificates: the pilot’s qualifications to pilot air- International operations. craft in operations under this part. (a) This section describes the certifi- (iv) The pilot’s current duties and the cates that were issued to United States date of the pilot’s assignment to those citizens who were employed by air car- duties. riers at the time of issuance as flight (v) The effective date and class of the crewmembers on United States reg- medical certificate that the pilot istered aircraft engaged in inter- holds. national air commerce. The purpose of (vi) The date and result of each of the the certificate is to facilitate the entry initial and recurrent competency tests and clearance of those crewmembers and proficiency and route checks re- into ICAO contracting states. They quired by this part and the type of air- were issued under Annex 9, as amended, craft flown during that test or check. to the Convention on International (vii) The pilot’s flight time in suffi- Civil Aviation. cient detail to determine compliance (b) The holder of a certificate issued with the flight time limitations of this under this section, or the air carrier by part. whom the holder is employed, shall (viii) The pilot’s check pilot author- surrender the certificate for cancella- ization, if any. tion at the nearest FAA Flight Stand- (ix) Any action taken concerning the ards District Office at the termination pilot’s release from employment for of the holder’s employment with that air carrier. physical or professional disqualifica- tion. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996] (x) The date of the completion of the initial phase and each recurrent phase Subpart B—Flight Operations of the training required by this part; and § 135.61 General. (5) An individual record for each This subpart prescribes rules, in addi- flight attendant who is required under tion to those in part 91 of this chapter, this part, maintained in sufficient de- that apply to operations under this tail to determine compliance with the part. applicable portions of § 135.273 of this part. § 135.63 Recordkeeping requirements. (b) Each certificate holder must keep (a) Each certificate holder shall keep each record required by paragraph at its principal business office or at (a)(3) of this section for at least 6 other places approved by the Adminis- months, and must keep each record re- trator, and shall make available for in- quired by paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of spection by the Administrator the fol- this section for at least 12 months. lowing— (c) For multiengine aircraft, each (1) The certificate holder’s operating certificate holder is responsible for the certificate; preparation and accuracy of a load (2) The certificate holder’s operations manifest in duplicate containing infor- specifications; mation concerning the loading of the

392

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00402 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.67

aircraft. The manifest must be pre- the execution of that contract or pared before each takeoff and must in- change. clude: [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995, as (1) The number of passengers; amended by Amdt. 135–65, 61 FR 30435, June (2) The total weight of the loaded air- 14, 1996; Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, craft; 1997] (3) The maximum allowable takeoff weight for that flight; § 135.65 Reporting mechanical irreg- (4) The center of gravity limits; ularities. (5) The center of gravity of the load- (a) Each certificate holder shall pro- ed aircraft, except that the actual cen- vide an aircraft maintenance log to be ter of gravity need not be computed if carried on board each aircraft for re- the aircraft is loaded according to a cording or deferring mechanical irreg- loading schedule or other approved ularities and their correction. method that ensures that the center of (b) The pilot in command shall enter gravity of the loaded aircraft is within or have entered in the aircraft mainte- approved limits. In those cases, an nance log each mechanical irregularity entry shall be made on the manifest in- that comes to the pilot’s attention dur- dicating that the center of gravity is ing flight time. Before each flight, the within limits according to a loading pilot in command shall, if the pilot schedule or other approved method; does not already know, determine the (6) The registration number of the status of each irregularity entered in aircraft or flight number; the maintenance log at the end of the (7) The origin and destination; and preceding flight. (8) Identification of crew members (c) Each person who takes corrective and their crew position assignments. action or defers action concerning a re- ported or observed failure or malfunc- (d) The pilot in command of an air- tion of an , powerplant, pro- craft for which a load manifest must be peller, rotor, or applicance, shall prepared shall carry a copy of the com- record the action taken in the aircraft pleted load manifest in the aircraft to maintenance log under the applicable its destination. The certificate holder maintenance requirements of this shall keep copies of completed load chapter. manifests for at least 30 days at its (d) Each certificate holder shall es- principal operations base, or at another tablish a procedure for keeping copies location used by it and approved by the of the aircraft maintenance log re- Administrator. quired by this section in the aircraft [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as for access by appropriate personnel and amended by Amdt. 135–52, 59 FR 42993, Aug. shall include that procedure in the 19, 1994] manual required by § 135.21.

§ 135.64 Retention of contracts and § 135.67 Reporting potentially haz- amendments: Commercial operators ardous meteorological conditions who conduct intrastate operations and irregularities of ground facili- for compensation or hire. ties or navigation aids. Each commercial operator who con- Whenever a pilot encounters a poten- ducts intrastate operations for com- tially hazardous meteorological condi- pensation or hire shall keep a copy of tion or an irregularity in a ground fa- each written contract under which it cility or navigation aid in flight, the provides services as a commercial oper- knowledge of which the pilot considers ator for a period of at least one year essential to the safety of other flights, after the date of execution of the con- the pilot shall notify an appropriate tract. In the case of an oral contract, it ground radio station as soon as prac- shall keep a memorandum stating its ticable. elements, and of any amendments to it, [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 1, 1978, as for a period of at least one year after amended at Amdt. 135–1, 44 FR 26737, May 7, 1979; Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31684, June 7, 2007]

393

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00403 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.69 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

§ 135.69 Restriction or suspension of free and uninterrupted access to the operations: Continuation of flight in pilot compartment of that aircraft. an emergency. However, this paragraph does not limit (a) During operations under this part, the emergency authority of the pilot in if a certificate holder or pilot in com- command to exclude any person from mand knows of conditions, including the pilot compartment in the interest airport and runway conditions, that of safety. are a hazard to safe operations, the cer- (b) A forward observer’s seat on the tificate holder or pilot in command, as flight deck, or forward passenger seat the case may be, shall restrict or sus- with headset or speaker must be pro- pend operations as necessary until vided for use by the Administrator those conditions are corrected. while conducting en route inspections. (b) No pilot in command may allow a The suitability of the location of the flight to continue toward any airport of intended landing under the condi- seat and the headset or speaker for use tions set forth in paragraph (a) of this in conducting en route inspections is section, unless, in the opinion of the determined by the Administrator. pilot in command, the conditions that are a hazard to safe operations may § 135.76 DOD Commercial Air Carrier reasonably be expected to be corrected Evaluator’s Credentials: Admission to pilots compartment: Forward ob- by the estimated time of arrival or, un- server’s seat. less there is no safer procedure. In the latter event, the continuation toward (a) Whenever, in performing the du- that airport is an emergency situation ties of conducting an evaluation, a under § 135.19. DOD commercial air carrier evaluator presents S&A Form 110B, ‘‘DOD Com- § 135.71 Airworthiness check. mercial Air Carrier Evaluator’s Cre- The pilot in command may not begin dential,’’ to the pilot in command of an a flight unless the pilot determines aircraft operated by the certificate that the airworthiness inspections re- holder, the evaluator must be given quired by § 91.409 of this chapter, or free and uninterrupted access to the pi- § 135.419, whichever is applicable, have lot’s compartment of that aircraft. been made. However, this paragraph does not limit [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as the emergency authority of the pilot in amended by Amdt. 135–32, 54 FR 34332, Aug. command to exclude any person from 18, 1989] the pilot compartment in the interest of safety. § 135.73 Inspections and tests. (b) A forward observer’s seat on the Each certificate holder and each per- flight deck or forward passenger seat son employed by the certificate holder with headset or speaker must be pro- shall allow the Administrator, at any vided for use by the evaluator while time or place, to make inspections or conducting en route evaluations. The tests (including en route inspections) to determine the holder’s compliance suitability of the location of the seat with the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, and the headset or speaker for use in applicable regulations, and the certifi- conducting en route evaluations is de- cate holder’s operating certificate, and termined by the FAA. operations specifications. [Doc. No. FAA–2003–15571, 68 FR 41218, July 10, 2003] § 135.75 Inspectors credentials: Admis- sion to pilots’ compartment: For- § 135.77 Responsibility for operational ward observer’s seat. control. (a) Whenever, in performing the du- ties of conducting an inspection, an Each certificate holder is responsible FAA inspector presents an Aviation for operational control and shall list, Safety Inspector credential, FAA Form in the manual required by § 135.21, the 110A, to the pilot in command of an name and title of each person author- aircraft operated by the certificate ized by it to exercise operational con- holder, the inspector must be given trol.

394

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00404 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.83

§ 135.78 Instrument approach proce- (a) Airman’s Information Manual dures and IFR landing minimums. (Alaska Supplement in Alaska and Pa- No person may make an instrument cific Chart Supplement in Pacific-Asia approach at an airport except in ac- Regions) or a commercial publication cordance with IFR weather minimums that contains the same information. and instrument approach procedures (b) This part and part 91 of this chap- set forth in the certificate holder’s op- ter. erations specifications. (c) Aircraft Equipment Manuals, and Aircraft Flight Manual or equivalent. [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31684, June 7, (d) For foreign operations, the Inter- 2007] national Flight Information Manual or § 135.79 Flight locating requirements. a commercial publication that con- tains the same information concerning (a) Each certificate holder must have the pertinent operational and entry re- procedures established for locating quirements of the foreign country or each flight, for which an FAA flight countries involved. plan is not filed, that— (1) Provide the certificate holder § 135.83 Operating information re- with at least the information required quired. to be included in a VFR flight plan; (a) The operator of an aircraft must (2) Provide for timely notification of provide the following materials, in cur- an FAA facility or search and rescue rent and appropriate form, accessible facility, if an aircraft is overdue or to the pilot at the pilot station, and missing; and the pilot shall use them: (3) Provide the certificate holder (1) A cockpit checklist. with the location, date, and estimated (2) For multiengine aircraft or for time for reestablishing communica- aircraft with retractable landing gear, tions, if the flight will operate in an an emergency cockpit checklist con- area where communications cannot be taining the procedures required by maintained. paragraph (c) of this section, as appro- (b) Flight locating information shall priate. be retained at the certificate holder’s principal place of business, or at other (3) Pertinent aeronautical charts. places designated by the certificate (4) For IFR operations, each perti- holder in the flight locating proce- nent navigational en route, terminal dures, until the completion of the area, and approach and letdown chart. flight. (5) For multiengine aircraft, one-en- (c) Each certificate holder shall fur- gine-inoperative climb performance nish the representative of the Adminis- data and if the aircraft is approved for trator assigned to it with a copy of its use in IFR or over-the-top operations, flight locating procedures and any that data must be sufficient to enable changes or additions, unless those pro- the pilot to determine compliance with cedures are included in a manual re- § 135.181(a)(2). quired under this part. (b) Each cockpit checklist required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section must [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as contain the following procedures: amended by Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31684, June (1) Before starting engines; 7, 2007] (2) Before takeoff; § 135.81 Informing personnel of oper- (3) Cruise; ational information and appro- (4) Before landing; priate changes. (5) After landing; Each certificate holder shall inform (6) Stopping engines. each person in its employment of the (c) Each emergency cockpit checklist operations specifications that apply to required by paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- that person’s duties and responsibil- tion must contain the following proce- ities and shall make available to each dures, as appropriate: pilot in the certificate holder’s employ (1) Emergency operation of fuel, hy- the following materials in current draulic, electrical, and mechanical sys- form: tems.

395

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00405 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.85 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(2) Emergency operation of instru- ing enough strength to eliminate the ments and controls. possibility of shifting under all nor- (3) Engine inoperative procedures. mally anticipated flight and ground (4) Any other emergency procedures conditions, or for carry-on baggage, it necessary for safety. is restrained so as to prevent its move- ment during air turbulence. § 135.85 Carriage of persons without compliance with the passenger-car- (2) It is packaged or covered to avoid rying provisions of this part. possible injury to occupants. The following persons may be carried (3) It does not impose any load on aboard an aircraft without complying seats or on the floor structure that ex- with the passenger-carrying require- ceeds the load limitation for those ments of this part: components. (a) A crewmember or other employee (4) It is not located in a position that of the certificate holder. obstructs the access to, or use of, any (b) A person necessary for the safe required emergency or regular exit, or handling of animals on the aircraft. the use of the aisle between the crew (c) A person necessary for the safe and the passenger compartment, or lo- handling of hazardous materials (as de- cated in a position that obscures any fined in subchapter C of title 49 CFR). passenger’s view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ (d) A person performing duty as a se- sign, ‘‘no smoking’’ sign, or any re- curity or honor guard accompanying a quired exit sign, unless an auxiliary shipment made by or under the author- sign or other approved means for prop- ity of the U.S. Government. er notification of the passengers is pro- (e) A military courier or a military vided. route supervisor carried by a military (5) It is not carried directly above cargo contract air carrier or commer- seated occupants. cial operator in operations under a military cargo contract, if that car- (6) It is stowed in compliance with riage is specifically authorized by the this section for takeoff and landing. appropriate military service. (7) For cargo only operations, para- (f) An authorized representative of graph (c)(4) of this section does not the Administrator conducting an en apply if the cargo is loaded so that at route inspection. least one emergency or regular exit is (g) A person, authorized by the Ad- available to provide all occupants of ministrator, who is performing a duty the aircraft a means of unobstructed connected with a cargo operation of exit from the aircraft if an emergency the certificate holder. occurs. (h) A DOD commercial air carrier (d) Each passenger seat under which evaluator conducting an en route eval- baggage is stowed shall be fitted with a uation. means to prevent articles of baggage [Docket No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, stowed under it from sliding under as amended by Amdt. 135–88, 68 FR 41218, crash impacts severe enough to induce July 10, 2003] the ultimate inertia forces specified in the emergency landing condition regu- § 135.87 Carriage of cargo including lations under which the aircraft was carry-on baggage. type certificated. No person may carry cargo, including (e) When cargo is carried in cargo carry-on baggage, in or on any aircraft compartments that are designed to re- unless— quire the physical entry of a crew- (a) It is carried in an approved cargo member to extinguish any fire that rack, bin, or compartment installed in may occur during flight, the cargo or on the aircraft; (b) It is secured by an approved must be loaded so as to allow a crew- means; or member to effectively reach all parts (c) It is carried in accordance with of the compartment with the contents each of the following: of a hand fire extinguisher. (1) For cargo, it is properly secured by a safety belt or other tie-down hav-

396

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00406 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.91

§ 135.89 Pilot requirements: Use of ox- (1) The equipment must be— ygen. (i) Of an approved type or in con- (a) Unpressurized aircraft. Each pilot formity with the manufacturing, pack- of an unpressurized aircraft shall use aging, marking, labeling, and mainte- oxygen continuously when flying— nance requirements of title 49 CFR (1) At altitudes above 10,000 feet parts 171, 172, and 173, except through 12,000 feet MSL for that part of § 173.24(a)(1); the flight at those altitudes that is of (ii) When owned by the certificate more than 30 minutes duration; and holder, maintained under the certifi- (2) Above 12,000 feet MSL. cate holder’s approved maintenance (b) Pressurized aircraft. (1) Whenever a program; pressurized aircraft is operated with (iii) Free of flammable contaminants the cabin pressure altitude more than on all exterior surfaces; and 10,000 feet MSL, each pilot shall com- (iv) Appropriately secured. ply with paragraph (a) of this section. (2) When the oxygen is stored in the (2) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is form of a liquid, the equipment must operated at altitudes above 25,000 feet have been under the certificate holder’s through 35,000 feet MSL, unless each approved maintenance program since pilot has an approved quick-donning its purchase new or since the storage type oxygen mask— container was last purged. (i) At least one pilot at the controls (3) When the oxygen is stored in the shall wear, secured and sealed, an oxy- form of a compressed gas as defined in gen mask that either supplies oxygen title 49 CFR 173.300(a)— at all times or automatically supplies (i) When owned by the certificate oxygen whenever the cabin pressure al- holder, it must be maintained under its titude exceeds 12,000 feet MSL; and approved maintenance program; and (ii) During that flight, each other (ii) The pressure in any oxygen cyl- pilot on flight deck duty shall have an inder must not exceed the rated cyl- oxygen mask, connected to an oxygen inder pressure. supply, located so as to allow imme- (4) The pilot in command must be ad- diate placing of the mask on the pilot’s vised when the equipment is on board, face sealed and secured for use. and when it is intended to be used. (3) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is (5) The equipment must be stowed, operated at altitudes above 35,000 feet and each person using the equipment MSL, at least one pilot at the controls must be seated, so as not to restrict ac- shall wear, secured and sealed, an oxy- cess to or use of any required emer- gen mask required by paragraph gency or regular exit, or of the aisle in (b)(2)(i) of this section. the passenger compartment. (4) If one pilot leaves a pilot duty sta- (b) No person may smoke and no cer- tion of an aircraft when operating at tificate holder may allow any person to altitudes above 25,000 feet MSL, the re- smoke within 10 feet of oxygen storage maining pilot at the controls shall put and dispensing equipment carried on and use an approved oxygen mask under paragraph (a) of this section. until the other pilot returns to the (c) No certificate holder may allow pilot duty station of the aircraft. any person other than a person trained in the use of medical oxygen equip- § 135.91 Oxygen for medical use by ment to connect or disconnect oxygen passengers. bottles or any other ancillary compo- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs nent while any passenger is aboard the (d) and (e) of this section, no certifi- aircraft. cate holder may allow the carriage or (d) Paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section operation of equipment for the storage, does not apply when that equipment is generation or dispensing of medical ox- furnished by a professional or medical ygen unless the unit to be carried is emergency service for use on board an constructed so that all valves, fittings, aircraft in a medical emergency when and gauges are protected from damage no other practical means of transpor- during that carriage or operation and tation (including any other properly unless the following conditions are equipped certificate holder) is reason- met— ably available and the person carried

397

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00407 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.93 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

under the medical emergency is accom- (1) The system does not contain any panied by a person trained in the use of altitude loss (above zero) specified in medical oxygen. the approved Aircraft Flight Manual or (e) Each certificate holder who, under equivalent for malfunction of the auto- the authority of paragraph (d) of this pilot with approach coupler; and section, deviates from paragraph (2) The Administrator finds that the (a)(1)(i) of this section under a medical use of the system to touchdown will emergency shall, within 10 days, ex- not otherwise adversely affect the safe- cluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Fed- ty standards of this section. eral holidays, after the deviation, send (e) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of to the certificate-holding district office this section, the Administrator issues a complete report of the operation in- operations specifications to allow the volved, including a description of the use of an approved autopilot system deviation and the reasons for it. with automatic capability during the [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as takeoff and initial climb phase of flight amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, provided: 1996] (1) The Airplane Flight Manual speci- fies a minimum altitude engagement § 135.93 Autopilot: Minimum altitudes for use. certification restriction; (2) The system is not engaged prior (a) Except as provided in paragraphs to the minimum engagement certifi- (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section, no cation restriction specified in the Air- person may use an autopilot at an alti- plane Flight Manual, or an altitude tude above the terrain which is less specified by the Administrator, which- than 500 feet or less than twice the ever is higher; and maximum altitude loss specified in the approved Aircraft Flight Manual or (3) The Administrator finds that the equivalent for a malfunction of the use of the system will not otherwise af- autopilot, whichever is higher. fect the safety standards required by (b) When using an instrument ap- this section. proach facility other than ILS, no per- (f) This section does not apply to op- son may use an autopilot at an altitude erations conducted in rotorcraft. above the terrain that is less than 50 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as feet below the approved minimum de- amended by Amdt. 135–32, 54 FR 34332, Aug. scent altitude for that procedure, or 18, 1989; Amdt. 135–68, 62 FR 27923, May 21, less than twice the maximum loss spec- 1997] ified in the approved Airplane Flight Manual or equivalent for a malfunction § 135.95 Airmen: Limitations on use of of the autopilot under approach condi- services. tions, whichever is higher. No certificate holder may use the (c) For ILS approaches, when re- services of any person as an airman un- ported weather conditions are less than less the person performing those serv- the basic weather conditions in § 91.155 ices— of this chapter, no person may use an (a) Holds an appropriate and current autopilot with an approach coupler at airman certificate; and an altitude above the terrain that is less than 50 feet above the terrain, or (b) Is qualified, under this chapter, the maximum altitude loss specified in for the operation for which the person the approved Airplane Flight Manual is to be used. or equivalent for the malfunction of the autopilot with approach coupler, § 135.97 Aircraft and facilities for re- cent flight experience. whichever is higher. (d) Without regard to paragraph (a), Each certificate holder shall provide (b), or (c) of this section, the Adminis- aircraft and facilities to enable each of trator may issue operations specifica- its pilots to maintain and demonstrate tions to allow the use, to touchdown, of the pilot’s ability to conduct all oper- an approved flight control guidance ations for which the pilot is author- system with automatic capability, if— ized.

398

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00408 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.105

§ 135.98 Operations in the North Polar § 135.100 Flight crewmember duties. Area. (a) No certificate holder shall re- After August 13, 2008, no certificate quire, nor may any flight crewmember holder may operate an aircraft in the perform, any duties during a critical region north of 78° N latitude (‘‘North phase of flight except those duties re- Polar Area’’), other than intrastate op- quired for the safe operation of the air- erations wholly within the state of craft. Duties such as company required Alaska, unless authorized by the FAA. calls made for such nonsafety related The certificate holder’s operation spec- purposes as ordering supplies ifications must include the following: and confirming passenger connections, (a) The designation of airports that announcements made to passengers may be used for en-route diversions promoting the air carrier or pointing and the requirements the airports must out sights of interest, and filling out company payroll and related records meet at the time of diversion. are not required for the safe operation (b) Except for all-cargo operations, a of the aircraft. recovery plan for passengers at des- (b) No flight crewmember may en- ignated diversion airports. gage in, nor may any pilot in command (c) A fuel-freeze strategy and proce- permit, any activity during a critical dures for monitoring fuel freezing for phase of flight which could distract operations in the North Polar Area. any flight crewmember from the per- (d) A plan to ensure communication formance of his or her duties or which capability for operations in the North could interfere in any way with the Polar Area. proper conduct of those duties. Activi- (e) An MEL for operations in the ties such as eating meals, engaging in North Polar Area. nonessential conversations within the (f) A training plan for operations in cockpit and nonessential communica- the North Polar Area. tions between the cabin and cockpit (g) A plan for mitigating crew expo- crews, and reading publications not re- sure to radiation during solar flare ac- lated to the proper conduct of the tivity. flight are not required for the safe op- (h) A plan for providing at least two eration of the aircraft. (c) For the purposes of this section, cold weather anti-exposure suits in the critical phases of flight includes all aircraft, to protect crewmembers dur- ground operations involving taxi, take- ing outside activity at a diversion air- off and landing, and all other flight op- port with extreme climatic conditions. erations conducted below 10,000 feet, The FAA may relieve the certificate except cruise flight. holder from this requirement if the season of the year makes the equip- NOTE: Taxi is defined as ‘‘movement of an ment unnecessary. airplane under its own power on the surface of an airport.’’ [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, [Doc. No. 20661, 46 FR 5502, Jan. 19, 1981] 2007, as amended by Amdt. 135–112, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008] § 135.101 Second in command required under IFR. § 135.99 Composition of flight crew. Except as provided in § 135.105, no per- (a) No certificate holder may operate son may operate an aircraft carrying an aircraft with less than the min- passengers under IFR unless there is a imum flight crew specified in the air- second in command in the aircraft. craft operating limitations or the Air- craft Flight Manual for that aircraft [Doc. No. 28743, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, 1997] and required by this part for the kind § 135.103 [Reserved] of operation being conducted. (b) No certificate holder may operate § 135.105 Exception to second in com- an aircraft without a second in com- mand requirement: Approval for mand if that aircraft has a passenger use of autopilot system. seating configuration, excluding any (a) Except as provided in §§ 135.99 and pilot seat, of ten seats or more. 135.111, unless two pilots are required

399

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00409 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.107 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

by this chapter for operations under (1) Pilot in command for each flight; VFR, a person may operate an aircraft and without a second in command, if it is (2) Second in command for each equipped with an operative approved flight requiring two pilots. autopilot system and the use of that (b) The pilot in command, as des- system is authorized by appropriate op- ignated by the certificate holder, shall erations specifications. No certificate remain the pilot in command at all holder may use any person, nor may times during that flight. any person serve, as a pilot in com- mand under this section of an aircraft § 135.111 Second in command required operated in a commuter operation, as in Category II operations. defined in part 119 of this chapter un- No person may operate an aircraft in less that person has at least 100 hours a Category II operation unless there is pilot in command flight time in the a second in command of the aircraft. make and model of aircraft to be flown and has met all other applicable re- § 135.113 Passenger occupancy of pilot quirements of this part. seat. (b) The certificate holder may apply No certificate holder may operate an for an amendment of its operations aircraft type certificated after October specifications to authorize the use of 15, 1971, that has a passenger seating an autopilot system in place of a sec- configuration, excluding any pilot seat, ond in command. of more than eight seats if any person (c) The Administrator issues an other than the pilot in command, a sec- amendment to the operations specifica- ond in command, a company check air- tions authorizing the use of an auto- man, or an authorized representative of pilot system, in place of a second in the Administrator, the National Trans- command, if— portation Safety Board, or the United (1) The autopilot is capable of oper- States Postal Service occupies a pilot ating the aircraft controls to maintain seat. flight and maneuver it about the three § 135.115 Manipulation of controls. axes; and (2) The certificate holder shows, to No pilot in command may allow any the satisfaction of the Administrator, person to manipulate the flight con- that operations using the autopilot trols of an aircraft during flight con- system can be conducted safely and in ducted under this part, nor may any compliance with this part. person manipulate the controls during The amendment contains any condi- such flight unless that person is— tions or limitations on the use of the (a) A pilot employed by the certifi- autopilot system that the Adminis- cate holder and qualified in the air- trator determines are needed in the in- craft; or terest of safety. (b) An authorized safety representa- tive of the Administrator who has the [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as permission of the pilot in command, is amended by Amdt. 135–3, 45 FR 7542, Feb. 4, qualified in the aircraft, and is check- 1980; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995] ing flight operations.

§ 135.107 Flight attendant crew- § 135.117 Briefing of passengers before member requirement. flight. No certificate holder may operate an (a) Before each takeoff each pilot in aircraft that has a passenger seating command of an aircraft carrying pas- configuration, excluding any pilot seat, sengers shall ensure that all passengers of more than 19 unless there is a flight have been orally briefed on— attendant crewmember on board the (1) Smoking. Each passenger shall be aircraft. briefed on when, where, and under what conditions smoking is prohibited (in- § 135.109 Pilot in command or second cluding, but not limited to, any appli- in command: Designation required. cable requirements of part 252 of this (a) Each certificate holder shall des- title). This briefing shall include a ignate a— statement that the Federal Aviation

400

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00410 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.119

Regulations require passenger compli- (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of ance with the lighted passenger infor- paragraph (c) of this section, for air- mation signs (if such signs are re- craft certificated to carry 19 passengers quired), posted placards, areas des- or less, the oral briefing required by ignated for safety purposes as no smok- paragraph (a) of this section shall be ing areas, and crewmember instruc- given by the pilot in command, a crew- tions with regard to these items. The member, or other qualified person des- briefing shall also include a statement ignated by the certificate holder and (if the aircraft is equipped with a lava- approved by the Administrator. tory) that Federal law prohibits: tam- (e) The oral briefing required by pering with, disabling, or destroying paragraph (a) of this section must be any smoke detector installed in an air- supplemented by printed cards which craft lavatory; smoking in lavatories; and, when applicable, smoking in pas- must be carried in the aircraft in loca- senger compartments. tions convenient for the use of each (2) The use of safety belts, including passenger. The cards must— instructions on how to fasten and un- (1) Be appropriate for the aircraft on fasten the safety belts. Each passenger which they are to be used; shall be briefed on when, where, and (2) Contain a diagram of, and method under what conditions the safety belt of operating, the emergency exits; must be fastened about that passenger. (3) Contain other instructions nec- This briefing shall include a statement essary for the use of emergency equip- that the Federal Aviation Regulations ment on board the aircraft; and require passenger compliance with (4) No later than June 12, 2005, for lighted passenger information signs scheduled Commuter passenger-car- and crewmember instructions con- rying flights, include the sentence, cerning the use of safety belts. ‘‘Final assembly of this aircraft was (3) The placement of seat backs in an completed in [INSERT NAME OF upright position before takeoff and COUNTRY].’’ landing; (f) The briefing required by para- (4) Location and means for opening graph (a) may be delivered by means of the passenger entry door and emer- gency exits; an approved recording playback device (5) Location of survival equipment; that is audible to each passenger under (6) If the flight involves extended normal noise levels. overwater operation, ditching proce- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as dures and the use of required flotation amended by Amdt. 135–9, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, equipment; 1986; Amdt. 135–25, 53 FR 12362, Apr. 13, 1988; (7) If the flight involves operations Amdt. 135–44, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992; 57 above 12,000 feet MSL, the normal and FR 43776, Sept. 22, 1992; 69 FR 39294, June 29, emergency use of oxygen; and 2004] (8) Location and operation of fire ex- tinguishers. § 135.119 Prohibition against carriage (b) Before each takeoff the pilot in of weapons. command shall ensure that each person No person may, while on board an who may need the assistance of an- aircraft being operated by a certificate other person to move expeditiously to holder, carry on or about that person a an exit if an emergency occurs and deadly or dangerous weapon, either that person’s attendant, if any, has re- concealed or unconcealed. This section ceived a briefing as to the procedures does not apply to— to be followed if an evacuation occurs. (a) Officials or employees of a mu- This paragraph does not apply to a per- nicipality or a State, or of the United son who has been given a briefing be- States, who are authorized to carry fore a previous leg of a flight in the arms; or same aircraft. (c) The oral briefing required by (b) Crewmembers and other persons paragraph (a) of this section shall be authorized by the certificate holder to given by the pilot in command or a carry arms. crewmember.

401

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00411 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.120 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

§ 135.120 Prohibition on interference those functions can be practicably ac- with crewmembers. complished, and will meet any reason- No person may assault, threaten, in- ably anticipated emergency including timidate, or interfere with a crew- incapacitation of individual crew- member in the performance of the members or their inability to reach the crewmember’s duties aboard an air- passenger cabin because of shifting craft being operated under this part. cargo in combination cargo-passenger aircraft. [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, (b) The certificate holder shall de- 1999] scribe in the manual required under § 135.21 the functions of each category § 135.121 Alcoholic beverages. of required crewmembers assigned (a) No person may drink any alco- under paragraph (a) of this section. holic beverage aboard an aircraft un- less the certificate holder operating § 135.125 Aircraft security. the aircraft has served that beverage. Certificate holders conducting opera- (b) No certificate holder may serve tors conducting operations under this any alcoholic beverage to any person part must comply with the applicable aboard its aircraft if that person ap- security requirements in 49 CFR chap- pears to be intoxicated. ter XII. (c) No certificate holder may allow any person to board any of its aircraft [67 FR 8350, Feb. 22, 2002] if that person appears to be intoxi- § 135.127 Passenger information re- cated. quirements and smoking prohibi- tions. § 135.122 Stowage of food, beverage, and passenger service equipment (a) No person may conduct a sched- during aircraft movement on the uled flight on which smoking is prohib- surface, takeoff, and landing. ited by part 252 of this title unless the ‘‘No Smoking’’ passenger information (a) No certificate holder may move signs are lighted during the entire an aircraft on the surface, take off, or flight, or one or more ‘‘No Smoking’’ land when any food, beverage, or table- placards meeting the requirements of ware furnished by the certificate hold- § 25.1541 of this chapter are posted dur- er is located at any passenger seat. ing the entire flight. If both the lighted (b) No certificate holder may move signs and the placards are used, the an aircraft on the surface, take off, or signs must remain lighted during the land unless each food and beverage entire flight segment. tray and seat back tray table is se- (b) No person may smoke while a ‘‘No cured in its stowed position. Smoking’’ sign is lighted or while ‘‘No (c) No certificate holder may permit Smoking’’ placards are posted, except an aircraft to move on the surface, as follows: take off, or land unless each passenger (1) On-demand operations. The pilot in serving cart is secured in its stowed po- command of an aircraft engaged in an sition. on-demand operation may authorize (d) Each passenger shall comply with smoking on the flight deck (if it is instructions given by a crewmember physically separated from any pas- with regard to compliance with this senger compartment), except in any of section. the following situations: [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992] (i) During aircraft movement on the surface or during takeoff or landing; § 135.123 Emergency and emergency (ii) During scheduled passenger-car- evacuation duties. rying public charter operations con- (a) Each certificate holder shall as- ducted under part 380 of this title; sign to each required crewmember for (iii) During on-demand operations each type of aircraft as appropriate, conducted interstate that meet para- the necessary functions to be per- graph (2) of the definition ‘‘On-demand formed in an emergency or in a situa- operation’’ in § 110.2 of this chapter, un- tion requiring emergency evacuation. less permitted under paragraph (b)(2) of The certificate holder shall ensure that this section; or

402

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00412 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.128

(iv) During any operation where members regarding compliance with smoking is prohibited by part 252 of paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) of this sec- this title or by international agree- tion. ment. [Doc. No. 25590, 55 FR 8367, Mar. 7, 1990, as (2) Certain intrastate commuter oper- amended by Amdt. 135–35, 55 FR 20135, May ations and certain intrastate on-demand 15, 1990; Amdt. 135–44, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, operations. Except during aircraft 1992; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; movement on the surface or during Amdt. 135–76, 65 FR 36780, June 9, 2000; Amdt. takeoff or landing, a pilot in command 135–124, 76 FR 7491, Feb. 10, 2011] of an aircraft engaged in a commuter operation or an on-demand operation § 135.128 Use of safety belts and child that meets paragraph (2) of the defini- restraint systems. tion of ‘‘On-demand operation’’ in (a) Except as provided in this para- § 110.2 of this chapter may authorize graph, each person on board an aircraft smoking on the flight deck (if it is operated under this part shall occupy physically separated from the pas- an approved seat or berth with a sepa- senger compartment, if any) if— rate safety belt properly secured about (i) Smoking on the flight deck is not him or her during movement on the otherwise prohibited by part 252 of this surface, takeoff, and landing. For sea- title; plane and float equipped rotorcraft op- (ii) The flight is conducted entirely erations during movement on the sur- within the same State of the United face, the person pushing off the sea- States (a flight from one place in Ha- plane or rotorcraft from the dock and waii to another place in Hawaii the person mooring the seaplane or through the airspace over a place out- rotorcraft at the dock are excepted side Hawaii is not entirely within the from the preceding seating and safety same State); and belt requirements. A safety belt pro- (iii) The aircraft is either not tur- vided for the occupant of a seat may bojet-powered or the aircraft is not ca- not be used by more than one person pable of carrying at least 30 passengers. who has reached his or her second (c) No person may smoke in any air- birthday. Notwithstanding the pre- craft lavatory. ceding requirements, a child may: (d) No person may operate an aircraft (1) Be held by an adult who is occu- with a lavatory equipped with a smoke pying an approved seat or berth, pro- detector unless there is in that lava- vided the child has not reached his or tory a sign or placard which reads: her second birthday and the child does ‘‘Federal law provides for a penalty of not occupy or use any restraining de- up to $2,000 for tampering with the vice; or smoke detector installed in this lava- (2) Notwithstanding any other re- tory.’’ quirement of this chapter, occupy an (e) No person may tamper with, dis- approved child restraint system fur- able, or destroy any smoke detector in- nished by the certificate holder or one stalled in any aircraft lavatory. of the persons described in paragraph (f) On flight segments other than (a)(2)(i) of this section, provided: those described in paragraph (a) of this (i) The child is accompanied by a par- section, the ‘‘No Smoking’’ sign re- ent, guardian, or attendant designated quired by § 135.177(a)(3) of this part by the child’s parent or guardian to at- must be turned on during any move- tend to the safety of the child during ment of the aircraft on the surface, for the flight; each takeoff or landing, and at any (ii) Except as provided in paragraph other time considered necessary by the (a)(2)(ii)(D) of this section, the ap- pilot in command. proved child restraint system bears one (g) The passenger information re- or more labels as follows: quirements prescribed in § 91.517 (b) and (A) Seats manufactured to U.S. (d) of this chapter are in addition to standards between January 1, 1981, and the requirements prescribed in this sec- February 25, 1985, must bear the label: tion. ‘‘This child restraint system conforms (h) Each passenger shall comply with to all applicable Federal motor vehicle instructions given him or her by crew- safety standards’’;

403

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00413 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.129 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(B) Seats manufactured to U.S. occupy a booster-type child restraint standards on or after February 26, 1985, system, a vest-type child restraint sys- must bear two labels: tem, a harness-type child restraint sys- (1) ‘‘This child restraint system con- tem, or a lap held child restraint sys- forms to all applicable Federal motor tem during take off, landing, and vehicle safety standards’’; and movement on the surface. (2) ‘‘THIS RESTRAINT IS CER- (2) Except as required in paragraph TIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHI- (b)(1) of this section, no certificate CLES AND AIRCRAFT’’ in red let- holder may prohibit a child, if re- tering; quested by the child’s parent, guardian, (C) Seats that do not qualify under or designated attendant, from occu- paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) and (a)(2)(ii)(B) pying a child restraint system fur- of this section must bear a label or nished by the child’s parent, guardian, markings showing: or designated attendant provided: (1) That the seat was approved by a (i) The child holds a ticket for an ap- foreign government; proved seat or berth or such seat or (2) That the seat was manufactured berth is otherwise made available by under the standards of the United Na- the certificate holder for the child’s tions; use; (3) That the seat or child restraint (ii) The requirements of paragraph device furnished by the certificate (a)(2)(i) of this section are met; holder was approved by the FAA (iii) The requirements of paragraph through Type Certificate or Supple- (a)(2)(iii) of this section are met; and mental Type Certificate. (iv) The child restraint system has (4) That the seat or child restraint one or more of the labels described in device furnished by the certificate paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through holder, or one of the persons described (a)(2)(ii)(C) of this section. in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, (3) This section does not prohibit the was approved by the FAA in accord- certificate holder from providing child ance with § 21.305(d) or Technical restraint systems authorized by this Standard Order C–100b, or a later or, consistent with safe operating prac- version. tices, determining the most appro- (D) Except as provided in priate passenger seat location for the § 135.128(a)(2)(ii)(C)(3) and child restraint system. § 135.128(a)(2)(ii)(C)(4), booster-type [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992, as child restraint systems (as defined in amended by Amdt. 135–62, 61 FR 28422, June Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 4, 1996; Amdt. 135–100, 70 FR 50907, Aug. 26, No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and har- 2005; Amdt. 135–106, 71 FR 40010, July 14, 2006; ness-type child restraint systems, and 71 FR 59374, Oct. 10, 2006] lap held child restraints are not ap- proved for use in aircraft; and § 135.129 Exit seating. (iii) The certificate holder complies (a)(1) Applicability. This section ap- with the following requirements: plies to all certificate holders oper- (A) The restraint system must be ating under this part, except for on-de- properly secured to an approved for- mand operations with aircraft having ward-facing seat or berth; 19 or fewer passenger seats and com- (B) The child must be properly se- muter operations with aircraft having cured in the restraint system and must 9 or fewer passenger seats. not exceed the specified weight limit (2) Duty to make determination of suit- for the restraint system; and ability. Each certificate holder shall de- (C) The restraint system must bear termine, to the extent necessary to the appropriate label(s). perform the applicable functions of (b) Except as provided in paragraph paragraph (d) of this section, the suit- (b)(3) of this section, the following pro- ability of each person it permits to oc- hibitions apply to certificate holders: cupy an exit seat. For the purpose of (1) Except as provided in § 135.128 this section— (a)(2)(ii)(C)(3) and § 135.128 (i) Exit seat means— (a)(2)(ii)(C)(4), no certificate holder (A) Each seat having direct access to may permit a child, in an aircraft, to an exit; and

404

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00414 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.129

(B) Each seat in a row of seats (vii) To maintain balance while re- through which passengers would have moving obstructions; to pass to gain access to an exit, from (viii) To exit expeditiously; the first seat inboard of the exit to the (ix) To stabilize an escape slide after first aisle inboard of the exit. deployment; or (ii) A passenger seat having direct ac- (x) To assist others in getting off an cess means a seat from which a pas- escape slide; senger can proceed directly to the exit (2) The person is less than 15 years of without entering an aisle or passing age or lacks the capacity to perform around an obstruction. one or more of the applicable functions (3) Persons designated to make deter- listed in paragraph (d) of this section mination. Each certificate holder shall without the assistance of an adult com- make the passenger exit seating deter- panion, parent, or other relative; minations required by this paragraph (3) The person lacks the ability to in a non-discriminatory manner con- read and understand instructions re- sistent with the requirements of this quired by this section and related to section, by persons designated in the emergency evacuation provided by the certificate holder’s required operations certificate holder in printed or graphic manual. form or the ability to understand oral (4) Submission of designation for ap- crew commands. proval. Each certificate holder shall (4) The person lacks sufficient visual designate the exit seats for each pas- capacity to perform one or more of the senger seating configuration in its fleet applicable functions in paragraph (d) of in accordance with the definitions in this section without the assistance of this paragraph and submit those des- visual aids beyond contact lenses or ignations for approval as part of the eyeglasses; procedures required to be submitted for (5) The person lacks sufficient aural approval under paragraphs (n) and (p) capacity to hear and understand in- of this section. structions shouted by flight attend- (b) No certificate holder may seat a ants, without assistance beyond a hear- person in a seat affected by this section ing aid; if the certificate holder determines (6) The person lacks the ability ade- that it is likely that the person would quately to impart information orally be unable to perform one or more of to other passengers; or, the applicable functions listed in para- (7) The person has: graph (d) of this section because— (i) A condition or responsibilities, such as caring for small children, that (1) The person lacks sufficient mobil- might prevent the person from per- ity, strength, or dexterity in both arms forming one or more of the applicable and hands, and both legs: functions listed in paragraph (d) of this (i) To reach upward, sideways, and section; or downward to the location of emergency (ii) A condition that might cause the exit and exit-slide operating mecha- person harm if he or she performs one nisms; or more of the applicable functions (ii) To grasp and push, pull, turn, or listed in paragraph (d) of this section. otherwise manipulate those mecha- (c) Each passenger shall comply with nisms; instructions given by a crewmember or (iii) To push, shove, pull, or other- other authorized employee of the cer- wise open emergency exits; tificate holder implementing exit seat- (iv) To lift out, hold, deposit on near- ing restrictions established in accord- by seats, or maneuver over the ance with this section. seatbacks to the next row objects the (d) Each certificate holder shall in- size and weight of over-wing window clude on passenger information cards, exit doors; presented in the language in which (v) To remove obstructions of size briefings and oral commands are given and weight similar over-wing exit by the crew, at each exit seat affected doors; by this section, information that, in (vi) To reach the emergency exit ex- the event of an emergency in which a peditiously; crewmember is not available to assist,

405

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00415 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.129 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

a passenger occupying an exit seat may language in which crew commands will use if called upon to perform the fol- be given in an emergency; lowing functions: (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- (1) Locate the emergency exit; sult of performing one or more of those (2) Recognize the emergency exit functions; or, opening mechanism; (4) Does not wish to perform those (3) Comprehend the instructions for functions. operating the emergency exit; A certificate holder shall not require (4) Operate the emergency exit; the passenger to disclose his or her rea- (5) Assess whether opening the emer- son for needing reseating. gency exit will increase the hazards to (f) Each certificate holder shall make which passengers may be exposed; available for inspection by the public (6) Follow oral directions and hand at all passenger loading gates and tick- signals given by a crewmember; et counters at each airport where it (7) Stow or secure the emergency exit conducts passenger operations, written door so that it will not impede use of procedures established for making de- the exit; terminations in regard to exit row (8) Assess the condition of an escape seating. slide, activate the slide, and stabilize (g) No certificate holder may allow the slide after deployment to assist taxi or pushback unless at least one re- others in getting off the slide; quired crewmember has verified that (9) Pass expeditiously through the no exit seat is occupied by a person the emergency exit; and crewmember determines is likely to be (10) Assess, select, and follow a safe unable to perform the applicable func- path away from the emergency exit. tions listed in paragraph (d) of this sec- (e) Each certificate holder shall in- tion. clude on passenger information cards, (h) Each certificate holder shall in- at each exit seat— clude in its passenger briefings a ref- (1) In the primary language in which erence to the passenger information emergency commands are given by the cards, required by paragraphs (d) and crew, the selection criteria set forth in (e), the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and a re- paragraph (b), and the functions to be quest that a passenger identify himself performed, set forth in paragraph (d) of or herself to allow reseating if he or this section. she— (i) Each certificate holder shall in- (i) Cannot meet the selection criteria clude in its passenger briefings a re- set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- quest that a passenger identify himself tion; or herself to allow reseating if he or (ii) Has a nondiscernible condition she— that will prevent him or her from per- (1) Cannot meet the selection criteria forming the applicable functions listed set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- in paragraph (d) of this section; tion; (iii) May suffer bodily harm as the re- (2) Has a nondiscernible condition sult of performing one or more of those that will prevent him or her from per- functions; or forming the applicable functions listed (iv) Does not wish to perform those in paragraph (d) of this section; functions; and, (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- (2) In each language used by the cer- sult of performing one or more of those tificate holder for passenger informa- functions; or, tion cards, a request that a passenger (4) Does not wish to perform those identify himself or herself to allow re- functions. seating if he or she lacks the ability to A certificate holder shall not require read, speak, or understand the lan- the passenger to disclose his or her rea- guage or the graphic form in which in- son for needing reseating. structions required by this section and (j) [Reserved] related to emergency evacuation are (k) In the event a certificate holder provided by the certificate holder, or determines in accordance with this sec- the ability to understand the specified tion that it is likely that a passenger

406

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00416 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.143

assigned to an exit seat would be un- (p) The procedures required by para- able to perform the functions listed in graph (n) of this section will not be- paragraph (d) of this section or a pas- come effective until final approval is senger requests a non-exit seat, the granted by the Director, Flight Stand- certificate holder shall expeditiously ards Service, Washington, DC. Ap- relocate the passenger to a non-exit proval will be based solely upon the seat. safety aspects of the certificate hold- (l) In the event of full booking in the er’s procedures. non-exit seats and if necessary to ac- [Doc. No. 25821, 55 FR 8073, Mar. 6, 1990, as commodate a passenger being relocated amended by Amdt. 135–45, 57 FR 48664, Oct. from an exit seat, the certificate hold- 27, 1992; Amdt. 135–50, 59 FR 33603, June 29, er shall move a passenger who is will- 1994; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] ing and able to assume the evacuation functions that may be required, to an Subpart C—Aircraft and exit seat. Equipment (m) A certificate holder may deny transportation to any passenger under § 135.141 Applicability. this section only because— This subpart prescribes aircraft and (1) The passenger refuses to comply equipment requirements for operations with instructions given by a crew- under this part. The requirements of member or other authorized employee this subpart are in addition to the air- of the certificate holder implementing craft and equipment requirements of exit seating restrictions established in part 91 of this chapter. However, this accordance with this section, or part does not require the duplication of (2) The only seat that will physically any equipment required by this chap- accommodate the person’s handicap is ter. an exit seat. (n) In order to comply with this sec- § 135.143 General requirements. tion certificate holders shall— (a) No person may operate an aircraft (1) Establish procedures that address: under this part unless that aircraft and (i) The criteria listed in paragraph its equipment meet the applicable reg- (b) of this section; ulations of this chapter. (ii) The functions listed in paragraph (b) Except as provided in § 135.179, no (d) of this section; person may operate an aircraft under (iii) The requirements for airport in- this part unless the required instru- formation, passenger information ments and equipment in it have been cards, crewmember verification of ap- approved and are in an operable condi- propriate seating in exit seats, pas- tion. senger briefings, seat assignments, and (c) ATC transponder equipment in- denial of transportation as set forth in stalled within the time periods indi- this section; cated below must meet the perform- (iv) How to resolve disputes arising ance and environmental requirements from implementation of this section, of the following TSO’s: including identification of the certifi- (1) Through January 1, 1992: (i) Any cate holder employee on the airport to class of TSO-C74b or any class of TSO- whom complaints should be addressed C74c as appropriate, provided that the for resolution; and, equipment was manufactured before (2) Submit their procedures for pre- January 1, 1990; or liminary review and approval to the (ii) The appropriate class of TSO-C112 principal operations inspectors as- (Mode S). signed to them at the certificate-hold- (2) After January 1, 1992: The appro- ing district office. priate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). For (o) Certificate holders shall assign purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this sec- seats prior to consistent with tion, ‘‘installation’’ does not include— the criteria listed in paragraph (b) and (i) Temporary installation of TSO- the functions listed in paragraph (d) of C74b or TSO-C74c substitute equip- this section, to the maximum extent ment, as appropriate, during mainte- feasible. nance of the permanent equipment;

407

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00417 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.144 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(ii) Reinstallation of equipment after (b) No certificate holder may operate temporary removal for maintenance; or a turbojet airplane if it has not pre- (iii) For fleet operations, installation viously proved a turbojet airplane in of equipment in a fleet aircraft after operations under this part in at least 25 removal of the equipment for mainte- hours of proving tests acceptable to the nance from another aircraft in the Administrator including— same operator’s fleet. (1) Five hours of night time, if night [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as flights are to be authorized; amended by Amdt. 135–22, 52 FR 3392, Feb. 3, (2) Five instrument approach proce- 1987] dures under simulated or actual condi- tions, if IFR flights are to be author- § 135.144 Portable electronic devices. ized; and (a) Except as provided in paragraph (3) Entry into a representative num- (b) of this section, no person may oper- ber of en route airports as determined ate, nor may any operator or pilot in by the Administrator. command of an aircraft allow the oper- (c) No certificate holder may carry ation of, any portable electronic device passengers in an aircraft during prov- on any of the following U.S.-registered ing tests, except those needed to make civil aircraft operating under this part. the tests and those designated by the (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does Administrator to observe the tests. not apply to— However, pilot flight training may be (1) Portable voice recorders; conducted during the proving tests. (2) Hearing aids; (d) Validation testing is required to (3) Heart pacemakers; determine that a certificate holder is (4) Electric shavers; or capable of conducting operations safely (5) Any other portable electronic de- and in compliance with applicable reg- vice that the part 119 certificate holder ulatory standards. Validation tests are has determined will not cause inter- required for the following authoriza- ference with the navigation or commu- tions: nication system of the aircraft on (1) The addition of an aircraft for which it is to be used. which two pilots are required for oper- (c). The determination required by ations under VFR or a turbojet air- paragraph (b)(5) of this section shall be plane, if that aircraft or an aircraft of made by that part 119 certificate holder the same make or similar design has operating the aircraft on which the not been previously proved or validated particular device is to be used. in operations under this part. [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, (2) Operations outside U.S. airspace. 1999] (3) Class II navigation authoriza- tions. § 135.145 Aircraft proving and valida- tion tests. (4) Special performance or oper- ational authorizations. (a) No certificate holder may operate (e) Validation tests must be accom- an aircraft, other than a turbojet air- plished by test methods acceptable to craft, for which two pilots are required the Administrator. Actual flights may by this chapter for operations under not be required when an applicant can VFR, if it has not previously proved demonstrate competence and compli- such an aircraft in operations under ance with appropriate regulations this part in at least 25 hours of proving without conducting a flight. tests acceptable to the Administrator (f) Proving tests and validation tests including— may be conducted simultaneously (1) Five hours of night time, if night when appropriate. flights are to be authorized; (2) Five instrument approach proce- (g) The Administrator may authorize dures under simulated or actual condi- deviations from this section if the Ad- tions, if IFR flights are to be author- ministrator finds that special cir- ized; and cumstances make full compliance with (3) Entry into a representative num- this section unnecessary. ber of en route airports as determined [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54586, Sept. by the Administrator. 17, 2003]

408

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00418 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.150

§ 135.147 Dual controls required. than one exit, provided the proximity No person may operate an aircraft in of the exits allows unassisted verbal operations requiring two pilots unless communication between seated flight it is equipped with functioning dual attendants; controls. However, if the aircraft type (5) Is capable of operation within 10 certification operating limitations do seconds by a flight attendant at each of not require two pilots, a throwover those stations in the passenger com- control wheel may be used in place of partment from which its use is acces- two control wheels. sible; (6) Is audible at all passenger seats, § 135.149 Equipment requirements: lavatories, and flight attendant seats General. and work stations; and No person may operate an aircraft (7) For transport category airplanes unless it is equipped with— manufactured on or after November 27, (a) A sensitive that is ad- 1990, meets the requirements of § 25.1423 justable for barometric pressure; of this chapter. (b) Heating or deicing equipment for (b) A crewmember interphone system each carburetor or, for a pressure car- which— buretor, an alternate air source; (1) Is capable of operation inde- (c) For turbojet airplanes, in addition pendent of the public address system to two gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indi- required by paragraph (a) of this sec- cators (artificial horizons) for use at tion, except for handsets, headsets, the pilot stations, a third indicator microphones, selector switches, and that is installed in accordance with the signaling devices; instrument requirements prescribed in (2) Is approved in accordance with § 121.305(j) of this chapter. § 21.305 of this chapter; (d) [Reserved] (3) Provides a means of two-way com- (e) For turbine powered aircraft, any munication between the pilot compart- other equipment as the Administrator ment and— may require. (i) Each passenger compartment; and [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (ii) Each galley located on other than amended at Amdt. 135–1, 44 FR 26737, May 7, the main passenger deck level; 1979; Amdt. 135–34, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989; (4) Is accessible for immediate use Amdt. 135–38, 55 FR 43310, Oct. 26, 1990] from each of two flight crewmember § 135.150 Public address and crew- stations in the pilot compartment; member interphone systems. (5) Is accessible for use from at least No person may operate an aircraft one normal flight attendant station in having a passenger seating configura- each passenger compartment; tion, excluding any pilot seat, of more (6) Is capable of operation within 10 than 19 unless it is equipped with— seconds by a flight attendant at each of (a) A public address system which— those stations in each passenger com- (1) Is capable of operation inde- partment from which its use is acces- pendent of the crewmember interphone sible; and system required by paragraph (b) of (7) For large turbojet-powered air- this section, except for handsets, - planes— sets, microphones, selector switches, (i) Is accessible for use at enough and signaling devices; flight attendant stations so that all (2) Is approved in accordance with floor-level emergency exits (or § 21.305 of this chapter; entryways to those exits in the case of (3) Is accessible for immediate use exits located within galleys) in each from each of two flight crewmember passenger compartment are observable stations in the pilot compartment; from one or more of those stations so (4) For each required floor-level pas- equipped; senger emergency exit which has an ad- (ii) Has an alerting system incor- jacent flight attendant seat, has a porating aural or visual signals for use microphone which is readily accessible by flight crewmembers to alert flight to the seated flight attendant, except attendants and for use by flight attend- that one microphone may serve more ants to alert flight crewmembers;

409

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00419 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.151 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(iii) For the alerting system required (c) In the event of an accident, or oc- by paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section, currence requiring immediate notifica- has a means for the recipient of a call tion of the National Transportation to determine whether it is a normal Safety Board which results in termi- call or an emergency call; and nation of the flight, the certificate (iv) When the airplane is on the holder shall keep the recorded informa- ground, provides a means of two-way tion for at least 60 days or, if requested communication between ground per- by the Administrator or the Board, for sonnel and either of at least two flight a longer period. Information obtained crewmembers in the pilot compart- from the record may be used to assist ment. The interphone system station in determining the cause of accidents for use by ground personnel must be so or occurrences in connection with in- located that personnel using the sys- vestigations. The Administrator does tem may avoid visible detection from not use the record in any civil penalty within the airplane. or certificate action. (d) For those aircraft equipped to [Doc. No. 24995, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989] record the uninterrupted audio signals § 135.151 Cockpit voice recorders. received by a boom or a mask micro- phone the flight crewmembers are re- (a) No person may operate a multien- quired to use the boom microphone gine, turbine-powered airplane or below 18,000 feet mean sea level. No rotorcraft having a passenger seating person may operate a large turbine en- configuration of six or more and for gine powered airplane manufactured which two pilots are required by cer- after October 11, 1991, or on which a tification or operating rules unless it is cockpit voice recorder has been in- equipped with an approved cockpit stalled after October 11, 1991, unless it voice recorder that: is equipped to record the uninterrupted (1) Is installed in compliance with audio signal received by a boom or § 23.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), mask microphone in accordance with (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); § 25.1457(a)(1) § 25.1457(c)(5) of this chapter. and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), (e) In complying with this section, an (f), and (g), § 27.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), approved cockpit voice recorder having (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); an erasure feature may be used, so that or § 29.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), during the operation of the recorder, (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g) of this chap- information: ter, as applicable; and (1) Recorded in accordance with para- (2) Is operated continuously from the graph (a) of this section and recorded use of the check list before the flight more than 15 minutes earlier; or to completion of the final check list at (2) Recorded in accordance with para- the end of the flight. graph (b) of this section and recorded (b) No person may operate a multien- more than 30 minutes earlier; may be gine, turbine-powered airplane or erased or otherwise obliterated. rotorcraft having a passenger seating (f) By April 7, 2012, all airplanes sub- configuration of 20 or more seats unless ject to paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) it is equipped with an approved cockpit of this section that are manufactured voice recorder that— before April 7, 2010, and that are re- (1) Is installed in accordance with the quired to have a flight data recorder requirements of § 23.1457 (except para- installed in accordance with § 135.152, graphs (a)(6), (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)); must have a cockpit voice recorder § 25.1457 (except paragraphs (a)(6), that also— (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)); § 27.1457 (except (1) Meets the requirements in paragraphs (a)(6), (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)); § 23.1457(d)(6) or § 25.1457(d)(6) of this or § 29.1457 (except paragraphs (a)(6), chapter, as applicable; and (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)) of this chapter, as (2) If transport category, meet the re- applicable; and quirements in § 25.1457(a)(3), (a)(4), and (2) Is operated continuously from the (a)(5) of this chapter. use of the check list before the flight (g)(1) No person may operate a multi- to completion of the final check list at engine, turbine-powered airplane or the end of the flight. rotorcraft that is manufactured on or

410

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00420 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.152

after April 7, 2010, that has a passenger (h) All airplanes or rotorcraft re- seating configuration of six or more quired by this part to have a cockpit seats, for which two pilots are required voice recorder and a flight data re- by certification or operating rules, and corder, that install datalink commu- that is required to have a flight data nication equipment on or after Decem- recorder under § 135.152, unless it is ber 6, 2010, must record all datalink equipped with an approved cockpit messages as required by the certifi- voice recorder that also— cation rule applicable to the aircraft. (i) Is installed in accordance with the [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as requirements of § 23.1457 (except for amended by Amdt. 135–23, 52 FR 9637, Mar. 25, paragraph (a)(6)); § 25.1457 (except for 1987; Amdt. 135–26, 53 FR 26151, July 11, 1988; paragraph (a)(6)); § 27.1457 (except for Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. paragraph (a)(6)); or § 29.1457 (except for 135–113, 73 FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 135– paragraph (a)(6)) of this chapter, as ap- 113, 74 FR 32801, July 9, 2009; Amdt. 135–121, 75 plicable; and FR 17046, Apr. 5, 2010] (ii) Is operated continuously from the use of the check list before the flight, § 135.152 Flight data recorders. to completion of the final check list at (a) Except as provided in paragraph the end of the flight; and (k) of this section, no person may oper- (iii) Retains at least the last 2 hours ate under this part a multi-engine, tur- of recorded information using a re- bine-engine powered airplane or rotor- corder that meets the standards of craft having a passenger seating con- TSO–C123a, or later revision. figuration, excluding any required (iv) For all airplanes or rotorcraft crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that manufactured on or after December 6, was either brought onto the U.S. reg- 2010, also meets the requirements of ister after, or was registered outside § 23.1457(a)(6); § 25.1457(a)(6); the United States and added to the op- § 27.1457(a)(6); or § 29.457(a)(6) of this erator’s U.S. operations specifications chapter, as applicable. after, October 11, 1991, unless it is (2) No person may operate a multien- equipped with one or more approved gine, turbine-powered airplane or flight recorders that use a digital rotorcraft that is manufactured on or method of recording and storing data after April 7, 2010, has a passenger seat- and a method of readily retrieving that ing configuration of 20 or more seats, data from the storage medium. The pa- and that is required to have a flight rameters specified in either Appendix B data recorder under § 135.152, unless it or C of this part, as applicable must be is equipped with an approved cockpit recorded within the range, accuracy, voice recorder that also— resolution, and recording intervals as (i) Is installed in accordance with the specified. The recorder shall retain no requirements of § 23.1457 (except for less than 25 hours of aircraft operation. paragraph (a)(6)); § 25.1457 (except for (b) After October 11, 1991, no person paragraph (a)(6)); § 27.1457 (except for may operate a multiengine, turbine- paragraph (a)(6)); or § 29.1457 (except for powered airplane having a passenger paragraph (a)(6)) of this chapter, as ap- seating configuration of 20 to 30 seats plicable; and or a multiengine, turbine-powered (ii) Is operated continuously from the rotorcraft having a passenger seating use of the check list before the flight, configuration of 20 or more seats unless to completion of the final check list at it is equipped with one or more ap- the end of the flight; and proved flight recorders that utilize a (iii) Retains at least the last 2 hours digital method of recording and storing of recorded information using a re- data, and a method of readily retriev- corder that meets the standards of ing that data from the storage me- TSO–C123a, or later revision. dium. The parameters in appendix D or (iv) For all airplanes or rotorcraft E of this part, as applicable, that are manufactured on or after December 6, set forth below, must be recorded with- 2010, also meets the requirements of in the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, § 23.1457(a)(6); § 25.1457(a)(6); and sampling intervals as specified. § 27.1457(a)(6); or § 29.457(a)(6) of this (1) Except as provided in paragraph chapter, as applicable. (b)(3) of this section for aircraft type

411

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00421 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.152 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

certificated before October 1, 1969, the shall keep the recorded data prescribed following parameters must be recorded: in paragraph (a) of this section until (i) Time; the aircraft has been operating for at (ii) Altitude; least 25 hours of the operating time (iii) Airspeed; specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- (iv) Vertical acceleration; tion. In addition, each certificate hold- (v) Heading; er shall keep the recorded data pre- (vi) Time of each radio transmission scribed in paragraph (b) of this section to or from ; for an airplane until the airplane has (vii) Pitch attitude; been operating for at least 25 hours, (viii) Roll attitude; and for a rotorcraft until the rotorcraft (ix) Longitudinal acceleration; has been operating for at least 10 (x) Control column or pitch control hours, of the operating time specified surface position; and in paragraph (c) of this section. A total (xi) Thrust of each engine. of 1 hour of recorded data may be (2) Except as provided in paragraph erased for the purpose of testing the (b)(3) of this section for aircraft type or the flight recorder certificated after September 30, 1969, the following parameters must be re- system. Any erasure made in accord- corded: ance with this paragraph must be of (i) Time; the oldest recorded data accumulated (ii) Altitude; at the time of testing. Except as pro- (iii) Airspeed; vided in paragraph (c) of this section, (iv) Vertical acceleration; no record need be kept more than 60 (v) Heading; days. (vi) Time of each radio transmission (e) In the event of an accident or oc- either to or from air traffic control; currence that requires the immediate (vii) Pitch attitude; notification of the National Transpor- (viii) Roll attitude; tation Safety Board under 49 CFR part (ix) Longitudinal acceleration; 830 of its regulations and that results (x) Pitch trim position; in termination of the flight, the certifi- (xi) Control column or pitch control cate holder shall remove the recording surface position; media from the aircraft and keep the (xii) Control wheel or lateral control recorded data required by paragraphs surface position; (a) and (b) of this section for at least 60 (xiii) pedal or yaw control days or for a longer period upon re- surface position; quest of the Board or the Adminis- (xiv) Thrust of each engine; trator. (xv) Position of each thrust reverser; (f)(1) For airplanes manufactured on (xvi) or cockpit or before August 18, 2000, and all other flap control position; and aircraft, each flight recorder required (xvii) flap or cockpit by this section must be installed in ac- flap control position. cordance with the requirements of (3) For aircraft manufactured after § 23.1459 (except paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) October 11, 1991, all of the parameters and (6)), § 25.1459 (except paragraphs listed in appendix D or E of this part, as applicable, must be recorded. (a)(3)(ii) and (7)), § 27.1459 (except para- (c) Whenever a flight recorder re- graphs (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), or § 29.1459 (ex- quired by this section is installed, it cept paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), as must be operated continuously from appropriate, of this chapter. The cor- the instant the airplane begins the relation required by paragraph (c) of takeoff roll or the rotorcraft begins the §§ 23.1459, 25.1459, 27.1459, or 29.1459 of lift-off until the airplane has com- this chapter, as appropriate, need be pleted the landing roll or the rotorcraft established only on one aircraft of a has landed at its destination. group of aircraft: (d) Except as provided in paragraph (i) That are of the same type; (c) of this section, and except for re- (ii) On which the flight recorder mod- corded data erased as authorized in els and their installations are the this paragraph, each certificate holder same; and

412

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00422 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.152

(iii) On which there are no dif- parameter is not intended to require a ferences in the type designs with re- change in installed equipment. spect to the installation of the first pi- (1) Time; lot’s instruments associated with the (2) Pressure altitude; flight recorder. The most recent instru- (3) Indicated airspeed; ment calibration, including the record- (4) Heading—primary flight crew ref- ing medium from which this calibra- erence (if selectable, record discrete, tion is derived, and the recorder cor- true or magnetic); relation must be retained by the cer- (5) Normal acceleration (Vertical); tificate holder. (6) Pitch attitude; (2) For airplanes manufactured after (7) Roll attitude; August 18, 2000, each flight data re- (8) Manual radio transmitter keying, corder system required by this section or CVR/DFDR synchronization ref- must be installed in accordance with erence; the requirements of § 23.1459(a) (except (9) Thrust/power of each engine—pri- paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), (b), (d) mary flight crew reference; and (e), or § 25.1459(a) (except para- (10) Autopilot engagement status; graphs (a)(3)(ii) and (7)), (b), (d) and (e) (11) Longitudinal acceleration; of this chapter. A correlation must be (12) Pitch control input; established between the values re- (13) Lateral control input; corded by the flight data recorder and (14) Rudder pedal input; the corresponding values being meas- (15) Primary pitch control surface po- ured. The correlation must contain a sition; sufficient number of correlation points (16) Primary lateral control surface to accurately establish the conversion position; (17) Primary yaw control surface po- from the recorded values to engineer- sition; ing units or discrete state over the full (18) Lateral acceleration; operating range of the parameter. Ex- (19) Pitch trim surface position or pa- cept for airplanes having separate alti- rameters of paragraph (h)(82) of this tude and airspeed sensors that are an section if currently recorded; integral part of the flight data recorder (20) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap system, a single correlation may be es- control selection (except when param- tablished for any group of airplanes— eters of paragraph (h)(85) of this sec- (i) That are of the same type; tion apply); (ii) On which the flight recorder sys- (21) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap tem and its installation are the same; control selection (except when param- and eters of paragraph (h)(86) of this sec- (iii) On which there is no difference tion apply); in the type design with respect to the (22) Each Thrust reverser position (or installation of those sensors associated equivalent for propeller airplane); with the flight data recorder system. (23) Ground position or speed Documentation sufficient to convert brake selection (except when param- recorded data into the engineering eters of paragraph (h)(87) of this sec- units and discrete values specified in tion apply); the applicable appendix must be main- (24) Outside or total air temperature; tained by the certificate holder. (25) Automatic Flight Control Sys- (g) Each flight recorder required by tem (AFCS) modes and engagement this section that records the data spec- status, including ; ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this (26) Radio altitude (when an informa- section must have an approved device tion source is installed); to assist in locating that recorder (27) Localizer deviation, MLS Azi- under water. muth; (h) The operational parameters re- (28) Glideslope deviation, MLS Ele- quired to be recorded by digital flight vation; data recorders required by paragraphs (29) Marker beacon passage; (i) and (j) of this section are as follows, (30) Master warning; the phrase ‘‘when an information (31) Air/ground sensor (primary air- source is installed’’ following a param- plane system reference nose or main eter indicates that recording of that gear);

413

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00423 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.152 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(32) Angle of attack (when informa- (62) Engine warning each engine vi- tion source is installed); bration (when an information source is (33) Hydraulic pressure low (each sys- installed); tem); (63) Engine warning each engine over (34) Ground speed (when an informa- temp. (when an information source is tion source is installed); installed); (35) Ground proximity warning sys- (64) Engine warning each engine oil tem; pressure low (when an information (36) Landing gear position or landing source is installed); gear cockpit control selection; (65) Engine warning each engine over (37) Drift angle (when an information speed (when an information source is source is installed); installed; (38) Wind speed and direction (when (66) Yaw trim surface position; an information source is installed); (67) Roll trim surface position; (39) Latitude and longitude (when an (68) Brake pressure (selected system); information source is installed); (69) Brake pedal application (left and (40) /pusher (when an in- right); formation source is installed); (70) Yaw or sideslip angle (when an (41) Windshear (when an information information source is installed); source is installed); (71) Engine bleed valve position (42) /power lever position; (when an information source is in- (43) Additional engine parameters (as stalled); designated in appendix F of this part); (72) De-icing or anti-icing system se- (44) Traffic alert and collision avoid- lection (when an information source is ance system; installed); (45) DME 1 and 2 distances; (73) Computed center of gravity (46) Nav 1 and 2 selected frequency; (when an information source is in- (47) Selected barometric setting stalled); (when an information source is in- (74) AC electrical bus status; stalled); (75) DC electrical bus status; (48) Selected altitude (when an infor- (76) APU bleed valve position (when mation source is installed); an information source is installed); (49) Selected speed (when an informa- (77) Hydraulic pressure (each sys- tion source is installed); tem); (50) Selected mach (when an informa- (78) Loss of cabin pressure; tion source is installed); (79) Computer failure; (51) Selected vertical speed (when an (80) Heads-up display (when an infor- information source is installed); mation source is installed); (52) Selected heading (when an infor- (81) Para-visual display (when an in- mation source is installed); formation source is installed); (53) Selected flight path (when an in- (82) Cockpit trim control input posi- formation source is installed); tion—pitch; (54) Selected decision height (when (83) Cockpit trim control input posi- an information source is installed); tion—roll; (55) EFIS display format; (84) Cockpit trim control input posi- (56) Multi-function/engine/alerts dis- tion—yaw; play format; (85) Trailing edge flap and cockpit (57) Thrust command (when an infor- flap control position; mation source is installed); (86) Leading edge flap and cockpit (58) Thrust target (when an informa- flap control position; tion source is installed); (87) Ground spoiler position and speed (59) Fuel quantity in CG trim tank brake selection; and (when an information source is in- (88) All cockpit flight control input stalled); forces (control wheel, control column, (60) Primary Navigation System Ref- rudder pedal). erence; (i) For all turbine-engine powered (61) Icing (when an information airplanes with a seating configuration, source is installed); excluding any required crewmember

414

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00424 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.154

seat, of 10 to 30 passenger seats, manu- meets the standards of TSO–C124a, or factured after August 18, 2000— later revision. (1) The parameters listed in para- [Doc. No. 25530, 53 FR 26151, July 11, 1988, as graphs (h)(1) through (h)(57) of this sec- amended by Amdt. 135–69, 62 FR 38396, July tion must be recorded within the 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; Amdt. 135– ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- 89, 68 FR 42939, July 18, 2003; Amdt. 135–113, 73 cording intervals specified in Appendix FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 135–113, 74 FR F of this part. 32801, July 9, 2009] (2) Commensurate with the capacity § 135.153 [Reserved] of the recording system, all additional parameters for which information § 135.154 Terrain awareness and warn- sources are installed and which are ing system. connected to the recording system (a) Airplanes manufactured after March must be recorded within the ranges, ac- 29, 2002: curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- (1) No person may operate a turbine- tervals specified in Appendix F of this powered airplane configured with 10 or part. more passenger seats, excluding any (j) For all turbine-engine-powered pilot seat, unless that airplane is airplanes with a seating configuration, equipped with an approved terrain excluding any required crewmember awareness and warning system that seat, of 10 to 30 passenger seats, that meets the requirements for Class A are manufactured after August 19, 2002 equipment in Technical Standard Order the parameters listed in paragraph (TSO)–C151. The airplane must also in- clude an approved terrain situational (a)(1) through (a)(88) of this section awareness display. must be recorded within the ranges, ac- (2) No person may operate a turbine- curacies, resolutions, and recording in- powered airplane configured with 6 to 9 tervals specified in Appendix F of this passenger seats, excluding any pilot part. seat, unless that airplane is equipped (k) For aircraft manufactured before with an approved terrain awareness August 18, 1997, the following aircraft and warning system that meets as a types need not comply with this sec- minimum the requirements for Class B tion: Bell 212, Bell 214ST, Bell 412, Bell equipment in Technical Standard Order 412SP, Boeing Chinook (BV–234), Boe- (TSO)–C151. ing/Kawasaki Vertol 107 (BV/KV–107– (b) Airplanes manufactured on or before II), deHavilland DHC–6, Eurocopter March 29, 2002: Puma 330J, Sikorsky 58, Sikorsky 61N, (1) No person may operate a turbine- Sikorsky 76A. powered airplane configured with 10 or (l) By April 7, 2012, all aircraft manu- more passenger seats, excluding any factured before April 7, 2010, must also pilot seat, after March 29, 2005, unless meet the requirements in § 23.1459(a)(7), that airplane is equipped with an ap- § 25.1459(a)(8), § 27.1459(e), or § 29.1459(e) proved terrain awareness and warning of this chapter, as applicable. system that meets the requirements for Class A equipment in Technical (m) All aircraft manufactured on or Standard Order (TSO)–C151. The air- after April 7, 2010, must have a flight plane must also include an approved data recorder installed that also— terrain situational awareness display. (1) Meets the requirements of (2) No person may operate a turbine- § 23.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (a)(7), powered airplane configured with 6 to 9 § 25.1459(a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(8), passenger seats, excluding any pilot § 27.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (e), or seat, after March 29, 2005, unless that § 29.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (e) of this airplane is equipped with an approved chapter, as applicable; and terrain awareness and warning system (2) Retains the 25 hours of recorded that meets as a minimum the require- information required in paragraph (d) ments for Class B equipment in Tech- of this section using a recorder that nical Standard Order (TSO)–C151. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2120–0631)

415

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00425 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.155 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(c) Airplane Flight Manual. The Air- or F of this part, as applicable, the cer- plane Flight Manual shall contain ap- tificate holder must: propriate procedures for— (1) Remove the filtering and ensure (1) The use of the terrain awareness that the recorded signal value meets and warning system; and the requirements of Appendix D or F of (2) Proper flight crew reaction in re- this part, as applicable; or sponse to the terrain awareness and (2) Demonstrate by test and analysis warning system audio and visual warn- that the original sensor signal value ings. can be reconstructed from the recorded [Doc. No. 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] data. This demonstration requires that: § 135.155 Fire extinguishers: Pas- (i) The FAA determine that the pro- senger-carrying aircraft. cedure and test results submitted by No person may operate an aircraft the certificate holder as its compliance carrying passengers unless it is with paragraph (c)(2) of this section are equipped with hand fire extinguishers repeatable; and of an approved type for use in crew and (ii) The certificate holder maintains passenger compartments as follows— documentation of the procedure re- (a) The type and quantity of extin- quired to reconstruct the original sen- guishing agent must be suitable for the sor signal value. This documentation is kinds of fires likely to occur; also subject to the requirements of (b) At least one hand fire extin- § 135.152(e). guisher must be provided and conven- (d) Compliance. Compliance is re- iently located on the flight deck for quired as follows: use by the flight crew; and (1) No later than October 20, 2011, (c) At least one hand fire extin- each operator must determine, for each guisher must be conveniently located aircraft on its operations specifica- in the passenger compartment of each tions, whether the aircraft’s DFDR sys- aircraft having a passenger seating tem is filtering any of the parameters configuration, excluding any pilot seat, listed in paragraph (c) of this section. of at least 10 seats but less than 31 The operator must create a record of seats. this determination for each aircraft it § 135.156 Flight data recorders: fil- operates, and maintain it as part of the tered data. correlation documentation required by § 135.152 (f)(1)(iii) or (f)(2)(iii) of this (a) A flight data signal is filtered part as applicable. when an original sensor signal has been (2) For aircraft that are not filtering changed in any way, other than any listed parameter, no further action changes necessary to: (1) Accomplish analog to digital con- is required unless the aircraft’s DFDR version of the signal; system is modified in a manner that (2) Format a digital signal to be would cause it to meet the definition of DFDR compatible; or filtering on any listed parameter. (3) Eliminate a high frequency com- (3) For aircraft found to be filtering a ponent of a signal that is outside the parameter listed in paragraph (c) of operational bandwidth of the sensor. this section the operator must either: (b) An original sensor signal for any (i) No later than April 21, 2014, re- flight recorder parameter required to move the filtering; or be recorded under § 135.152 may be fil- (ii) No later than April 22, 2013, sub- tered only if the recorded signal value mit the necessary procedure and test continues to meet the requirements of results required by paragraph (c)(2) of Appendix D or F of this part, as appli- this section. cable. (4) After April 21, 2014, no aircraft (c) For a parameter described in flight data recording system may filter § 135.152(h)(12) through (17), (42), or (88), any parameter listed in paragraph (c) or the corresponding parameter in Ap- of this section that does not meet the pendix D of this part, if the recorded requirements of Appendix D or F of signal value is filtered and does not this part, unless the certificate holder meet the requirements of Appendix D possesses test and analysis procedures

416

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00426 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.159

and the test results that have been ap- tude, the aircraft can safely descend to proved by the FAA. All records of 15,000 feet MSL within four minutes, in tests, analysis and procedures used to which case only a 30-minute supply is comply with this section must be required. maintained as part of the correlation (c) The equipment required by this documentation required by § 135.152 section must have a means— (f)(1)(iii) or (f)(2)(iii) of this part as ap- (1) To enable the pilots to readily de- plicable. termine, in flight, the amount of oxy- [Doc. No. FAA–2006–26135, 75 FR 7357, Feb. 19, gen available in each source of supply 2010] and whether the oxygen is being deliv- ered to the dispensing units; or § 135.157 Oxygen equipment require- (2) In the case of individual dis- ments. pensing units, to enable each user to (a) Unpressurized aircraft. No person make those determinations with re- may operate an unpressurized aircraft spect to that person’s oxygen supply at altitudes prescribed in this section and delivery; and unless it is equipped with enough oxy- (3) To allow the pilots to use undi- gen dispensers and oxygen to supply luted oxygen at their discretion at alti- the pilots under § 135.89(a) and to sup- tudes above 25,000 feet MSL. ply, when flying— (1) At altitudes above 10,000 feet § 135.158 Pitot heat indication systems. through 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to at (a) Except as provided in paragraph least 10 percent of the occupants of the (b) of this section, after April 12, 1981, aircraft, other than the pilots, for that no person may operate a transport cat- part of the flight at those altitudes egory airplane equipped with a flight that is of more than 30 minutes dura- instrument pitot heating system unless tion; and the airplane is also equipped with an (2) Above 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to operable pitot heat indication system each occupant of the aircraft other that complies with § 25.1326 of this than the pilots. chapter in effect on April 12, 1978. (b) Pressurized aircraft. No person may (b) A certificate holder may obtain operate a pressurized aircraft— an extension of the April 12, 1981, com- (1) At altitudes above 25,000 feet pliance date specified in paragraph (a) MSL, unless at least a 10-minute sup- of this section, but not beyond April 12, ply of supplemental oxygen is available 1983, from the Director, Flight Stand- for each occupant of the aircraft, other ards Service if the certificate holder— than the pilots, for use when a descent is necessary due to loss of cabin pres- (1) Shows that due to circumstances surization; and beyond its control it cannot comply by (2) Unless it is equipped with enough the specified compliance date; and oxygen dispensers and oxygen to com- (2) Submits by the specified compli- ply with paragraph (a) of this section ance date a schedule for compliance, whenever the cabin pressure altitude acceptable to the Director, indicating exceeds 10,000 feet MSL and, if the that compliance will be achieved at the cabin pressurization fails, to comply earliest practicable date. with § 135.89 (a) or to provide a 2-hour [Doc. No. 18094, Amdt. 135–17, 46 FR 48306, supply for each pilot, whichever is Aug. 31, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 135–33, 54 greater, and to supply when flying— FR 39294, Sept. 25, 1989] (i) At altitudes above 10,000 feet through 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to at § 135.159 Equipment requirements: least 10 percent of the occupants of the Carrying passengers under VFR at aircraft, other than the pilots, for that night or under VFR over-the-top part of the flight at those altitudes conditions. that is of more than 30 minutes dura- No person may operate an aircraft tion; and carrying passengers under VFR at (ii) Above 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to night or under VFR over-the-top, un- each occupant of the aircraft, other less it is equipped with— than the pilots, for one hour unless, at (a) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indi- all times during flight above that alti- cator except on the following aircraft:

417

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00427 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.161 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(1) Airplanes with a third attitude in- navigated by pilotage unless the air- strument system usable through flight craft is equipped with the two-way attitudes of 360 degrees of pitch-and- radio communication equipment nec- roll and installed in accordance with essary under normal operating condi- the instrument requirements pre- tions to fulfill the following: scribed in § 121.305(j) of this chapter. (1) Communicate with at least one (2) Helicopters with a third attitude appropriate station from any point on instrument system usable through the route, except in remote locations flight attitudes of ±80 degrees of pitch and areas of mountainous terrain and ±120 degrees of roll and installed in where geographical constraints make accordance with § 29.1303(g) of this such communication impossible. chapter. (2) Communicate with appropriate air (3) Helicopters with a maximum cer- traffic control facilities from any point tificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds within Class B, Class C, or Class D air- or less. space, or within a Class E surface area (b) A slip skid indicator. designated for an airport in which (c) A gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indi- flights are intended; and cator. (3) Receive meteorological informa- (d) A gyroscopic direction indicator. tion from any point en route, except in (e) A generator or generators able to remote locations and areas of moun- supply all probable combinations of tainous terrain where geographical continuous in-flight electrical loads for constraints make such communication required equipment and for recharging impossible. the battery. (b) No person may operate an aircraft (f) For night flights— at night under VFR over routes that (1) An anticollision light system; can be navigated by pilotage unless (2) Instrument lights to make all in- that aircraft is equipped with— struments, switches, and gauges easily (1) Two-way radio communication readable, the direct rays of which are equipment necessary under normal op- shielded from the pilots’ eyes; and erating conditions to fulfill the func- (3) A flashlight having at least two tions specified in paragraph (a) of this size ‘‘D’’ cells or equivalent. section; and (g) For the purpose of paragraph (e) (2) Navigation equipment suitable for of this section, a continuous in-flight the route to be flown. electrical load includes one that draws current continuously during flight, [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31684, June 7, such as radio equipment and elec- 2007, as amended by Amdt. 135–116, 74 FR trically driven instruments and lights, 20205, May 1, 2009] but does not include occasional inter- § 135.163 Equipment requirements: mittent loads. Aircraft carrying passengers under (h) Notwithstanding provisions of IFR. paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters having a maximum certificated takeoff No person may operate an aircraft weight of 6,000 pounds or less may be under IFR, carrying passengers, unless operated until January 6, 1988, under it has— visual flight rules at night without a (a) A vertical speed indicator; slip skid indicator, a gyroscopic bank- (b) A free-air temperature indicator; and-pitch indicator, or a gyroscopic di- (c) A heated pitot tube for each air- rection indicator. speed indicator; (d) A power failure warning device or [Doc. No. 24550, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, 1986, as vacuum indicator to show the power amended by Amdt. 135–38, 55 FR 43310, Oct. 26, 1990] available for gyroscopic instruments from each power source; § 135.161 Communication and naviga- (e) An alternate source of static pres- tion equipment for aircraft oper- sure for the altimeter and the airspeed ations under VFR over routes navi- and vertical speed indicators; gated by pilotage. (f) For a single-engine aircraft: (a) No person may operate an aircraft (1) Two independent electrical power under VFR over routes that can be generating sources each of which is

418

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00428 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.165

able to supply all probable combina- § 135.165 Communication and naviga- tions of continuous inflight electrical tion equipment: Extended over- loads for required instruments and water or IFR operations. equipment; or (a) Aircraft navigation equipment re- (2) In addition to the primary elec- quirements—General. Except as provided trical power generating source, a in paragraph (g) of this section, no per- battery or an alternate source son may conduct operations under IFR of electric power that is capable of sup- or extended over-water unless— plying 150% of the electrical loads of (1) The en route navigation aids nec- all required instruments and equip- essary for navigating the aircraft along ment necessary for safe emergency op- the route (e.g., ATS routes, arrival and eration of the aircraft for at least one departure routes, and instrument ap- hour; proach procedures, including missed (g) For multi-engine aircraft, at least approach procedures if a missed ap- two generators or alternators each of proach routing is specified in the pro- which is on a separate engine, of which cedure) are available and suitable for any combination of one-half of the use by the navigation systems required total number are rated sufficiently to by this section: supply the electrical loads of all re- (2) The aircraft used in extended quired instruments and equipment nec- over-water operations is equipped with essary for safe emergency operation of at least two-approved independent the aircraft except that for multi-en- navigation systems suitable for navi- gine helicopters, the two required gen- gating the aircraft along the route to erators may be mounted on the main be flown within the degree of accuracy rotor drive train; and required for ATC. (h) Two independent sources of en- (3) The aircraft used for IFR oper- ergy (with means of selecting either) of ations is equipped with at least— which at least one is an engine-driven (i) One marker beacon receiver pro- pump or generator, each of which is viding visual and aural signals; and able to drive all required gyroscopic in- (ii) One ILS receiver. struments powered by, or to be pow- (4) Any RNAV system used to meet ered by, that particular source and in- the navigation equipment require- stalled so that failure of one instru- ments of this section is authorized in ment or source, does not interfere with the certificate holder’s operations the energy supply to the remaining in- specifications. struments or the other energy source (b) Use of a single independent naviga- unless, for single-engine aircraft in all tion system for IFR operations. The air- cargo operations only, the rate of turn craft may be equipped with a single indicator has a source of energy sepa- independent navigation system suit- rate from the bank and pitch and direc- able for navigating the aircraft along tion indicators. For the purpose of this the route to be flown within the degree paragraph, for multi-engine aircraft, of accuracy required for ATC if: each engine-driven source of energy (1) It can be shown that the aircraft must be on a different engine. is equipped with at least one other (i) For the purpose of paragraph (f) of independent navigation system suit- this section, a continuous inflight elec- able, in the event of loss of the naviga- trical load includes one that draws cur- tion capability of the single inde- rent continuously during flight, such pendent navigation system permitted by this paragraph at any point along as radio equipment, electrically driven the route, for proceeding safely to a instruments, and lights, but does not suitable airport and completing an in- include occasional intermittent loads. strument approach; and [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (2) The aircraft has sufficient fuel so amended by Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, that the flight may proceed safely to a 1997; Amdt. 135–72, 63 FR 25573, May 8, 1998] suitable airport by use of the remain- ing navigation system, and complete an instrument approach and land.

419

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00429 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.167 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(c) VOR navigation equipment. When- among the operational factors the Ad- ever VOR navigation equipment is re- ministrator may consider in granting quired by paragraph (a) or (b) of this an authorization: section, no person may operate an air- (1) The ability of the flight crew to craft unless it is equipped with at least navigate the airplane along the route one approved DME or suitable RNAV within the degree of accuracy required system. for ATC; (d) Airplane communication equipment (2) The length of the route being requirements. Except as permitted in flown; and paragraph (e) of this section, no person (3) The duration of the very high fre- may operate a turbojet airplane having quency communications gap. a passenger seat configuration, exclud- ing any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more, [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31684, June 7, 2007] or a multiengine airplane in a com- muter operation, as defined in part 119 § 135.167 Emergency equipment: Ex- of this chapter, under IFR or in ex- tended overwater operations. tended over-water operations unless (a) Except where the Administrator, the airplane is equipped with— by amending the operations specifica- (1) At least two independent commu- tions of the certificate holder, requires nication systems necessary under nor- the carriage of all or any specific items mal operating conditions to fulfill the of the equipment listed below for any functions specified in § 121.347(a) of this overwater operation, or, upon applica- chapter; and tion of the certificate holder, the Ad- (2) At least one of the communica- ministrator allows deviation for a par- tion systems required by paragraph ticular extended overwater operation, (d)(1) of this section must have two- no person may operate an aircraft in way voice communication capability. extended overwater operations unless (e) IFR or extended over-water commu- it carries, installed in conspicuously nications equipment requirements. A per- marked locations easily accessible to son may operate an aircraft other than the occupants if a ditching occurs, the that specified in paragraph (d) of this following equipment: section under IFR or in extended over- water operations if it meets all of the (1) An approved life preserver requirements of this section, with the equipped with an approved survivor lo- exception that only one communica- cator light for each occupant of the tion system transmitter is required for aircraft. The life preserver must be eas- operations other than extended over- ily accessible to each seated occupant. water operations. (2) Enough approved liferafts of a (f) Additional aircraft communication rated capacity and buoyancy to accom- equipment requirements. In addition to modate the occupants of the aircraft. the requirements in paragraphs (d) and (b) Each liferaft required by para- (e) of this section, no person may oper- graph (a) of this section must be ate an aircraft under IFR or in ex- equipped with or contain at least the tended over-water operations unless it following: is equipped with at least: (1) One approved survivor locator (1) Two microphones; and light. (2) Two headsets or one headset and (2) One approved pyrotechnic sig- one speaker. naling device. (g) Extended over-water exceptions. (3) Either— Notwithstanding the requirements of (i) One survival kit, appropriately paragraphs (a), (d), and (e) of this sec- equipped for the route to be flown; or tion, installation and use of a single (ii) One canopy (for sail, sunshade, or long-range navigation system and a rain catcher); single long-range communication sys- (iii) One radar reflector; tem for extended over-water operations (iv) One liferaft repair kit; in certain geographic areas may be au- (v) One bailing bucket; thorized by the Administrator and ap- (vi) One signaling mirror; proved in the certificate holder’s oper- (vii) One police whistle; ations specifications. The following are (viii) One raft knife;

420

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00430 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.169

(ix) One CO2 bottle for emergency in- (b) No person may operate a recipro- flation; cating-engine or turbopropeller-pow- (x) One inflation pump; ered small airplane that has a pas- (xi) Two oars; senger seating configuration, excluding (xii) One 75-foot retaining line; pilot seats, of 10 seats or more unless it (xiii) One magnetic ; is type certificated— (xiv) One dye marker; (1) In the transport category; (xv) One flashlight having at least (2) Before July 1, 1970, in the normal two size ‘‘D’’ cells or equivalent; category and meets special conditions (xvi) A 2-day supply of emergency issued by the Administrator for air- food rations supplying at least 1,000 planes intended for use in operations calories per day for each person; (xvii) For each two persons the raft is under this part; rated to carry, two pints of water or (3) Before July 19, 1970, in the normal one sea water desalting kit; category and meets the additional air- (xviii) One fishing kit; and worthiness standards in Special Fed- (xix) One book on survival appro- eral Aviation Regulation No. 23; priate for the area in which the air- (4) In the normal category and meets craft is operated. the additional airworthiness standards (c) No person may operate an air- in appendix A; plane in extended overwater operations (5) In the normal category and com- unless there is attached to one of the plies with section 1.(a) of Special Fed- life rafts required by paragraph (a) of eral Aviation Regulation No. 41; this section, an approved survival type (6) In the normal category and com- emergency locator transmitter. Bat- plies with section 1.(b) of Special Fed- teries used in this transmitter must be eral Aviation Regulation No. 41; or replaced (or recharged, if the batteries (7) In the commuter category. are rechargeable) when the transmitter (c) No person may operate a small has been in use for more than 1 cumu- airplane with a passenger seating con- lative hour, or, when 50 percent of their figuration, excluding any pilot seat, of useful life (or for rechargeable bat- 10 seats or more, with a seating con- teries, 50 percent of their useful life of charge) has expired, as established by figuration greater than the maximum the transmitter manufacturer under its seating configuration used in that type approval. The new expiration date for airplane in operations under this part replacing (or recharging) the battery before August 19, 1977. This paragraph must be legibly marked on the outside does not apply to— of the transmitter. The battery useful (1) An airplane that is type certifi- life (or useful life of charge) require- cated in the transport category; or ments of this paragraph do not apply (2) An airplane that complies with— to batteries (such as water-activated (i) Appendix A of this part provided batteries) that are essentially unaf- that its passenger seating configura- fected during probable storage inter- tion, excluding pilot seats, does not ex- vals. ceed 19 seats; or [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (ii) Special Federal Aviation Regula- amended by Amdt. 135–4, 45 FR 38348, June tion No. 41. 30, 1980; Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, (d) Cargo or baggage compartments: 1986; Amdt. 135–49, 59 FR 32058, June 21, 1994; (1) After March 20, 1991, each Class C Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003] or D compartment, as defined in § 25.857 § 135.168 [Reserved] of part 25 of this chapter, greater than 200 cubic feet in volume in a transport § 135.169 Additional airworthiness re- category airplane type certificated quirements. after January 1, 1958, must have ceiling (a) Except for commuter category and sidewall panels which are con- airplanes, no person may operate a structed of: large airplane unless it meets the addi- (i) Glass fiber reinforced resin; tional airworthiness requirements of (ii) Materials which meet the test re- §§ 121.213 through 121.283 and 121.307 of quirements of part 25, appendix F, part this chapter. III of this chapter; or

421

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00431 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.170 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(iii) In the case of liner installations must not exceed 100 kilowatts per approved prior to March 20, 1989, alu- square meter. minum. (ii) Each airplane with a passenger (2) For compliance with this para- capacity of 20 or more and manufac- graph, the term ‘‘liner’’ includes any tured after August 19, 1990, must com- design feature, such as a joint or fas- ply with the heat release rate and tener, which would affect the capa- smoke testing provisions of § 25.853(d) bility of the liner to safely contain a in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly fire. § 25.83(a–1) in effect on September 26, 1988). [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–2, 44 FR 53731, Sept. (iii) Except as provided in paragraph 17, 1979; Amdt. 135–21, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, (b)(1) (v) or (vi) of this section, each 1987; 52 FR 34745, Sept. 14, 1987; Amdt. 135–31, airplane for which the application for 54 FR 7389, Feb. 17, 1989; Amdt. 135–55, 60 FR type certificate was filed prior to May 6628, Feb. 2, 1995] 1, 1972, must comply with the provi- sions of § 25.853 in effect on April 30, § 135.170 Materials for compartment 1972, regardless of the passenger capac- interiors. ity, if there is a substantially complete (a) No person may operate an air- replacement of the cabin interior after plane that conforms to an amended or April 30, 1972. supplemental type certificate issued in (iv) Except as provided in paragraph accordance with SFAR No. 41 for a (b)(1) (v) or (vi) of this section, each maximum certificated takeoff weight airplane for which the application for in excess of 12,500 pounds unless within type certificate was filed after May 1, one year after issuance of the initial 1972, must comply with the material airworthiness certificate under that requirements under which the airplane SFAR, the airplane meets the compart- was type certificated regardless of the ment interior requirements set forth in passenger capacity if there is a sub- § 25.853(a) in effect March 6, 1995 (for- stantially complete replacement of the merly § 25.853 (a), (b), (b–1), (b–2), and cabin interior after that date. (b–3) of this chapter in effect on Sep- (v) Except as provided in paragraph tember 26, 1978). (b)(1)(vi) of this section, each airplane (b) Except for commuter category that was type certificated after Janu- airplanes and airplanes certificated ary 1, 1958, must comply with the heat under Special Federal Aviation Regula- release testing provisions of § 25.853(d) tion No. 41, no person may operate a in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly large airplane unless it meets the fol- § 25.853(a–1) in effect on August 20, 1986), lowing additional airworthiness re- if there is a substantially complete re- quirements: placement of the cabin interior compo- (1) Except for those materials cov- nents identified in that paragraph on ered by paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or after that date, except that the total all materials in each compartment heat release over the first 2 minutes of used by the crewmembers or passengers sample exposure shall not exceed 100 must meet the requirements of § 25.853 kilowatt-minutes per square meter and of this chapter in effect as follows or the peak heat release rate shall not ex- later amendment thereto: ceed 100 kilowatts per square meter. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (vi) Each airplane that was type cer- (b)(1)(iv) of this section, each airplane tificated after January 1, 1958, must with a passenger capacity of 20 or more comply with the heat release rate and and manufactured after August 19, 1988, smoke testing provisions of § 25.853(d) but prior to August 20, 1990, must com- in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly ply with the heat release rate testing § 25.853(a–1) in effect on August 20, 1986), provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect March if there is a substantially complete re- 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in effect placement of the cabin interior compo- on August 20, 1986), except that the nents identified in that paragraph after total heat release over the first 2 min- August 19, 1990. utes of sample exposure rate must not (vii) Contrary provisions of this sec- exceed 100 kilowatt minutes per square tion notwithstanding, the Manager of meter and the peak heat release rate the Transport Airplane Directorate,

422

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00432 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.173

Aircraft Certification Service, Federal (i) Of a blanket construction, or Aviation Administration, may author- (ii) Installed around air ducting. ize deviation from the requirements of (2) For airplanes manufactured after paragraph (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(v), September 2, 2005, thermal/acoustic in- or (b)(1)(vi) of this section for specific sulation materials installed in the fu- components of the cabin interior that selage must meet the flame propaga- do not meet applicable flammability tion requirements of § 25.856 of this and smoke emission requirements, if chapter, effective September 2, 2003. the determination is made that special circumstances exist that make compli- [Doc. No. 26192, 60 FR 6628, Feb. 2, 1995; Amdt. ance impractical. Such grants of devi- 135–55, 60 FR 11194, Mar. 1, 1995; Amdt. 135–56, ation will be limited to those airplanes 60 FR 13011, Mar. 9, 1995; Amdt. 135–90, 68 FR manufactured within 1 year after the 45084, July 31, 2003; Amdt. 135–103, 70 FR applicable date specified in this section 77752, Dec. 30, 2005] and those airplanes in which the inte- rior is replaced within 1 year of that § 135.171 Shoulder harness installation at flight crewmember stations. date. A request for such grant of devi- ation must include a thorough and ac- (a) No person may operate a turbojet curate analysis of each component sub- aircraft or an aircraft having a pas- ject to § 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 senger seating configuration, excluding (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in effect on Au- any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more un- gust 20, 1986), the steps being taken to less it is equipped with an approved achieve compliance, and, for the few shoulder harness installed for each components for which timely compli- flight crewmember station. ance will not be achieved, credible rea- (b) Each flight crewmember occu- sons for such noncompliance. pying a station equipped with a shoul- (viii) Contrary provisions of this sec- der harness must fasten the shoulder tion notwithstanding, galley carts and harness during takeoff and landing, ex- standard galley containers that do not cept that the shoulder harness may be meet the flammability and smoke unfastened if the crewmember cannot emission requirements of § 25.853(d) in perform the required duties with the effect March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a– shoulder harness fastened. 1) in effect on August 20, 1986), may be used in airplanes that must meet the § 135.173 Airborne thunderstorm de- requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i), tection equipment requirements. (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iv) or (b)(1)(vi) of this section provided the galley carts or (a) No person may operate an aircraft standard containers were manufac- that has a passenger seating configura- tured prior to March 6, 1995. tion, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 (2) For airplanes type certificated seats or more in passenger-carrying op- after January 1, 1958, seat cushions, ex- erations, except a helicopter operating cept those on flight crewmember seats, under day VFR conditions, unless the in any compartment occupied by crew aircraft is equipped with either ap- or passengers must comply with the re- proved thunderstorm detection equip- quirements pertaining to fire protec- ment or approved airborne weather tion of seat cushions in § 25.853(c) effec- radar equipment. tive November 26, 1984. (b) No person may operate a heli- (c) Thermal/acoustic insulation ma- copter that has a passenger seating terials. For transport category air- configuration, excluding any pilot seat, planes type certificated after January of 10 seats or more in passenger-car- 1, 1958: rying operations, under night VFR (1) For airplanes manufactured before when current weather reports indicate September 2, 2005, when thermal/acous- that thunderstorms or other poten- tic insulation is installed in the fuse- lage as replacements after September tially hazardous weather conditions 2, 2005, the insulation must meet the that can be detected with airborne flame propagation requirements of thunderstorm detection equipment § 25.856 of this chapter, effective Sep- may reasonably be expected along the tember 2, 2003, if it is: route to be flown, unless the helicopter

423

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00433 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.175 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

is equipped with either approved thun- (c) If the airborne weather radar derstorm detection equipment or ap- equipment becomes inoperative en proved airborne weather radar equip- route, the aircraft must be operated ment. under the instructions and procedures (c) No person may begin a flight specified for that event in the manual under IFR or night VFR conditions required by § 135.21. when current weather reports indicate (d) This section does not apply to air- that thunderstorms or other poten- craft used solely within the State of tially hazardous weather conditions Hawaii, within the State of Alaska, that can be detected with airborne within that part of Canada west of lon- thunderstorm detection equipment, re- gitude 130 degrees W, between latitude quired by paragraph (a) or (b) of this 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, section, may reasonably be expected or during any training, test, or ferry along the route to be flown, unless the flight. airborne thunderstorm detection equip- (e) Without regard to any other pro- ment is in satisfactory operating con- vision of this part, an alternate elec- dition. trical power supply is not required for (d) If the airborne thunderstorm de- airborne weather radar equipment. tection equipment becomes inoperative en route, the aircraft must be operated § 135.177 Emergency equipment re- under the instructions and procedures quirements for aircraft having a specified for that event in the manual passenger seating configuration of required by § 135.21. more than 19 passengers. (e) This section does not apply to air- (a) No person may operate an aircraft craft used solely within the State of having a passenger seating configura- Hawaii, within the State of Alaska, tion, excluding any pilot seat, of more within that part of Canada west of lon- than 19 seats unless it is equipped with gitude 130 degrees W, between latitude the following emergency equipment: 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, (1) At least one approved first-aid kit or during any training, test, or ferry for treatment of injuries likely to flight. occur in flight or in a minor accident (f) Without regard to any other provi- that must: sion of this part, an alternate elec- (i) Be readily accessible to crew- trical power supply is not required for members. airborne thunderstorm detection equip- (ii) Be stored securely and kept free ment. from dust, moisture, and damaging [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as temperatures. amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, (iii) Contain at least the following 1986; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] appropriately maintained contents in the specified quantities: § 135.175 Airborne weather radar equipment requirements. Quan- Contents tity (a) No person may operate a large, transport category aircraft in pas- Adhesive bandage compresses, 1-inch ...... 16 senger-carrying operations unless ap- Antiseptic swabs ...... 20 Ammonia inhalants ...... 10 proved airborne weather radar equip- Bandage compresses, 4-inch ...... 8 ment is installed in the aircraft. Triangular bandage compresses, 40-inch ...... 5 (b) No person may begin a flight Arm splint, noninflatable ...... 1 under IFR or night VFR conditions Leg splint, noninflatable ...... 1 when current weather reports indicate Roller bandage, 4-inch ...... 4 Adhesive tape, 1-inch standard roll ...... 2 that thunderstorms, or other poten- Bandage scissors ...... 1 tially hazardous weather conditions Protective nonpermeable gloves or equivalent ...... 1 pair that can be detected with airborne weather radar equipment, may reason- (2) A crash axe carried so as to be ac- ably be expected along the route to be cessible to the crew but inaccessible to flown, unless the airborne weather passengers during normal operations. radar equipment required by paragraph (3) Signs that are visible to all occu- (a) of this section is in satisfactory op- pants to notify them when smoking is erating condition. prohibited and when safety belts must

424

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00434 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.178

be fastened. The signs must be con- emergency evacuation demonstration structed so that they can be turned on is conducted in accordance with during any movement of the aircraft § 121.291(a) of this chapter. This para- on the surface, for each takeoff or land- graph does not apply to the rear win- ing, and at other times considered nec- dow emergency exit of Douglas DC–3 essary by the pilot in command. ‘‘No airplanes operated with fewer than 36 smoking’’ signs shall be turned on occupants, including crewmembers, when required by § 135.127. and fewer than five exits authorized for (4) [Reserved] passenger use. (b) Each item of equipment must be inspected regularly under inspection (b) Interior emergency exit marking. periods established in the operations The following must be complied with specifications to ensure its condition for each passenger-carrying airplane: for continued serviceability and imme- (1) Each passenger emergency exit, diate readiness to perform its intended its means of access, and its means of emergency purposes. opening must be conspicuously marked. The identity and locating of [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–25, 53 FR 12362, Apr. each passenger emergency exit must be 13, 1988; Amdt. 135–43, 57 FR 19245, May 4, recognizable from a distance equal to 1992; Amdt. 135–44, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992; the width of the cabin. The location of Amdt. 135–47, 59 FR 1781, Jan. 12, 1994; Amdt. each passenger emergency exit must be 135–53, 59 FR 52643, Oct. 18, 1994; 59 FR 55208, indicated by a sign visible to occupants Nov. 4, 1994; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19045, Apr. 12, 2001] approaching along the main passenger aisle. There must be a locating sign— § 135.178 Additional emergency equip- (i) Above the aisle near each over- ment. the-wing passenger emergency exit, or No person may operate an airplane at another ceiling location if it is more having a passenger seating configura- practical because of low headroom; tion of more than 19 seats, unless it has (ii) Next to each floor level passenger the additional emergency equipment emergency exit, except that one sign specified in paragraphs (a) through (l) may serve two such exits if they both of this section. can be seen readily from that sign; and (a) Means for emergency evacuation. (iii) On each bulkhead or divider that Each passenger-carrying landplane prevents fore and aft vision along the emergency exit (other than over-the- passenger cabin, to indicate emergency wing) that is more than 6 feet from the exits beyond and obscured by it, except ground, with the airplane on the ground and the landing gear extended, that if this is not possible, the sign must have an approved means to assist may be placed at another appropriate the occupants in descending to the location. ground. The assisting means for a (2) Each passenger emergency exit floor-level emergency exit must meet marking and each locating sign must the requirements of § 25.809(f)(1) of this meet the following: chapter in effect on April 30, 1972, ex- (i) For an airplane for which the ap- cept that, for any airplane for which plication for the type certificate was the application for the type certificate filed prior to May 1, 1972, each pas- was filed after that date, it must meet senger emergency exit marking and the requirements under which the air- each locating sign must be manufac- plane was type certificated. An assist- tured to meet the requirements of ing means that deploys automatically § 25.812(b) of this chapter in effect on must be armed during taxiing, take- April 30, 1972. On these airplanes, no offs, and landings; however, the Admin- sign may continue to be used if its lu- istrator may grant a deviation from minescence (brightness) decreases to the requirement of automatic deploy- ment if he finds that the design of the below 100 microlamberts. The colors exit makes compliance impractical, if may be reversed if it increases the the assisting means automatically emergency illumination of the pas- erects upon deployment and, with re- senger compartment. However, the Ad- spect to required emergency exits, if an ministrator may authorize deviation

425

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00435 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.178 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

from the 2-inch background require- readily accessible to a normal flight ments if he finds that special cir- attendant seat; cumstances exist that make compli- (2) Have a means to prevent inad- ance impractical and that the proposed vertent operation of the manual con- deviation provides an equivalent level trols; of safety. (3) When armed or turned on at ei- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- ther station, remain lighted or become plication for the type certificate was lighted upon interruption of the air- filed on or after May 1, 1972, each pas- plane’s normal electric power; senger emergency exit marking and (4) Be armed or turned on during tax- each locating sign must be manufac- iing, takeoff, and landing. In showing tured to meet the interior emergency compliance with this paragraph, a exit marking requirements under transverse vertical separation of the which the airplane was type certifi- need not be considered; cated. On these airplanes, no sign may (5) Provide the required level of illu- continue to be used if its luminescence mination for at least 10 minutes at the (brightness) decreases to below 250 critical ambient conditions after emer- microlamberts. gency landing; and (c) Lighting for interior emergency exit (6) Have a cockpit control device that markings. Each passenger-carrying air- has an ‘‘on,’’ ‘‘off,’’ and ‘‘armed’’ posi- plane must have an emergency lighting tion. system, independent of the main light- (e) Emergency exit operating handles. ing system; however, sources of general (1) For a passenger-carrying airplane cabin illumination may be common to for which the application for the type both the emergency and the main certificate was filed prior to May 1, lighting systems if the power supply to 1972, the location of each passenger the emergency lighting system is inde- emergency exit operating handle, and pendent of the power supply to the instructions for opening the exit, must main lighting system. The emergency be shown by a marking on or near the lighting system must— exit that is readable from a distance of (1) Illuminate each passenger exit 30 inches. In addition, for each Type I marking and locating sign; and Type II emergency exit with a (2) Provide enough general lighting locking mechanism released by rotary in the passenger cabin so that the aver- motion of the handle, the instructions age illumination when measured at 40- for opening must be shown by— inch intervals at seat armrest height, (i) A red arrow with a shaft at least on the centerline of the main passenger three-fourths inch wide and a head aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-candles; and twice the width of the shaft, extending (3) For airplanes type certificated along at least 70° of arc at a radius ap- after January 1, 1958, include floor proximately equal to three-fourths of proximity emergency escape path the handle length; and marking which meets the requirements (ii) The word ‘‘open’’ in red letters 1 of § 25.812(e) of this chapter in effect on inch high placed horizontally near the November 26, 1984. head of the arrow. (d) Emergency light operation. Except (2) For a passenger-carrying airplane for lights forming part of emergency for which the application for the type lighting subsystems provided in com- certificate was filed on or after May 1, pliance with § 25.812(h) of this chapter 1972, the location of each passenger (as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this emergency exit operating handle and section) that serve no more than one instructions for opening the exit must assist means, are independent of the be shown in accordance with the re- airplane’s main emergency lighting quirements under which the airplane systems, and are automatically acti- was type certificated. On these air- vated when the assist means is de- planes, no operating handle or oper- ployed, each light required by para- ating handle cover may continue to be graphs (c) and (h) of this section must: used if its luminescence (brightness) (1) Be operable manually both from decreases to below 100 microlamberts. the flightcrew station and from a point (f) Emergency exit access. Access to in the passenger compartment that is emergency exits must be provided as

426

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00436 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.178

follows for each passenger-carrying air- rounding structure, listed in § 25.561(b) plane: of this chapter. (1) Each passageway between indi- (g) Exterior exit markings. Each pas- vidual passenger areas, or leading to a senger emergency exit and the means Type I or Type II emergency exit, must of opening that exit from the outside be unobstructed and at least 20 inches must be marked on the outside of the wide. airplane. There must be a 2-inch col- (2) There must be enough space next ored band outlining each passenger to each Type I or Type II emergency emergency exit on the side of the fuse- exit to allow a crewmember to assist in lage. Each outside marking, including the evacuation of passengers without the band, must be readily distinguish- reducing the unobstructed width of the able from the surrounding fuselage passageway below that required in area by contrast in color. The mark- paragraph (f)(1) of this section; how- ings must comply with the following: ever, the Administrator may authorize (1) If the reflectance of the darker deviation from this requirement for an color is 15 percent or less, the reflec- airplane certificated under the provi- tance of the lighter color must be at sions of part 4b of the Civil Air Regula- least 45 percent. tions in effect before December 20, 1951, (2) If the reflectance of the darker if he finds that special circumstances color is greater than 15 percent, at exist that provide an equivalent level least a 30 percent difference between of safety. its reflectance and the reflectance of the lighter color must be provided. (3) There must be access from the (3) Exits that are not in the side of main aisle to each Type III and Type the fuselage must have the external IV exit. The access from the aisle to means of opening and applicable in- these exits must not be obstructed by structions marked conspicuously in red seats, berths, or other protrusions in a or, if red is inconspicuous against the manner that would reduce the effec- background color, in bright chrome tiveness of the exit. In addition, for a yellow and, when the opening means transport category airplane type cer- for such an exit is located on only one tificated after January 1, 1958, there side of the fuselage, a conspicuous must be placards installed in accord- marking to that effect must be pro- ance with § 25.813(c)(3) of this chapter vided on the other side. ‘‘Reflectance’’ for each Type III exit after December 3, is the ratio of the luminous flux re- 1992. flected by a body to the luminous flux (4) If it is necessary to pass through it receives. a passageway between passenger com- (h) Exterior emergency lighting and es- partments to reach any required emer- cape route. (1) Each passenger-carrying gency exit from any seat in the pas- airplane must be equipped with exte- senger cabin, the passageway must not rior lighting that meets the following be obstructed. Curtains may, however, requirements: be used if they allow free entry (i) For an airplane for which the ap- through the passageway. plication for the type certificate was (5) No door may be installed in any filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- partition between passenger compart- ments of § 25.812 (f) and (g) of this chap- ments. ter in effect on April 30, 1972. (6) If it is necessary to pass through (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- a doorway separating the passenger plication for the type certificate was cabin from other areas to reach a re- filed on or after May 1, 1972, the exte- quired emergency exit from any pas- rior emergency lighting requirements senger seat, the door must have a under which the airplane was type cer- means to latch it in the open position, tificated. and the door must be latched open dur- (2) Each passenger-carrying airplane ing each takeoff and landing. The must be equipped with a slip-resistant latching means must be able to with- escape route that meets the following stand the loads imposed upon it when requirements: the door is subjected to the ultimate (i) For an airplane for which the ap- inertia forces, relative to the sur- plication for the type certificate was

427

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00437 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.179 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- § 135.179 Inoperable instruments and ments of § 25.803(e) of this chapter in ef- equipment. fect on April 30, 1972. (a) No person may take off an air- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- craft with inoperable instruments or plication for the type certificate was equipment installed unless the fol- filed on or after May 1, 1972, the slip-re- lowing conditions are met: sistant escape route requirements (1) An approved Minimum Equipment under which the airplane was type cer- List exists for that aircraft. tificated. (2) The certificate-holding district of- (i) Floor level exits. Each floor level fice has issued the certificate holder door or exit in the side of the fuselage operations specifications authorizing (other than those leading into a cargo operations in accordance with an ap- or baggage compartment that is not proved Minimum Equipment List. The accessible from the passenger cabin) flight crew shall have direct access at that is 44 or more inches high and 20 or all times prior to flight to all of the in- more inches wide, but not wider than formation contained in the approved 46 inches, each passenger ventral exit Minimum Equipment List through (except the ventral exits on Martin 404 printed or other means approved by the and Convair 240 airplanes), and each Administrator in the certificate hold- tail cone exit, must meet the require- ers operations specifications. An ap- ments of this section for floor level proved Minimum Equipment List, as authorized by the operations specifica- emergency exits. However, the Admin- tions, constitutes an approved change istrator may grant a deviation from to the type design without requiring this paragraph if he finds that cir- recertification. cumstances make full compliance im- (3) The approved Minimum Equip- practical and that an acceptable level ment List must: of safety has been achieved. (i) Be prepared in accordance with (j) Additional emergency exits. Ap- the limitations specified in paragraph proved emergency exits in the pas- (b) of this section. senger compartments that are in ex- (ii) Provide for the operation of the cess of the minimum number of re- aircraft with certain instruments and quired emergency exits must meet all equipment in an inoperable condition. of the applicable provisions of this sec- (4) Records identifying the inoperable tion, except paragraphs (f) (1), (2), and instruments and equipment and the in- (3) of this section, and must be readily formation required by (a)(3)(ii) of this accessible. section must be available to the pilot. (k) On each large passenger-carrying (5) The aircraft is operated under all turbojet-powered airplane, each ven- applicable conditions and limitations tral exit and tailcone exit must be— contained in the Minimum Equipment (1) Designed and constructed so that List and the operations specifications it cannot be opened during flight; and authorizing use of the Minimum Equip- (2) Marked with a placard readable ment List. from a distance of 30 inches and in- (b) The following instruments and stalled at a conspicuous location near equipment may not be included in the the means of opening the exit, stating Minimum Equipment List: that the exit has been designed and (1) Instruments and equipment that constructed so that it cannot be opened are either specifically or otherwise re- during flight. quired by the airworthiness require- ments under which the airplane is type (l) Portable lights. No person may op- certificated and which are essential for erate a passenger-carrying airplane un- safe operations under all operating less it is equipped with flashlight stow- conditions. age provisions accessible from each (2) Instruments and equipment re- flight attendant seat. quired by an airworthiness directive to [Doc. No. 26530, 57 FR 19245, May 4, 1992; 57 be in operable condition unless the air- FR 29120, June 30, 1992, as amended at 57 FR worthiness directive provides other- 34682, Aug. 6, 1992] wise.

428

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00438 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.185

(3) Instruments and equipment re- (b) Notwithstanding the restrictions quired for specific operations by this in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, mul- part. tiengine helicopters carrying pas- (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) sengers offshore may conduct such op- and (b)(3) of this section, an aircraft erations in over-the-top or in IFR con- with inoperable instruments or equip- ditions at a weight that will allow the ment may be operated under a special helicopter to climb at least 50 feet per under §§ 21.197 and 21.199 minute with the critical engine inoper- of this chapter. ative when operating at the MEA of [Doc. No. 25780, 56 FR 12311, Mar. 22, 1991; 56 the route to be flown or 1,500 feet MSL, FR 14920, Apr. 8, 1991, as amended by Amdt. whichever is higher. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 135–91, (c) Without regard to paragraph (a) of 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003] this section, if the latest weather re- ports or forecasts, or any combination § 135.180 Traffic Alert and Collision of them, indicate that the weather Avoidance System. along the planned route (including (a) Unless otherwise authorized by takeoff and landing) allows flight the Administrator, after December 31, under VFR under the ceiling (if a ceil- 1995, no person may operate a turbine ing exists) and that the weather is fore- powered airplane that has a passenger cast to remain so until at least 1 hour seat configuration, excluding any pilot after the estimated time of arrival at seat, of 10 to 30 seats unless it is the destination, a person may operate equipped with an approved traffic alert an aircraft over-the-top. and collision avoidance system. If a (d) Without regard to paragraph (a) TCAS II system is installed, it must be of this section, a person may operate capable of coordinating with TCAS an aircraft over-the-top under condi- units that meet TSO C–119. tions allowing— (b) The airplane flight manual re- (1) For multiengine aircraft, descent quired by § 135.21 of this part shall con- or continuance of the flight under VFR tain the following information on the if its critical engine fails; or TCAS I system required by this sec- (2) For single-engine aircraft, descent tion: under VFR if its engine fails. (1) Appropriate procedures for— [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (i) The use of the equipment; and amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, (ii) Proper flightcrew action with re- 1986; Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, 1997] spect to the equipment operation. (2) An outline of all input sources § 135.183 Performance requirements: that must be operating for the TCAS to Land aircraft operated over water. function properly. No person may operate a land air- [Doc. No. 25355, 54 FR 951, Jan. 10, 1989, as craft carrying passengers over water amended by Amdt. 135–54, 59 FR 67587, Dec. unless— 29, 1994] (a) It is operated at an altitude that allows it to reach land in the case of § 135.181 Performance requirements: engine failure; Aircraft operated over-the-top or in (b) It is necessary for takeoff or land- IFR conditions. ing; (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) It is a multiengine aircraft oper- (b) and (c) of this section, no person ated at a weight that will allow it to may— climb, with the critical engine inoper- (1) Operate a single-engine aircraft ative, at least 50 feet a minute, at an carrying passengers over-the-top; or altitude of 1,000 feet above the surface; (2) Operate a multiengine aircraft or carrying passengers over-the-top or in (d) It is a helicopter equipped with IFR conditions at a weight that will helicopter flotation devices. not allow it to climb, with the critical engine inoperative, at least 50 feet a § 135.185 Empty weight and center of minute when operating at the MEAs of gravity: Currency requirement. the route to be flown or 5,000 feet MSL, (a) No person may operate a multien- whichever is higher. gine aircraft unless the current empty

429

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00439 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.201 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

weight and center of gravity are cal- designated for an airport unless the culated from values established by ac- visibility is at least— tual weighing of the aircraft within the (1) During the day—1⁄2 mile; or preceding 36 calendar months. (2) At night—1 mile. (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as not apply to— amended by Amdt. 135–41, 56 FR 65663, Dec. (1) Aircraft issued an original air- 17, 1991] worthiness certificate within the pre- ceding 36 calendar months; and § 135.207 VFR: Helicopter surface ref- (2) Aircraft operated under a weight erence requirements. and balance system approved in the op- No person may operate a helicopter erations specifications of the certifi- under VFR unless that person has vis- cate holder. ual surface reference or, at night, vis- ual surface light reference, sufficient Subpart D—VFR/IFR Operating to safely control the helicopter. Limitations and Weather Re- § 135.209 VFR: Fuel supply. quirements (a) No person may begin a flight op- eration in an airplane under VFR un- § 135.201 Applicability. less, considering wind and forecast This subpart prescribes the operating weather conditions, it has enough fuel limitations for VFR/IFR flight oper- to fly to the first point of intended ations and associated weather require- landing and, assuming normal cruising ments for operations under this part. fuel consumption— (1) During the day, to fly after that § 135.203 VFR: Minimum altitudes. for at least 30 minutes; or Except when necessary for takeoff (2) At night, to fly after that for at and landing, no person may operate least 45 minutes. under VFR— (b) No person may begin a flight op- (a) An airplane— eration in a helicopter under VFR un- (1) During the day, below 500 feet less, considering wind and forecast above the surface or less than 500 feet weather conditions, it has enough fuel horizontally from any obstacle; or to fly to the first point of intended landing and, assuming normal cruising (2) At night, at an altitude less than fuel consumption, to fly after that for 1,000 feet above the highest obstacle at least 20 minutes. within a horizontal distance of 5 miles from the course intended to be flown § 135.211 VFR: Over-the-top carrying or, in designated mountainous terrain, passengers: Operating limitations. less than 2,000 feet above the highest Subject to any additional limitations obstacle within a horizontal distance of in § 135.181, no person may operate an 5 miles from the course intended to be aircraft under VFR over-the-top car- flown; or rying passengers, unless— (b) A helicopter over a congested area (a) Weather reports or forecasts, or at an altitude less than 300 feet above any combination of them, indicate that the surface. the weather at the intended point of termination of over-the-top flight— § 135.205 VFR: Visibility requirements. (1) Allows descent to beneath the (a) No person may operate an air- ceiling under VFR and is forecast to re- plane under VFR in uncontrolled air- main so until at least 1 hour after the space when the ceiling is less than 1,000 estimated time of arrival at that point; feet unless flight visibility is at least 2 or miles. (2) Allows an IFR approach and land- (b) No person may operate a heli- ing with flight clear of the clouds until copter under VFR in Class G airspace reaching the prescribed initial ap- at an altitude of 1,200 feet or less above proach altitude over the final approach the surface or within the lateral bound- facility, unless the approach is made aries of the surface areas of Class B, with the use of radar under § 91.175(i) of Class C, Class D, or Class E airspace this chapter; or

430

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.217

(b) It is operated under conditions al- standard instrument approach proce- lowing— dure. (1) For multiengine aircraft, descent (b) The Administrator may issue op- or continuation of the flight under erations specifications to the certifi- VFR if its critical engine fails; or cate holder to allow it to operate under (2) For single-engine aircraft, descent IFR over routes outside controlled air- under VFR if its engine fails. space if— [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (1) The certificate holder shows the amended by Amdt. 135–32, 54 FR 34332, Aug. Administrator that the flight crew is 18, 1989; 73 FR 20164, Apr. 15, 2008] able to navigate, without visual ref- erence to the ground, over an intended § 135.213 Weather reports and fore- track without deviating more than 5 casts. degrees or 5 miles, whichever is less, (a) Whenever a person operating an from that track; and aircraft under this part is required to (2) The Administrator determines use a weather report or forecast, that that the proposed operations can be person shall use that of the U.S. Na- conducted safely. tional Weather Service, a source ap- (c) A person may operate an aircraft proved by the U.S. National Weather under IFR outside of controlled air- Service, or a source approved by the space if the certificate holder has been Administrator. However, for operations under VFR, the pilot in command may, approved for the operations and that if such a report is not available, use operation is necessary to— weather information based on that pi- (1) Conduct an instrument approach lot’s own observations or on those of to an airport for which there is in use other persons competent to supply ap- a current approved standard or special propriate observations. instrument approach procedure; or (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) (2) Climb into controlled airspace of this section, weather observations during an approved missed approach made and furnished to pilots to con- procedure; or duct IFR operations at an airport must (3) Make an IFR departure from an be taken at the airport where those airport having an approved instrument IFR operations are conducted, unless approach procedure. the Administrator issues operations (d) The Administrator may issue op- specifications allowing the use of erations specifications to the certifi- weather observations taken at a loca- cate holder to allow it to depart at an tion not at the airport where the IFR airport that does not have an approved operations are conducted. The Admin- standard instrument approach proce- istrator issues such operations speci- dure when the Administrator deter- fications when, after investigation by mines that it is necessary to make an the U.S. National Weather Service and IFR departure from that airport and the certificate-holding district office, it is found that the standards of safety that the proposed operations can be for that operation would allow the de- conducted safely. The approval to oper- viation from this paragraph for a par- ate at that airport does not include an ticular operation for which an air car- approval to make an IFR approach to rier operating certificate or operating that airport. certificate has been issued. § 135.217 IFR: Takeoff limitations. [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, No person may takeoff an aircraft 1996] under IFR from an airport where weather conditions are at or above § 135.215 IFR: Operating limitations. takeoff minimums but are below au- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs thorized IFR landing minimums unless (b), (c) and (d) of this section, no person there is an alternate airport within 1 may operate an aircraft under IFR out- hour’s flying time (at normal cruising side of controlled airspace or at any speed, in still air) of the airport of de- airport that does not have an approved parture.

431

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.219 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

§ 135.219 IFR: Destination airport miles more than the lowest applicable weather minimums. visibility minimums, whichever is the No person may take off an aircraft greater, for the instrument approach under IFR or begin an IFR or over-the- procedure to be used at the destination top operation unless the latest weather airport. reports or forecasts, or any combina- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tion of them, indicate that weather amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, conditions at the estimated time of ar- 1986] rival at the next airport of intended landing will be at or above authorized § 135.225 IFR: Takeoff, approach and IFR landing minimums. landing minimums. (a) Except to the extent permitted by § 135.221 IFR: Alternate airport weath- paragraph (b) of this section, no pilot er minimums. may begin an instrument approach pro- No person may designate an alter- cedure to an airport unless— nate airport unless the weather reports (1) That airport has a weather report- or forecasts, or any combination of ing facility operated by the U.S. Na- them, indicate that the weather condi- tional Weather Service, a source ap- tions will be at or above authorized al- proved by U.S. National Weather Serv- ternate airport landing minimums for ice, or a source approved by the Admin- that airport at the estimated time of istrator; and arrival. (2) The latest weather report issued by that weather reporting facility indi- § 135.223 IFR: Alternate airport re- cates that weather conditions are at or quirements. above the authorized IFR landing mini- (a) Except as provided in paragraph mums for that airport. (b) of this section, no person may oper- (b) A pilot conducting an eligible on- ate an aircraft in IFR conditions unless demand operation may begin an instru- it carries enough fuel (considering ment approach procedure to an airport weather reports or forecasts or any that does not have a weather reporting combination of them) to— facility operated by the U.S. National (1) Complete the flight to the first Weather Service, a source approved by airport of intended landing; the U.S. National Weather Service, or a (2) Fly from that airport to the alter- source approved by the Administrator nate airport; and if— (3) Fly after that for 45 minutes at (1) The alternate airport has a weath- normal cruising speed or, for heli- er reporting facility operated by the copters, fly after that for 30 minutes at U.S. National Weather Service, a normal cruising speed. source approved by the U.S. National (b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section Weather Service, or a source approved does not apply if part 97 of this chapter by the Administrator; and prescribes a standard instrument ap- (2) The latest weather report issued proach procedure for the first airport by the weather reporting facility in- of intended landing and, for at least cludes a current local altimeter setting one hour before and after the estimated for the destination airport. If no local time of arrival, the appropriate weath- altimeter setting for the destination er reports or forecasts, or any combina- airport is available, the pilot may use tion of them, indicate that— the current altimeter setting provided (1) The ceiling will be at least 1,500 by the facility designated on the ap- feet above the lowest circling approach proach chart for the destination air- MDA; or port. (2) If a circling instrument approach (c) If a pilot has begun the final ap- is not authorized for the airport, the proach segment of an instrument ap- ceiling will be at least 1,500 feet above proach to an airport under paragraph the lowest published minimum or 2,000 (b) of this section, and the pilot re- feet above the airport elevation, which- ceives a later weather report indicating ever is higher; and that conditions have worsened to below (3) Visibility for that airport is fore- the minimum requirements, then the cast to be at least three miles, or two pilot may continue the approach only

432

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.225

if the requirements of § 91.175(l) of this of this chapter or in the operator’s op- chapter, or both of the following condi- erations specifications are increased by tions, are met— 100 feet and 1⁄2 mile respectively, but (1) The later weather report is re- not to exceed the ceiling and visibility ceived when the aircraft is in one of minimums for that airport when used the following approach phases: as an alternate airport, for each pilot (i) The aircraft is on an ILS final ap- in command of a turbine-powered air- proach and has passed the final ap- plane who has not served at least 100 proach fix; hours as pilot in command in that type (ii) The aircraft is on an ASR or PAR of airplane. final approach and has been turned (f) Each pilot making an IFR take- over to the final approach controller; off or approach and landing at a mili- or tary or foreign airport shall comply (iii) The aircraft is on a nonprecision with applicable instrument approach final approach and the aircraft— procedures and weather minimums pre- (A) Has passed the appropriate facil- scribed by the authority having juris- ity or final approach fix; or diction over that airport. In addition, (B) Where a final approach fix is not no pilot may, at that airport— specified, has completed the procedure (1) Take off under IFR when the visi- turn and is established inbound toward bility is less than 1 mile; or the airport on the final approach (2) Make an instrument approach course within the distance prescribed when the visibility is less than 1⁄2 mile. in the procedure; and (g) If takeoff minimums are specified (2) The pilot in command finds, on in part 97 of this chapter for the take- reaching the authorized MDA or DA/ off airport, no pilot may take off an DH, that the actual weather conditions aircraft under IFR when the weather are at or above the minimums pre- conditions reported by the facility de- scribed for the procedure being used. scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- (d) If a pilot has begun the final ap- tion are less than the takeoff mini- proach segment of an instrument ap- mums specified for the takeoff airport proach to an airport under paragraph in part 97 or in the certificate holder’s (c) of this section and a later weather operations specifications. report indicating below minimum con- (h) Except as provided in paragraph ditions is received after the aircraft (i) of this section, if takeoff minimums is— are not prescribed in part 97 of this (1) On an ILS final approach and has chapter for the takeoff airport, no pilot passed the final approach fix; or may takeoff an aircraft under IFR (2) On an ASR or PAR final approach when the weather conditions reported and has been turned over to the final by the facility described in paragraph approach controller; or (a)(1) of this section are less than that (3) On a final approach using a VOR, prescribed in part 91 of this chapter or NDB, or comparable approach proce- in the certificate holder’s operations dure; and the aircraft— specifications. (i) Has passed the appropriate facility (i) At airports where straight-in in- or final approach fix; or strument approach procedures are au- (ii) Where a final approach fix is not thorized, a pilot may takeoff an air- specified, has completed the procedure craft under IFR when the weather con- turn and is established inbound toward ditions reported by the facility de- the airport on the final approach scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- course within the distance prescribed tion are equal to or better than the in the procedure; the approach may be lowest straight-in landing minimums, continued and a landing made if the unless otherwise restricted, if— pilot finds, upon reaching the author- (1) The wind direction and velocity at ized MDA or DH, that actual weather the time of takeoff are such that a conditions are at least equal to the straight-in instrument approach can be minimums prescribed for the proce- made to the runway served by the in- dure. strument approach; (e) The MDA or DA/DH and visibility (2) The associated ground facilities landing minimums prescribed in part 97 upon which the landing minimums are

433

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.227 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

predicated and the related airborne climb, or flight attitude instrument equipment are in normal operation; system; and (2) The airplane has ice protection (3) The certificate holder has been provisions that meet section 34 of ap- approved for such operations. pendix A of this part; or [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (3) The airplane meets transport cat- amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept. egory airplane type certification provi- 17, 2003; Amdt. 135–93, 69 FR 1641, Jan. 9, 2004; sions, including the requirements for Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June 7, 2007] certification for flight in icing condi- tions. § 135.227 Icing conditions: Operating (d) No pilot may fly a helicopter limitations. under IFR into known or forecast icing (a) No pilot may take off an aircraft conditions or under VFR into known that has frost, ice, or snow adhering to icing conditions unless it has been type any rotor blade, propeller, windshield, certificated and appropriately equipped stabilizing or control surface; to a pow- for operations in icing conditions. erplant installation; or to an airspeed, (e) Except for an airplane that has altimeter, rate of climb, flight attitude ice protection provisions that meet instrument system, or wing, except section 34 of appendix A, or those for that takeoffs may be made with frost transport category airplane type cer- under the wing in the area of the fuel tification, no pilot may fly an aircraft tanks if authorized by the FAA. into known or forecast severe icing (b) No certificate holder may author- conditions. ize an airplane to take off and no pilot (f) If current weather reports and may take off an airplane any time con- briefing information relied upon by the ditions are such that frost, ice, or snow pilot in command indicate that the may reasonably be expected to adhere forecast icing condition that would to the airplane unless the pilot has otherwise prohibit the flight will not completed all applicable training as re- be encountered during the flight be- quired by § 135.341 and unless one of the cause of changed weather conditions following requirements is met: since the forecast, the restrictions in (1) A pretakeoff contamination paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this sec- check, that has been established by the tion based on forecast conditions do certificate holder and approved by the not apply. Administrator for the specific airplane type, has been completed within 5 min- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as utes prior to beginning takeoff. A pre- amended by Amdt. 133–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, takeoff contamination check is a check 1986; Amdt. 135–46, 58 FR 69629, Dec. 30, 1993; to make sure the wings and control Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 135–119, 74 FR 62696, Dec. 1, 2009] surfaces are free of frost, ice, or snow. (2) The certificate holder has an ap- § 135.229 Airport requirements. proved alternative procedure and under that procedure the airplane is deter- (a) No certificate holder may use any mined to be free of frost, ice, or snow. airport unless it is adequate for the (3) The certificate holder has an ap- proposed operation, considering such proved deicing/anti-icing program that items as size, surface, obstructions, complies with § 121.629(c) of this chap- and lighting. ter and the takeoff complies with that (b) No pilot of an aircraft carrying program. passengers at night may takeoff from, (c) No pilot may fly under IFR into or land on, an airport unless— known or forecast light or moderate (1) That pilot has determined the icing conditions or under VFR into wind direction from an illuminated known light or moderate icing condi- wind direction indicator or local tions, unless— ground communications or, in the case (1) The aircraft has functioning deic- of takeoff, that pilot’s personal obser- ing or anti-icing equipment protecting vations; and each rotor blade, propeller, windshield, (2) The limits of the area to be used wing, stabilizing or control surface, for landing or takeoff are clearly and each airspeed, altimeter, rate of shown—

434

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.243

(i) For airplanes, by boundary or run- cross-country flight time, at least 25 way marker lights; hours of which were at night; and (ii) For helicopters, by boundary or (3) For an airplane, holds an instru- runway marker lights or reflective ma- ment rating or an airline transport terial. pilot certificate with an airplane cat- (c) For the purpose of paragraph (b) egory rating; or of this section, if the area to be used (4) For helicopter operations con- for takeoff or landing is marked by ducted VFR over-the-top, holds a heli- flare pots or lanterns, their use must copter instrument rating, or an airline be approved by the Administrator. transport pilot certificate with a cat- egory and class rating for that aircraft, Subpart E—Flight Crewmember not limited to VFR. Requirements (c) Except as provided in paragraph § 135.241 Applicability. (a) of this section, no certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person Except as provided in § 135.3, this sub- serve, as pilot in command of an air- part prescribes the flight crewmember craft under IFR unless that person— requirements for operations under this (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot part. certificate with appropriate category [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as and class ratings and, if required, an amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65950, Dec. appropriate type rating for that air- 20, 1995] craft; and § 135.243 Pilot in command qualifica- (2) Has had at least 1,200 hours of tions. flight time as a pilot, including 500 (a) No certificate holder may use a hours of cross country flight time, 100 person, nor may any person serve, as hours of night flight time, and 75 hours pilot in command in passenger-car- of actual or simulated instrument time rying operations— at least 50 hours of which were in ac- (1) Of a turbojet airplane, of an air- tual flight; and plane having a passenger-seat configu- (3) For an airplane, holds an instru- ration, excluding each crewmember ment rating or an airline transport seat, of 10 seats or more, or of a multi- pilot certificate with an airplane cat- engine airplane in a commuter oper- egory rating; or ation as defined in part 119 of this (4) For a helicopter, holds a heli- chapter, unless that person holds an copter instrument rating, or an airline airline transport pilot certificate with transport pilot certificate with a cat- appropriate category and class ratings egory and class rating for that aircraft, and, if required, an appropriate type not limited to VFR. rating for that airplane. (d) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section (2) Of a helicopter in a scheduled does not apply when— interstate air transportation operation (1) The aircraft used is a single recip- by an air carrier within the 48 contig- rocating-engine-powered airplane; uous states unless that person holds an airline transport pilot certificate, ap- (2) The certificate holder does not propriate type ratings, and an instru- conduct any operation pursuant to a ment rating. published flight schedule which speci- (b) Except as provided in paragraph fies five or more round trips a week be- (a) of this section, no certificate holder tween two or more points and places may use a person, nor may any person between which the round trips are per- serve, as pilot in command of an air- formed, and does not transport mail by craft under VFR unless that person— air under a contract or contracts with (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot the United States Postal Service hav- certificate with appropriate category ing total amount estimated at the be- and class ratings and, if required, an ginning of any semiannual reporting appropriate type rating for that air- period (January 1–June 30; July 1–De- craft; and cember 31) to be in excess of $20,000 (2) Has had at least 500 hours time as over the 12 months commencing with a pilot, including at least 100 hours of the beginning of the reporting period;

435

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.244 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(3) The area, as specified in the cer- designation as pilot in command, on tificate holder’s operations specifica- that make and basic model aircraft and tions, is an isolated area, as deter- in that crewmember position, the fol- mined by the Flight Standards district lowing operating experience in each office, if it is shown that— make and basic model of aircraft to be (i) The primary means of navigation flown: in the area is by pilotage, since radio (1) Aircraft, single engine—10 hours. navigational aids are largely ineffec- (2) Aircraft multiengine, recipro- tive; and cating engine-powered—15 hours. (ii) The primary means of transpor- (3) Aircraft multiengine, turbine en- tation in the area is by air; gine-powered—20 hours. (4) Each flight is conducted under (4) Airplane, turbojet-powered—25 day VFR with a ceiling of not less than hours. 1,000 feet and visibility not less than 3 (b) In acquiring the operating experi- statute miles; ence, each person must comply with (5) Weather reports or forecasts, or the following: any combination of them, indicate that (1) The operating experience must be for the period commencing with the acquired after satisfactory completion planned departure and ending 30 min- of the appropriate ground and flight utes after the planned arrival at the training for the aircraft and crew- destination the flight may be con- member position. Approved provisions ducted under VFR with a ceiling of not for the operating experience must be less than 1,000 feet and visibility of not included in the certificate holder’s less than 3 statute miles, except that if training program. weather reports and forecasts are not (2) The experience must be acquired available, the pilot in command may in flight during commuter passenger- use that pilot’s observations or those carrying operations under this part. of other persons competent to supply However, in the case of an aircraft not weather observations if those observa- previously used by the certificate hold- tions indicate the flight may be con- er in operations under this part, oper- ducted under VFR with the ceiling and ating experience acquired in the air- visibility required in this paragraph; craft during proving flights or ferry (6) The distance of each flight from flights may be used to meet this re- the certificate holder’s base of oper- quirement. ation to destination does not exceed 250 (3) Each person must acquire the op- nautical miles for a pilot who holds a erating experience while performing commercial pilot certificate with an the duties of a pilot in command under airplane rating without an instrument the supervision of a qualified check rating, provided the pilot’s certificate pilot. does not contain any limitation to the (4) The hours of operating experience contrary; and may be reduced to not less than 50 per- (7) The areas to be flown are ap- cent of the hours required by this sec- proved by the certificate-holding FAA tion by the substitution of one addi- Flight Standards district office and are tional takeoff and landing for each listed in the certificate holder’s oper- hour of flight. ations specifications. [Doc. No. 20011, 45 FR 7541, Feb. 4, 1980, as [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978; amended by Amdt. 135–9, 45 FR 80461, Dec. 14, Amdt. 135–1, 43 FR 49975, Oct 26, 1978, as 1980; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65940, Dec. 20, 1995] amended by Amdt. 135–15, 46 FR 30971, June 11, 1981; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, § 135.245 Second in command quali- 1995] fications. (a) Except as provided in paragraph § 135.244 Operating experience. (b), no certificate holder may use any (a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve, as person, nor may any person serve, as a second in command of an aircraft un- pilot in command of an aircraft oper- less that person holds at least a com- ated in a commuter operation, as de- mercial pilot certificate with appro- fined in part 119 of this chapter unless priate category and class ratings and that person has completed, prior to an instrument rating. For flight under

436

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.247

IFR, that person must meet the recent have accomplished and logged the day- instrument experience requirements of time takeoff and landing recent flight part 61 of this chapter. experience of paragraph (a) of this sec- (b) A second in command of a heli- tion, as the sole manipulator of the copter operated under VFR, other than flight controls; over-the-top, must have at least a com- (C) Within the preceding 90 days prior mercial pilot certificate with an appro- to the operation of that airplane that priate aircraft category and class rat- is type certificated for more than one ing. pilot crewmember, the pilot must have [44 FR 26738, May 7, 1979] accomplished and logged at least 15 hours of flight time in the type of air- § 135.247 Pilot qualifications: Recent plane that the pilot seeks to operate experience. under this alternative; and (a) No certificate holder may use any (D) That pilot has accomplished and person, nor may any person serve, as logged at least 3 takeoffs and 3 land- pilot in command of an aircraft car- ings to a full stop, as the sole manipu- rying passengers unless, within the lator of the flight controls, in a tur- preceding 90 days, that person has— bine-powered airplane that requires (1) Made three takeoffs and three more than one pilot crewmember. The landings as the sole manipulator of the pilot must have performed the takeoffs flight controls in an aircraft of the and landings during the period begin- same category and class and, if a type ning 1 hour after sunset and ending 1 rating is required, of the same type in hour before sunrise within the pre- which that person is to serve; or ceding 6 months prior to the month of (2) For operation during the period the flight. beginning 1 hour after sunset and end- (ii) The pilot in command must hold ing 1 hour before sunrise (as published at least a commercial pilot certificate in the Air Almanac), made three take- with the appropriate category, class, offs and three landings during that pe- and type rating for each airplane that riod as the sole manipulator of the is type certificated for more than one flight controls in an aircraft of the pilot crewmember that the pilot seeks same category and class and, if a type to operate under this alternative, and: rating is required, of the same type in (A) That pilot must have logged at which that person is to serve. least 1,500 hours of aeronautical experi- A person who complies with paragraph ence as a pilot; (a)(2) of this section need not comply (B) In each airplane that is type cer- with paragraph (a)(1) of this section. tificated for more than one pilot crew- (3) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section member that the pilot seeks to operate does not apply to a pilot in command under this alternative, that pilot must of a turbine-powered airplane that is have accomplished and logged the day- type certificated for more than one time takeoff and landing recent flight pilot crewmember, provided that pilot experience of paragraph (a) of this sec- has complied with the requirements of tion, as the sole manipulator of the paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this sec- flight controls; tion: (C) Within the preceding 90 days prior (i) The pilot in command must hold to the operation of that airplane that at least a commercial pilot certificate is type certificated for more than one with the appropriate category, class, pilot crewmember, the pilot must have and type rating for each airplane that accomplished and logged at least 15 is type certificated for more than one hours of flight time in the type of air- pilot crewmember that the pilot seeks plane that the pilot seeks to operate to operate under this alternative, and: under this alternative; and (A) That pilot must have logged at (D) Within the preceding 12 months least 1,500 hours of aeronautical experi- prior to the month of the flight, the ence as a pilot; pilot must have completed a training (B) In each airplane that is type cer- program that is approved under part tificated for more than one pilot crew- 142 of this chapter. The approved train- member that the pilot seeks to operate ing program must have required and under this alternative, that pilot must the pilot must have performed, at least

437

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 135.249–135.255 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

6 takeoffs and 6 landings to a full stop to any operation conducted solely as the sole manipulator of the controls within the State of Alaska, unless the in a flight simulator that is representa- operator elects to comply with § 135.265 tive of a turbine-powered airplane that as authorized under paragraph (b)(2) of requires more than one pilot crew- this section. member. The flight simulator’s visual (d) Section 135.271 contains special system must have been adjusted to rep- daily flight time limits for operations resent the period beginning 1 hour conducted under the helicopter emer- after sunset and ending 1 hour before gency medical evacuation service sunrise. (HEMES). (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) (e) Section 135.273 prescribes duty pe- of this section, if the aircraft is a tail- riod limitations and rest requirements wheel airplane, each takeoff must be for flight attendants in all operations made in a tailwheel airplane and each conducted under this part. landing must be made to a full stop in a tailwheel airplane. [Doc. No. 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 135–52, 59 FR 42993, Aug. [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as 19, 1994] amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54587, Sept. 17, 2003] § 135.263 Flight time limitations and rest requirements: All certificate §§ 135.249–135.255 [Reserved] holders. (a) A certificate holder may assign a Subpart F—Crewmember Flight flight crewmember and a flight crew- Time and Duty Period Limita- member may accept an assignment for tions and Rest Requirements flight time only when the applicable requirements of §§ 135.263 through SOURCE: Docket No. 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 135.271 are met. 18, 1985, unless otherwise noted. (b) No certificate holder may assign any flight crewmember to any duty § 135.261 Applicability. with the certificate holder during any Sections 135.263 through 135.273 of required rest period. this part prescribe flight time limita- (c) Time spent in transportation, not tions, duty period limitations, and rest local in character, that a certificate requirements for operations conducted holder requires of a flight crewmember under this part as follows: and provides to transport the crew- (a) Section 135.263 applies to all oper- member to an airport at which he is to ations under this subpart. serve on a flight as a crewmember, or (b) Section 135.265 applies to: from an airport at which he was re- (1) Scheduled passenger-carrying op- lieved from duty to return to his home erations except those conducted solely station, is not considered part of a rest within the state of Alaska. ‘‘Scheduled period. passenger-carrying operations’’ means (d) A flight crewmember is not con- passenger-carrying operations that are sidered to be assigned flight time in ex- conducted in accordance with a pub- cess of flight time limitations if the lished schedule which covers at least flights to which he is assigned nor- five round trips per week on at least mally terminate within the limita- one route between two or more points, tions, but due to circumstances beyond includes dates or times (or both), and is the control of the certificate holder or openly advertised or otherwise made flight crewmember (such as adverse readily available to the general public, weather conditions), are not at the and time of departure expected to reach (2) Any other operation under this their destination within the planned part, if the operator elects to comply flight time. with § 135.265 and obtains an appro- priate operations specification amend- § 135.265 Flight time limitations and ment. rest requirements: Scheduled oper- (c) Sections 135.267 and 135.269 apply ations. to any operation that is not a sched- (a) No certificate holder may sched- uled passenger-carrying operation and ule any flight crewmember, and no

438

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.267

flight crewmember may accept an as- begin no later than 24 hours after the signment, for flight time in scheduled commencement of the reduced rest pe- operations or in other commercial fly- riod. ing if that crewmember’s total flight (d) Each certificate holder shall re- time in all commercial flying will ex- lieve each flight crewmember engaged ceed— in scheduled air transportation from (1) 1,200 hours in any calendar year. all further duty for at least 24 consecu- (2) 120 hours in any calendar month. tive hours during any 7 consecutive (3) 34 hours in any 7 consecutive days. days. (4) 8 hours during any 24 consecutive hours for a flight crew consisting of § 135.267 Flight time limitations and one pilot. rest requirements: Unscheduled (5) 8 hours between required rest peri- one- and two-pilot crews. ods for a flight crew consisting of two (a) No certificate holder may assign pilots qualified under this part for the any flight crewmember, and no flight operation being conducted. crewmember may accept an assign- (b) Except as provided in paragraph ment, for flight time as a member of a (c) of this section, no certificate holder one- or two-pilot crew if that crew- may schedule a flight crewmember, member’s total flight time in all com- and no flight crewmember may accept mercial flying will exceed— an assignment, for flight time during (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter. the 24 consecutive hours preceding the (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive scheduled completion of any flight seg- calendar quarters. ment without a scheduled rest period (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year. during that 24 hours of at least the fol- (b) Except as provided in paragraph lowing: (c) of this section, during any 24 con- (1) 9 consecutive hours of rest for less secutive hours the total flight time of than 8 hours of scheduled flight time. the assigned flight when added to any (2) 10 consecutive hours of rest for 8 other commercial flying by that flight or more but less than 9 hours of sched- crewmember may not exceed— uled flight time. (1) 8 hours for a flight crew con- (3) 11 consecutive hours of rest for 9 sisting of one pilot; or or more hours of scheduled flight time. (2) 10 hours for a flight crew con- (c) A certificate holder may schedule sisting of two pilots qualified under a flight crewmember for less than the this part for the operation being con- rest required in paragraph (b) of this ducted. section or may reduce a scheduled rest (c) A flight crewmember’s flight time under the following conditions: may exceed the flight time limits of (1) A rest required under paragraph paragraph (b) of this section if the as- (b)(1) of this section may be scheduled signed flight time occurs during a regu- for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours larly assigned duty period of no more if the flight crewmember is given a rest than 14 hours and— period of at least 10 hours that must (1) If this duty period is immediately begin no later than 24 hours after the preceded by and followed by a required commencement of the reduced rest pe- rest period of at least 10 consecutive riod. hours of rest; (2) A rest required under paragraph (2) If flight time is assigned during (b)(2) of this section may be scheduled this period, that total flight time when for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours added to any other commercial flying if the flight crewmember is given a rest by the flight crewmember may not ex- period of at least 11 hours that must ceed— begin no later than 24 hours after the (i) 8 hours for a flight crew consisting commencement of the reduced rest pe- of one pilot; or riod. (ii) 10 hours for a flight crew con- (3) A rest required under paragraph sisting of two pilots; and (b)(3) of this section may be scheduled (3) If the combined duty and rest pe- for or reduced to a minimum of 9 hours riods equal 24 hours. if the flight crewmember is given a rest (d) Each assignment under paragraph period of at least 12 hours that must (b) of this section must provide for at

439

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.269 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

least 10 consecutive hours of rest dur- (4) No more than 12 hours aloft for a ing the 24-hour period that precedes three-pilot crew or 16 hours aloft for a the planned completion time of the as- four-pilot crew during the maximum signment. duty hours specified in paragraph (b)(3) (e) When a flight crewmember has ex- of this section; ceeded the daily flight time limitations (5) Adequate sleeping facilities on the in this section, because of cir- aircraft for the relief pilot; cumstances beyond the control of the (6) Upon completion of the assign- certificate holder or flight crew- ment, a rest period of at least 12 hours; member (such as adverse weather con- (7) For a three-pilot crew, a crew ditions), that flight crewmember must which consists of at least the fol- have a rest period before being assigned lowing: or accepting an assignment for flight (i) A pilot in command (PIC) who time of at least— meets the applicable flight crew- (1) 11 consecutive hours of rest if the flight time limitation is exceeded by member requirements of subpart E of not more than 30 minutes; part 135; (2) 12 consecutive hours of rest if the (ii) A PIC who meets the applicable flight time limitation is exceeded by flight crewmember requirements of more than 30 minutes, but not more subpart E of part 135, except those pre- than 60 minutes; and scribed in §§ 135.244 and 135.247; and (3) 16 consecutive hours of rest if the (iii) A second in command (SIC) who flight time limitation is exceeded by meets the SIC qualifications of more than 60 minutes. § 135.245. (f) The certificate holder must pro- (8) For a four-pilot crew, at least vide each flight crewmember at least 13 three pilots who meet the conditions of rest periods of at least 24 consecutive paragraph (b)(7) of this section, plus a hours each in each calendar quarter. fourth pilot who meets the SIC quali- [Doc. No. 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, 1985, as fications of § 135.245. amended by Amdt. 135–33, 54 FR 39294, Sept. (c) When a flight crewmember has ex- 25, 1989; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, ceeded the daily flight deck duty limi- 1996] tation in this section by more than 60 minutes, because of circumstances be- § 135.269 Flight time limitations and yond the control of the certificate rest requirements: Unscheduled holder or flight crewmember, that three- and four-pilot crews. flight crewmember must have a rest (a) No certificate holder may assign period before the next duty period of at any flight crewmember, and no flight least 16 consecutive hours. crewmember may accept an assign- (d) A certificate holder must provide ment, for flight time as a member of a each flight crewmember at least 13 rest three- or four-pilot crew if that crew- periods of at least 24 consecutive hours member’s total flight time in all com- each in each calendar quarter. mercial flying will exceed— (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter. § 135.271 Helicopter hospital emer- (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive gency medical evacuation service calendar quarters. (HEMES). (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year. (b) No certificate holder may assign (a) No certificate holder may assign any pilot to a crew of three or four pi- any flight crewmember, and no flight lots, unless that assignment provides— crewmember may accept an assign- (1) At least 10 consecutive hours of ment for flight time if that crew- rest immediately preceding the assign- member’s total flight time in all com- ment; mercial flight will exceed— (2) No more than 8 hours of flight (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter. deck duty in any 24 consecutive hours; (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive (3) No more than 18 duty hours for a calendar quarters. three-pilot crew or 20 duty hours for a (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year. four-pilot crew in any 24 consecutive (b) No certificate holder may assign a hours; helicopter flight crewmember, and no

440

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.273

flight crewmember may accept an as- versal Time or local time, that begins signment, for hospital emergency med- at midnight and ends 24 hours later at ical evacuation service helicopter oper- the next midnight. ations unless that assignment provides Duty period means the period of for at least 10 consecutive hours of rest elapsed time between reporting for an immediately preceding reporting to the assignment involving flight time and hospital for availability for flight time. release from that assignment by the (c) No flight crewmember may accrue certificate holder. The time is cal- more than 8 hours of flight time during culated using either Coordinated Uni- any 24-consecutive hour period of a versal Time or local time to reflect the HEMES assignment, unless an emer- total elapsed time. gency medical evacuation operation is Flight attendant means an individual, prolonged. Each flight crewmember other than a flight crewmember, who is who exceeds the daily 8 hour flight assigned by the certificate holder, in time limitation in this paragraph must accordance with the required minimum be relieved of the HEMES assignment crew complement under the certificate immediately upon the completion of holder’s operations specifications or in that emergency medical evacuation op- addition to that minimum com- eration and must be given a rest period plement, to duty in an aircraft during in compliance with paragraph (h) of flight time and whose duties include this section. but are not necessarily limited to (d) Each flight crewmember must re- cabin-safety-related responsibilities. ceive at least 8 consecutive hours of Rest period means the period free of rest during any 24 consecutive hour pe- all responsibility for work or duty riod of a HEMES assignment. A flight should the occasion arise. crewmember must be relieved of the HEMES assignment if he or she has not (b) Except as provided in paragraph or cannot receive at least 8 consecutive (c) of this section, a certificate holder hours of rest during any 24 consecutive may assign a duty period to a flight at- hour period of a HEMES assignment. tendant only when the applicable duty (e) A HEMES assignment may not ex- period limitations and rest require- ceed 72 consecutive hours at the hos- ments of this paragraph are met. pital. (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) An adequate place of rest must be (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, provided at, or in close proximity to, no certificate holder may assign a the hospital at which the HEMES as- flight attendant to a scheduled duty signment is being performed. period of more than 14 hours. (g) No certificate holder may assign (2) Except as provided in paragraph any other duties to a flight crew- (b)(3) of this section, a flight attendant member during a HEMES assignment. scheduled to a duty period of 14 hours (h) Each pilot must be given a rest or less as provided under paragraph period upon completion of the HEMES (b)(1) of this section must be given a assignment and prior to being assigned scheduled rest period of at least 9 con- any further duty with the certificate secutive hours. This rest period must holder of— occur between the completion of the (1) At least 12 consecutive hours for scheduled duty period and the com- an assignment of less than 48 hours. mencement of the subsequent duty pe- (2) At least 16 consecutive hours for riod. an assignment of more than 48 hours. (3) The rest period required under (i) The certificate holder must pro- paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be vide each flight crewmember at least 13 scheduled or reduced to 8 consecutive rest periods of at least 24 consecutive hours if the flight attendant is pro- hours each in each calendar quarter. vided a subsequent rest period of at least 10 consecutive hours; this subse- § 135.273 Duty period limitations and quent rest period must be scheduled to rest time requirements. begin no later than 24 hours after the (a) For purposes of this section— beginning of the reduced rest period Calendar day means the period of and must occur between the comple- elapsed time, using Coordinated Uni- tion of the scheduled duty period and

441

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.273 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

the commencement of the subsequent beginning of the reduced rest period duty period. and must occur between the comple- (4) A certificate holder may assign a tion of the scheduled duty period and flight attendant to a scheduled duty the commencement of the subsequent period of more than 14 hours, but no duty period. more than 16 hours, if the certificate (9) Notwithstanding paragraphs holder has assigned to the flight or (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, if flights in that duty period at least one a certificate holder elects to reduce the flight attendant in addition to the min- rest period to 10 hours as authorized by imum flight attendant complement re- paragraph (b)(8) of this section, the cer- quired for the flight or flights in that tificate holder may not schedule a duty period under the certificate hold- flight attendant for a duty period of er’s operations specifications. more than 14 hours during the 24-hour (5) A certificate holder may assign a period commencing after the beginning flight attendant to a scheduled duty of the reduced rest period. period of more than 16 hours, but no (10) No certificate holder may assign more than 18 hours, if the certificate a flight attendant any duty period with holder has assigned to the flight or the certificate holder unless the flight flights in that duty period at least two attendant has had at least the min- flight attendants in addition to the imum rest required under this section. minimum flight attendant complement (11) No certificate holder may assign required for the flight or flights in that a flight attendant to perform any duty duty period under the certificate hold- with the certificate holder during any er’s operations specifications. required rest period. (6) A certificate holder may assign a (12) Time spent in transportation, flight attendant to a scheduled duty not local in character, that a certifi- period of more than 18 hours, but no cate holder requires of a flight attend- more than 20 hours, if the scheduled ant and provides to transport the flight duty period includes one or more attendant to an airport at which that flights that land or take off outside the flight attendant is to serve on a flight 48 contiguous states and the District of as a crewmember, or from an airport at Columbia, and if the certificate holder which the flight attendant was relieved has assigned to the flight or flights in from duty to return to the flight at- that duty period at least three flight tendant’s home station, is not consid- attendants in addition to the minimum ered part of a rest period. flight attendant complement required (13) Each certificate holder must re- for the flight or flights in that duty pe- lieve each flight attendant engaged in riod under the certificate holder’s oper- air transportation from all further ations specifications. duty for at least 24 consecutive hours (7) Except as provided in paragraph during any 7 consecutive calendar (b)(8) of this section, a flight attendant days. scheduled to a duty period of more (14) A flight attendant is not consid- than 14 hours but no more than 20 ered to be scheduled for duty in excess hours, as provided in paragraphs (b)(4), of duty period limitations if the flights (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, must be to which the flight attendant is as- given a scheduled rest period of at least signed are scheduled and normally ter- 12 consecutive hours. This rest period minate within the limitations but due must occur between the completion of to circumstances beyond the control of the scheduled duty period and the com- the certificate holder (such as adverse mencement of the subsequent duty pe- weather conditions) are not at the time riod. of departure expected to reach their (8) The rest period required under destination within the scheduled time. paragraph (b)(7) of this section may be (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of scheduled or reduced to 10 consecutive this section, a certificate holder may hours if the flight attendant is pro- apply the flight crewmember flight vided a subsequent rest period of at time and duty limitations and rest re- least 14 consecutive hours; this subse- quirements of this part to flight at- quent rest period must be scheduled to tendants for all operations conducted begin no later than 24 hours after the under this part provided that—

442

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.293

(1) The certificate holder establishes crewmembers and for the approval of written procedures that— check pilots in operations under this (i) Apply to all flight attendants used part; and in the certificate holder’s operation; (b) Permits training center personnel (ii) Include the flight crewmember authorized under part 142 of this chap- requirements contained in subpart F of ter who meet the requirements of this part, as appropriate to the oper- §§ 135.337 and 135.339 to conduct train- ation being conducted, except that rest ing, testing, and checking under con- facilities on board the aircraft are not tract or other arrangement to those required; and persons subject to the requirements of (iii) Include provisions to add one this subpart. flight attendant to the minimum flight attendant complement for each flight [Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34561, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54587, Sept. crewmember who is in excess of the 17, 2003] minimum number required in the air- craft type certificate data sheet and § 135.293 Initial and recurrent pilot who is assigned to the aircraft under testing requirements. the provisions of subpart F of this part, (a) No certificate holder may use a as applicable. pilot, nor may any person serve as a (iv) Are approved by the Adminis- pilot, unless, since the beginning of the trator and described or referenced in 12th calendar month before that serv- the certificate holder’s operations ice, that pilot has passed a written or specifications; and oral test, given by the Administrator (2) Whenever the Administrator finds or an authorized check pilot, on that that revisions are necessary for the pilot’s knowledge in the following continued adequacy of duty period lim- areas— itation and rest requirement proce- (1) The appropriate provisions of dures that are required by paragraph parts 61, 91, and 135 of this chapter and (c)(1) of this section and that had been the operations specifications and the granted final approval, the certificate manual of the certificate holder; holder must, after notification by the (2) For each type of aircraft to be Administrator, make any changes in flown by the pilot, the aircraft power- the procedures that are found nec- plant, major components and systems, essary by the Administrator. Within 30 major appliances, performance and op- days after the certificate holder re- erating limitations, standard and ceives such notice, it may file a peti- emergency operating procedures, and tion to reconsider the notice with the certificate-holding district office. The the contents of the approved Aircraft filing of a petition to reconsider stays Flight Manual or equivalent, as appli- the notice, pending decision by the Ad- cable; ministrator. However, if the Adminis- (3) For each type of aircraft to be trator finds that there is an emergency flown by the pilot, the method of deter- that requires immediate action in the mining compliance with weight and interest of safety, the Administrator balance limitations for takeoff, landing may, upon a statement of the reasons, and en route operations; require a change effective without (4) Navigation and use of air naviga- stay. tion aids appropriate to the operation or pilot authorization, including, when [Amdt. 135–52, 59 FR 42993, Aug. 19, 1994, as applicable, instrument approach facili- amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, ties and procedures; 1996] (5) Air traffic control procedures, in- cluding IFR procedures when applica- Subpart G—Crewmember Testing ble; Requirements (6) Meteorology in general, including the principles of frontal systems, icing, § 135.291 Applicability. fog, thunderstorms, and windshear, Except as provided in § 135.3, this sub- and, if appropriate for the operation of part— the certificate holder, high altitude (a) Prescribes the tests and checks weather; required for pilot and flight attendant (7) Procedures for—

443

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.295 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(i) Recognizing and avoiding severe pilot requires that the pilot be the ob- weather situations; vious master of the aircraft, with the (ii) Escaping from severe weather sit- successful outcome of the maneuver uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- never in doubt. ters, including low-altitude windshear (e) The Administrator or authorized (except that rotorcraft pilots are not check pilot certifies the competency of required to be tested on escaping from each pilot who passes the knowledge or low-altitude windshear); and flight check in the certificate holder’s (iii) Operating in or near thunder- pilot records. storms (including best penetrating al- (f) Portions of a required competency titudes), turbulent air (including clear check may be given in an aircraft sim- air turbulence), icing, hail, and other ulator or other appropriate training de- potentially hazardous meteorological vice, if approved by the Administrator. conditions; and (8) New equipment, procedures, or [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as techniques, as appropriate. amended by Amdt. 135–27, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988] (b) No certificate holder may use a pilot, nor may any person serve as a § 135.295 Initial and recurrent flight pilot, in any aircraft unless, since the attendant crewmember testing re- beginning of the 12th calendar month quirements. before that service, that pilot has No certificate holder may use a flight passed a competency check given by attendant crewmember, nor may any the Administrator or an authorized person serve as a flight attendant crew- check pilot in that class of aircraft, if member unless, since the beginning of single-engine airplane other than tur- the 12th calendar month before that bojet, or that type of aircraft, if heli- service, the certificate holder has de- copter, multiengine airplane, or tur- termined by appropriate initial and re- bojet airplane, to determine the pilot’s current testing that the person is competence in practical skills and knowledgeable and competent in the techniques in that aircraft or class of following areas as appropriate to as- aircraft. The extent of the competency signed duties and responsibilities— check shall be determined by the Ad- (a) Authority of the pilot in com- ministrator or authorized check pilot mand; conducting the competency check. The competency check may include any of (b) Passenger handling, including the maneuvers and procedures cur- procedures to be followed in handling rently required for the original deranged persons or other persons issuance of the particular pilot certifi- whose conduct might jeopardize safety; cate required for the operations au- (c) Crewmember assignments, func- thorized and appropriate to the cat- tions, and responsibilities during ditch- egory, class and type of aircraft in- ing and evacuation of persons who may volved. For the purposes of this para- need the assistance of another person graph, type, as to an airplane, means to move expeditiously to an exit in an any one of a group of airplanes deter- emergency; mined by the Administrator to have a (d) Briefing of passengers; similar means of propulsion, the same (e) Location and operation of port- manufacturer, and no significantly dif- able fire extinguishers and other items ferent handling or flight characteris- of emergency equipment; tics. For the purposes of this para- (f) Proper use of cabin equipment and graph, type, as to a helicopter, means a controls; basic make and model. (g) Location and operation of pas- (c) The instrument proficiency check senger oxygen equipment; required by § 135.297 may be substituted (h) Location and operation of all nor- for the competency check required by mal and emergency exits, including this section for the type of aircraft evacuation chutes and escape ropes; used in the check. and (d) For the purpose of this part, com- (i) Seating of persons who may need petent performance of a procedure or assistance of another person to move maneuver by a person to be used as a rapidly to an exit in an emergency as

444

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.297

prescribed by the certificate holder’s (1) The instrument proficiency check operations manual. must— (i) For a pilot in command of an air- § 135.297 Pilot in command: Instru- plane under § 135.243(a), include the pro- ment proficiency check require- cedures and maneuvers for an airline ments. transport pilot certificate in the par- (a) No certificate holder may use a ticular type of airplane, if appropriate; pilot, nor may any person serve, as a and pilot in command of an aircraft under (ii) For a pilot in command of an air- IFR unless, since the beginning of the plane or helicopter under § 135.243(c), 6th calendar month before that service, include the procedures and maneuvers that pilot has passed an instrument for a commercial pilot certificate with proficiency check under this section an instrument rating and, if required, administered by the Administrator or for the appropriate type rating. an authorized check pilot. (2) The instrument proficiency check (b) No pilot may use any type of pre- must be given by an authorized check cision instrument approach procedure airman or by the Administrator. under IFR unless, since the beginning (d) If the pilot in command is as- of the 6th calendar month before that signed to pilot only one type of air- use, the pilot satisfactorily dem- craft, that pilot must take the instru- onstrated that type of approach proce- ment proficiency check required by dure. No pilot may use any type of non- paragraph (a) of this section in that precision approach procedure under type of aircraft. IFR unless, since the beginning of the (e) If the pilot in command is as- 6th calendar month before that use, the signed to pilot more than one type of pilot has satisfactorily demonstrated aircraft, that pilot must take the in- either that type of approach procedure strument proficiency check required by or any other two different types of non- paragraph (a) of this section in each precision approach procedures. The in- type of aircraft to which that pilot is strument approach procedure or proce- assigned, in rotation, but not more dures must include at least one than one flight check during each pe- straight-in approach, one circling ap- riod described in paragraph (a) of this proach, and one missed approach. Each section. type of approach procedure dem- (f) If the pilot in command is as- onstrated must be conducted to pub- signed to pilot both single-engine and lished minimums for that procedure. multiengine aircraft, that pilot must (c) The instrument proficiency check initially take the instrument pro- required by paragraph (a) of this sec- ficiency check required by paragraph tion consists of an oral or written (a) of this section in a multiengine air- equipment test and a flight check craft, and each succeeding check alter- under simulated or actual IFR condi- nately in single-engine and multien- tions. The equipment test includes gine aircraft, but not more than one questions on emergency procedures, en- flight check during each period de- gine operation, fuel and lubrication scribed in paragraph (a) of this section. systems, power settings, stall speeds, Portions of a required flight check may best engine-out speed, propeller and su- be given in an aircraft simulator or percharger operations, and hydraulic, other appropriate training device, if mechanical, and electrical systems, as approved by the Administrator. appropriate. The flight check includes (g) If the pilot in command is author- navigation by instruments, recovery ized to use an autopilot system in place from simulated emergencies, and of a second in command, that pilot standard instrument approaches in- must show, during the required instru- volving navigational facilities which ment proficiency check, that the pilot that pilot is to be authorized to use. is able (without a second in command) Each pilot taking the instrument pro- both with and without using the auto- ficiency check must show that stand- pilot to— ard of competence required by (1) Conduct instrument operations § 135.293(d). competently; and

445

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.299 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(2) Properly conduct air-ground com- § 135.301 Crewmember: Tests and munications and comply with complex checks, grace provisions, training air traffic control instructions. to accepted standards. (3) Each pilot taking the autopilot (a) If a crewmember who is required check must show that, while using the to take a test or a flight check under autopilot, the airplane can be operated this part, completes the test or flight as proficiently as it would be if a sec- check in the calendar month before or ond in command were present to han- after the calendar month in which it is dle air-ground communications and air required, that crewmember is consid- traffic control instructions. The auto- ered to have completed the test or pilot check need only be demonstrated check in the calendar month in which once every 12 calendar months during it is required. the instrument proficiency check re- (b) If a pilot being checked under this quired under paragraph (a) of this sec- subpart fails any of the required ma- tion. neuvers, the person giving the check may give additional training to the [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as pilot during the course of the check. In amended by Amdt. 135–15, 46 FR 30971, June addition to repeating the maneuvers 11, 1981] failed, the person giving the check may § 135.299 Pilot in command: Line require the pilot being checked to re- checks: Routes and airports. peat any other maneuvers that are nec- essary to determine the pilot’s pro- (a) No certificate holder may use a ficiency. If the pilot being checked is pilot, nor may any person serve, as a unable to demonstrate satisfactory pilot in command of a flight unless, performance to the person conducting since the beginning of the 12th cal- the check, the certificate holder may endar month before that service, that not use the pilot, nor may the pilot pilot has passed a flight check in one of serve, as a flight crewmember in oper- the types of aircraft which that pilot is ations under this part until the pilot to fly. The flight check shall— has satisfactorily completed the check. (1) Be given by an approved check pilot or by the Administrator; Subpart H—Training (2) Consist of at least one flight over one route segment; and § 135.321 Applicability and terms used. (3) Include takeoffs and landings at (a) Except as provided in § 135.3, this one or more representative airports. In subpart prescribes the requirements addition to the requirements of this applicable to— paragraph, for a pilot authorized to (1) A certificate holder under this conduct IFR operations, at least one part which contracts with, or other- flight shall be flown over a civil air- wise arranges to use the services of a way, an approved off-airway route, or a training center certificated under part portion of either of them. 142 to perform training, testing, and (b) The pilot who conducts the check checking functions; shall determine whether the pilot being (2) Each certificate holder for estab- checked satisfactorily performs the du- lishing and maintaining an approved ties and responsibilities of a pilot in training program for crewmembers, command in operations under this check airmen and instructors, and part, and shall so certify in the pilot other operations personnel employed or training record. used by that certificate holder; and (c) Each certificate holder shall es- (3) Each certificate holder for the tablish in the manual required by qualification, approval, and use of air- § 135.21 a procedure which will ensure craft simulators and flight training de- that each pilot who has not flown over vices in the conduct of the program. a route and into an airport within the (b) For the purposes of this subpart, preceding 90 days will, before beginning the following terms and definitions the flight, become familiar with all apply: available information required for the (1) Initial training. The training re- safe operation of that flight. quired for crewmembers who have not

446

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.323

qualified and served in the same capac- that each crewmember, aircraft dis- ity on an aircraft. patcher, flight instructor and check (2) Transition training. The training airman is adequately trained to per- required for crewmembers who have form his or her assigned duties. Prior qualified and served in the same capac- to implementation, the certificate ity on another aircraft. holder must obtain initial and final (3) Upgrade training. The training re- FAA approval of the training program. quired for crewmembers who have (2) Provide adequate ground and qualified and served as second in com- flight training facilities and properly mand on a particular aircraft type, be- qualified ground instructors for the fore they serve as pilot in command on training required by this subpart. that aircraft. (3) Provide and keep current for each (4) Differences training. The training aircraft type used and, if applicable, required for crewmembers who have the particular variations within the qualified and served on a particular aircraft type, appropriate training ma- type aircraft, when the Administrator terial, examinations, forms, instruc- finds differences training is necessary tions, and procedures for use in con- before a crewmember serves in the ducting the training and checks re- same capacity on a particular vari- quired by this subpart. ation of that aircraft. (4) Provide enough flight instructors, (5) Recurrent training. The training check airmen, and simulator instruc- required for crewmembers to remain tors to conduct required flight training adequately trained and currently pro- and flight checks, and simulator train- ficient for each aircraft, crewmember ing courses allowed under this subpart. position, and type of operation in (b) Whenever a crewmember who is which the crewmember serves. required to take recurrent training (6) In flight. The maneuvers, proce- under this subpart completes the train- dures, or functions that must be con- ing in the calendar month before, or ducted in the aircraft. the calendar month after, the month in (7) Training center. An organization which that training is required, the governed by the applicable require- crewmember is considered to have ments of part 142 of this chapter that completed it in the calendar month in conducts training, testing, and check- which it was required. ing under contract or other arrange- (c) Each instructor, supervisor, or ment to certificate holders subject to check airman who is responsible for a the requirements of this part. particular ground training subject, seg- (8) Requalification training. The train- ment of flight training, course of train- ing required for crewmembers pre- ing, flight check, or competence check viously trained and qualified, but who under this part shall certify as to the have become unqualified due to not proficiency and knowledge of the crew- having met within the required period member, flight instructor, or check the— airman concerned upon completion of (i) Recurrent pilot testing require- that training or check. That certifi- ments of § 135.293; cation shall be made a part of the crew- (ii) Instrument proficiency check re- member’s record. When the certifi- quirements of § 135.297; or cation required by this paragraph is (iii) Line checks required by § 135.299. made by an entry in a computerized [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as recordkeeping system, the certifying amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65950, Dec. instructor, supervisor, or check air- 20, 1995; Amdt. 135–63, 61 FR 34561, July 2, man, must be identified with that 1996; Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54588, Sept. 17, 2003] entry. However, the signature of the certifying instructor, supervisor, or § 135.323 Training program: General. check airman, is not required for com- (a) Each certificate holder required puterized entries. to have a training program under (d) Training subjects that apply to § 135.341 shall: more than one aircraft or crewmember (1) Establish and implement a train- position and that have been satisfac- ing program that satisfies the require- torily completed during previous train- ments of this subpart and that ensures ing while employed by the certificate

447

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.324 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

holder for another aircraft or another each certificate holder must submit to crewmember position, need not be re- the Administrator— peated during subsequent training (1) An outline of the proposed or re- other than recurrent training. vised curriculum, that provides enough (e) Aircraft simulators and other information for a preliminary evalua- training devices may be used in the tion of the proposed training program certificate holder’s training program if or revision; and approved by the Administrator. (2) Additional relevant information [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as that may be requested by the Adminis- amended by Amdt. 135–101, 70 FR 58829, Oct. trator. 7, 2005] (b) If the proposed training program or revision complies with this subpart, § 135.324 Training program: Special rules. the Administrator grants initial ap- proval in writing after which the cer- (a) Other than the certificate holder, tificate holder may conduct the train- only another certificate holder certifi- ing under that program. The Adminis- cated under this part or a training cen- trator then evaluates the effectiveness ter certificated under part 142 of this of the training program and advises the chapter is eligible under this subpart certificate holder of deficiencies, if to conduct training, testing, and any, that must be corrected. checking under contract or other ar- rangement to those persons subject to (c) The Administrator grants final the requirements of this subpart. approval of the proposed training pro- (b) A certificate holder may contract gram or revision if the certificate hold- with, or otherwise arrange to use the er shows that the training conducted services of, a training center certifi- under the initial approval in paragraph cated under part 142 of this chapter to (b) of this section ensures that each conduct training, testing, and checking person who successfully completes the required by this part only if the train- training is adequately trained to per- ing center— form that person’s assigned duties. (1) Holds applicable training speci- (d) Whenever the Administrator finds fications issued under part 142 of this that revisions are necessary for the chapter; continued adequacy of a training pro- (2) Has facilities, training equipment, gram that has been granted final ap- and courseware meeting the applicable proval, the certificate holder shall, requirements of part 142 of this chap- after notification by the Adminis- ter; trator, make any changes in the pro- (3) Has approved curriculums, cur- gram that are found necessary by the riculum segments, and portions of cur- Administrator. Within 30 days after the riculum segments applicable for use in certificate holder receives the notice, training courses required by this sub- it may file a petition to reconsider the part; and notice with the Administrator. The fil- (4) Has sufficient instructor and ing of a petition to reconsider stays the check airmen qualified under the appli- notice pending a decision by the Ad- cable requirements of §§ 135.337 through ministrator. However, if the Adminis- 135.340 to provide training, testing, and trator finds that there is an emergency checking to persons subject to the re- that requires immediate action in the quirements of this subpart. interest of safety, the Administrator [Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as may, upon a statement of the reasons, amended by Amdt. 135–67, 62 FR 13791, Mar. require a change effective without 21, 1997; Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54588, Sept. 17, stay. 2003] § 135.327 Training program: Cur- § 135.325 Training program and revi- sion: Initial and final approval. riculum. (a) To obtain initial and final ap- (a) Each certificate holder must pre- proval of a training program, or a revi- pare and keep current a written train- sion to an approved training program, ing program curriculum for each type

448

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.330

of aircraft for each crewmember re- gram for crewmembers who have quali- quired for that type aircraft. The cur- fied and served as second in command riculum must include ground and flight on that aircraft. training required by this subpart. (e) In addition to initial, transition, (b) Each training program cur- upgrade and recurrent training, each riculum must include the following: training program must provide ground (1) A list of principal ground training and flight training, instruction, and subjects, including emergency training practice necessary to ensure that each subjects, that are provided. crewmember— (2) A list of all the training devices, (1) Remains adequately trained and mockups, systems trainers, procedures currently proficient for each aircraft, trainers, or other training aids that crewmember position, and type of oper- the certificate holder will use. ation in which the crewmember serves; (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial and displays of the approved normal, abnor- (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facili- mal, and emergency maneuvers, proce- ties, procedures, and techniques, in- dures and functions that will be per- cluding modifications to aircraft. formed during each flight training [Docket No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, phase or flight check, indicating those as amended by Amdt. 135–122, 76 FR 3837, maneuvers, procedures and functions Jan. 21, 2011] that are to be performed during the inflight portions of flight training and § 135.330 Crew resource management flight checks. training. (a) Each certificate holder must have § 135.329 Crewmember training re- an approved crew resource manage- quirements. ment training program that includes (a) Each certificate holder must in- initial and recurrent training. The clude in its training program the fol- training program must include at least lowing initial and transition ground the following: training as appropriate to the par- (1) Authority of the pilot in com- ticular assignment of the crewmember: mand; (1) Basic indoctrination ground train- (2) Communication processes, deci- ing for newly hired crewmembers in- sions, and coordination, to include cluding instruction in at least the— communication with Air Traffic Con- (i) Duties and responsibilities of trol, personnel performing flight locat- crewmembers as applicable; ing and other operational functions, (ii) Appropriate provisions of this and passengers; chapter; (3) Building and maintenance of a (iii) Contents of the certificate hold- flight team; er’s operating certificate and oper- (4) Workload and time management; ations specifications (not required for (5) Situational awareness; flight attendants); and (6) Effects of fatigue on performance, (iv) Appropriate portions of the cer- avoidance strategies and counter- tificate holder’s operating manual. measures; (2) The initial and transition ground (7) Effects of stress and stress reduc- training in §§ 135.345 and 135.349, as ap- tion strategies; and plicable. (8) Aeronautical decision-making and (3) Emergency training in § 135.331. judgment training tailored to the oper- (4) Crew resource management train- ator’s flight operations and aviation ing in § 135.330. environment. (b) Each training program must pro- (b) After March 22, 2013, no certifi- vide the initial and transition flight cate holder may use a person as a training in § 135.347, as applicable. flightcrew member or flight attendant (c) Each training program must pro- unless that person has completed ap- vide recurrent ground and flight train- proved crew resource management ini- ing in § 135.351. tial training with that certificate hold- (d) Upgrade training in §§ 135.345 and er. 135.347 for a particular type aircraft (c) For flightcrew members and flight may be included in the training pro- attendants, the Administrator, at his

449

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.331 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

or her discretion, may credit crew re- (c) Each crewmember must perform source management training com- at least the following emergency drills, pleted with that certificate holder be- using the proper emergency equipment fore March 22, 2013, toward all or part and procedures, unless the Adminis- of the initial CRM training required by trator finds that, for a particular drill, this section. the crewmember can be adequately (d) In granting credit for initial CRM trained by demonstration: training, the Administrator considers (1) Ditching, if applicable. training aids, devices, methods and (2) Emergency evacuation. procedures used by the certificate hold- (3) Fire extinguishing and smoke con- er in a voluntary CRM program in- trol. cluded in a training program required (4) Operation and use of emergency by § 135.341, § 135.345, or § 135.349. exits, including deployment and use of [Docket No. FAA–2009–0023, 76 FR 3837, Jan. evacuation chutes, if applicable. 21, 2011] (5) Use of crew and passenger oxygen. (6) Removal of life rafts from the air- § 135.331 Crewmember emergency craft, inflation of the life rafts, use of training. life lines, and boarding of passengers (a) Each training program must pro- and crew, if applicable. vide emergency training under this sec- (7) Donning and inflation of life vests tion for each aircraft type, model, and and the use of other individual flota- configuration, each crewmember, and tion devices, if applicable. each kind of operation conducted, as (d) Crewmembers who serve in oper- appropriate for each crewmember and ations above 25,000 feet must receive the certificate holder. instruction in the following: (b) Emergency training must provide (1) Respiration. the following: (2) Hypoxia. (1) Instruction in emergency assign- (3) Duration of consciousness without ments and procedures, including co- supplemental oxygen at altitude. ordination among crewmembers. (4) Gas expansion. (2) Individual instruction in the loca- tion, function, and operation of emer- (5) Gas bubble formation. gency equipment including— (6) Physical phenomena and incidents (i) Equipment used in ditching and of decompression. evacuation; § 135.335 Approval of aircraft simula- (ii) First aid equipment and its prop- tors and other training devices. er use; and (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with (a) Training courses using aircraft emphasis on the type of extinguisher to simulators and other training devices be used on different classes of fires. may be included in the certificate hold- (3) Instruction in the handling of er’s training program if approved by emergency situations including— the Administrator. (i) Rapid decompression; (b) Each aircraft simulator and other (ii) Fire in flight or on the surface training device that is used in a train- and smoke control procedures with em- ing course or in checks required under phasis on electrical equipment and re- this subpart must meet the following lated circuit breakers found in cabin requirements: areas; (1) It must be specifically approved (iii) Ditching and evacuation; for— (iv) Illness, injury, or other abnormal (i) The certificate holder; and situations involving passengers or (ii) The particular maneuver, proce- crewmembers; and dure, or crewmember function in- (v) Hijacking and other unusual situ- volved. ations. (2) It must maintain the perform- (4) Review of the certificate holder’s ance, functional, and other character- previous aircraft accidents and inci- istics that are required for approval. dents involving actual emergency situ- (3) Additionally, for aircraft simula- ations. tors, it must be—

450

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.337

(i) Approved for the type aircraft are required to serve as a pilot in com- and, if applicable, the particular vari- mand in operations under this part; ation within type for which the train- (4) Has satisfactorily completed the ing or check is being conducted; and applicable training requirements of (ii) Modified to conform with any § 135.339; modification to the aircraft being sim- (5) Holds at least a Class III medical ulated that changes the performance, certificate unless serving as a required functional, or other characteristics re- crewmember, in which case holds a quired for approval. Class I or Class II medical certificate (c) A particular aircraft simulator or as appropriate. other training device may be used by (6) Has satisfied the recency of expe- more than one certificate holder. rience requirements of § 135.247; and (d) In granting initial and final ap- (7) Has been approved by the Admin- proval of training programs or revi- istrator for the check airman duties in- sions to them, the Administrator con- volved. siders the training devices, methods (c) No certificate holder may use a and procedures listed in the certificate person, nor may any person serve as a holder’s curriculum under § 135.327. check airman (simulator) in a training [Doc. No. 16907, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as program established under this subpart amended by Amdt. 135–1, 44 FR 26738, May 7, unless, with respect to the aircraft 1979] type involved, that person meets the provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- § 135.337 Qualifications: Check airmen tion, or— (aircraft) and check airmen (simu- lator). (1) Holds the applicable airman cer- tificates and ratings, except medical (a) For the purposes of this section certificate, required to serve as a pilot and § 135.339: in command in operations under this (1) A check airman (aircraft) is a per- part; son who is qualified to conduct flight (2) Has satisfactorily completed the checks in an aircraft, in a flight simu- appropriate training phases for the air- lator, or in a flight training device for craft, including recurrent training, a particular type aircraft. that are required to serve as a pilot in (2) A check airman (simulator) is a command in operations under this person who is qualified to conduct part; flight checks, but only in a flight simu- lator, in a flight training device, or (3) Has satisfactorily completed the both, for a particular type aircraft. appropriate proficiency or competency (3) Check airmen (aircraft) and check checks that are required to serve as a airmen (simulator) are those check air- pilot in command in operations under men who perform the functions de- this part; scribed in §§ 135.321 (a) and 135.323(a)(4) (4) Has satisfactorily completed the and (c). applicable training requirements of (b) No certificate holder may use a § 135.339; and person, nor may any person serve as a (5) Has been approved by the Admin- check airman (aircraft) in a training istrator for the check airman (simu- program established under this subpart lator) duties involved. unless, with respect to the aircraft (d) Completion of the requirements type involved, that person— in paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) or (c) (1) Holds the airman certificates and (2), (3), and (4) of this section, as appli- ratings required to serve as a pilot in cable, shall be entered in the individ- command in operations under this ual’s training record maintained by the part; certificate holder. (2) Has satisfactorily completed the (e) Check airmen who do not hold an training phases for the aircraft, includ- appropriate medical certificate may ing recurrent training, that are re- function as check airmen (simulator), quired to serve as a pilot in command but may not serve as flightcrew mem- in operations under this part; bers in operations under this part. (3) Has satisfactorily completed the (f) A check airman (simulator) must proficiency or competency checks that accomplish the following—

451

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.338 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(1) Fly at least two flight segments are required to serve as a pilot in com- as a required crewmember for the type, mand in operations under this part; class, or category aircraft involved (4) Has satisfactorily completed the within the 12-month preceding the per- applicable training requirements of formance of any check airman duty in § 135.340; a flight simulator; or (5) Holds at least a Class III medical (2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- certificate; and proved line-observation program with- (6) Has satisfied the recency of expe- in the period prescribed by that pro- rience requirements of § 135.247. gram and that must precede the per- (c) No certificate holder may use a formance of any check airman duty in person, nor may any person serve as a a flight simulator. flight instructor (simulator) in a train- (g) The flight segments or line-obser- ing program established under this sub- vation program required in paragraph part, unless, with respect to the type, (f) of this section are considered to be class, or category aircraft involved, completed in the month required if that person meets the provisions of completed in the calendar month be- paragraph (b) of this section, or— fore or the calendar month after the (1) Holds the airman certificates and month in which they are due. ratings, except medical certificate, re- [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30744, June 17, 1996] quired to serve as a pilot in command in operations under this part except be- § 135.338 Qualifications: Flight instruc- fore March 19, 1997 that person need not tors (aircraft) and flight instructors hold a type rating for the type, class, (simulator). or category of aircraft involved. (a) For the purposes of this section (2) Has satisfactorily completed the and § 135.340: appropriate training phases for the air- (1) A flight instructor (aircraft) is a craft, including recurrent training, person who is qualified to instruct in that are required to serve as a pilot in an aircraft, in a flight simulator, or in command in operations under this a flight training device for a particular part; type, class, or category aircraft. (3) Has satisfactorily completed the (2) A flight instructor (simulator) is a appropriate proficiency or competency person who is qualified to instruct in a checks that are required to serve as a flight simulator, in a flight training pilot in command in operations under device, or in both, for a particular this part; and type, class, or category aircraft. (3) Flight instructors (aircraft) and (4) Has satisfactorily completed the flight instructors (simulator) are those applicable training requirements of instructors who perform the functions § 135.340. described in § 135.321(a) and 135.323 (a)(4) (d) Completion of the requirements and (c). in paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) or (c) (b) No certificate holder may use a (2), (3), and (4) of this section, as appli- person, nor may any person serve as a cable, shall be entered in the individ- flight instructor (aircraft) in a training ual’s training record maintained by the program established under this subpart certificate holder. unless, with respect to the type, class, (e) An airman who does not hold a or category aircraft involved, that per- medical certificate may function as a son— flight instructor in an aircraft if func- (1) Holds the airman certificates and tioning as a non-required crewmember, ratings required to serve as a pilot in but may not serve as a flightcrew command in operations under this member in operations under this part. part; (f) A flight instructor (simulator) (2) Has satisfactorily completed the must accomplish the following— training phases for the aircraft, includ- (1) Fly at least two flight segments ing recurrent training, that are re- as a required crewmember for the type, quired to serve as a pilot in command class, or category aircraft involved in operations under this part; within the 12-month period preceding (3) Has satisfactorily completed the the performance of any flight instruc- proficiency or competency checks that tor duty in a flight simulator; or

452

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.339

(2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- proved line-observation program with- plicant that could adversely affect in the period prescribed by that pro- safety. gram preceding the performance of any (5) The corrective action in the case flight instructor duty in a flight simu- of unsatisfactory checks. lator. (6) The approved methods, proce- (g) The flight segments or line-obser- dures, and limitations for performing vation program required in paragraph the required normal, abnormal, and (f) of this section are considered com- emergency procedures in the aircraft. pleted in the month required if com- (d) The transition ground training for pleted in the calendar month before, or check airmen must include the ap- in the calendar month after, the month proved methods, procedures, and limi- in which they are due. tations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30744, June 17, 1996; 62 cedures applicable to the aircraft to FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 135–125, 76 FR 35104, June 16, 2011] which the check airman is in transi- tion. § 135.339 Initial and transition train- (e) The initial and transition flight ing and checking: Check airmen training for check airmen (aircraft) (aircraft), check airmen (simulator). must include the following— (a) No certificate holder may use a (1) The safety measures for emer- person nor may any person serve as a gency situations that are likely to de- check airman unless— velop during a check; (1) That person has satisfactorily (2) The potential results of improper, completed initial or transition check untimely, or nonexecution of safety airman training; and measures during a check; (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar (3) Training and practice in con- months, that person satisfactorily con- ducting flight checks from the left and ducts a proficiency or competency right pilot seats in the required nor- check under the observation of an FAA mal, abnormal, and emergency proce- inspector or an designated ex- dures to ensure competence to conduct aminer employed by the operator. The the pilot flight checks required by this observation check may be accom- part; and plished in part or in full in an aircraft, (4) The safety measures to be taken in a flight simulator, or in a flight from either pilot seat for emergency training device. This paragraph applies situations that are likely to develop after March 19, 1997. during checking. (b) The observation check required (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is of this section may be accomplished in considered to have been completed in full or in part in flight, in a flight sim- the month required if completed in the ulator, or in a flight training device, as calendar month before or the calendar appropriate. month after the month in which it is (g) The initial and transition flight due. training for check airmen (simulator) (c) The initial ground training for must include the following: check airmen must include the fol- (1) Training and practice in con- lowing: ducting flight checks in the required (1) Check airman duties, functions, normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- and responsibilities. cedures to ensure competence to con- (2) The applicable Code of Federal duct the flight checks required by this Regulations and the certificate hold- part. This training and practice must er’s policies and procedures. be accomplished in a flight simulator (3) The applicable methods, proce- or in a flight training device. dures, and techniques for conducting (2) Training in the operation of flight the required checks. simulators, flight training devices, or (4) Proper evaluation of student per- both, to ensure competence to conduct formance including the detection of— the flight checks required by this part. (i) Improper and insufficient train- [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30745, June 17, 1996; 62 ing; and FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997]

453

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.340 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

§ 135.340 Initial and transition train- (iii) The instructor-student relation- ing and checking: Flight instructors ship. (aircraft), flight instructors (simu- (d) The transition ground training for lator). flight instructors must include the ap- (a) No certificate holder may use a proved methods, procedures, and limi- person nor may any person serve as a tations for performing the required flight instructor unless— normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- (1) That person has satisfactorily cedures applicable to the type, class, or completed initial or transition flight category aircraft to which the flight instructor training; and instructor is in transition. (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar (e) The initial and transition flight months, that person satisfactorily con- training for flight instructors (aircraft) ducts instruction under the observa- must include the following— tion of an FAA inspector, an operator (1) The safety measures for emer- check airman, or an aircrew designated gency situations that are likely to de- examiner employed by the operator. velop during instruction; The observation check may be accom- (2) The potential results of improper plished in part or in full in an aircraft, or untimely safety measures during in- in a flight simulator, or in a flight struction; training device. This paragraph applies (3) Training and practice from the after March 19, 1997. left and right pilot seats in the re- (b) The observation check required quired normal, abnormal, and emer- by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is gency maneuvers to ensure competence considered to have been completed in to conduct the flight instruction re- the month required if completed in the quired by this part; and (4) The safety measures to be taken calendar month before, or the calendar from either the left or right pilot seat month after, the month in which it is for emergency situations that are like- due. ly to develop during instruction. (c) The initial ground training for (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) flight instructors must include the fol- of this section may be accomplished in lowing: full or in part in flight, in a flight sim- (1) Flight instructor duties, func- ulator, or in a flight training device, as tions, and responsibilities. appropriate. (2) The applicable Code of Federal (g) The initial and transition flight Regulations and the certificate hold- training for a flight instructor (simu- er’s policies and procedures. lator) must include the following: (3) The applicable methods, proce- (1) Training and practice in the re- dures, and techniques for conducting quired normal, abnormal, and emer- flight instruction. gency procedures to ensure competence (4) Proper evaluation of student per- to conduct the flight instruction re- formance including the detection of— quired by this part. These maneuvers (i) Improper and insufficient train- and procedures must be accomplished ing; and in full or in part in a flight simulator (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- or in a flight training device. plicant that could adversely affect (2) Training in the operation of flight safety. simulators, flight training devices, or (5) The corrective action in the case both, to ensure competence to conduct of unsatisfactory training progress. the flight instruction required by this (6) The approved methods, proce- part. dures, and limitations for performing [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30745, June 17, 1996; 61 the required normal, abnormal, and FR 34927, July 3, 1996; 62 FR 3739, Jan. 24, emergency procedures in the aircraft. 1997] (7) Except for holders of a flight in- structor certificate— § 135.341 Pilot and flight attendant (i) The fundamental principles of the crewmember training programs. teaching-learning process; (a) Each certificate holder, other (ii) Teaching methods and proce- than one who uses only one pilot in the dures; and certificate holder’s operations, shall

454

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.345

establish and maintain an approved part unless that crewmember has com- pilot training program, and each cer- pleted the appropriate initial or recur- tificate holder who uses a flight at- rent training phase of the training pro- tendant crewmember shall establish gram appropriate to the type of oper- and maintain an approved flight at- ation in which the crewmember is to tendant training program, that is ap- serve since the beginning of the 12th propriate to the operations to which calendar month before that service. each pilot and flight attend- ant is to This section does not apply to a certifi- be assigned, and will ensure that they cate holder that uses only one pilot in are adequately trained to meet the ap- the certificate holder’s operations. plicable knowledge and practical test- ing requirements of §§ 135.293 through [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–18, 47 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 135.301. However, the Administrator 1982] may authorize a deviation from this section if the Administrator finds that, § 135.345 Pilots: Initial, transition, and because of the limited size and scope of upgrade ground training. the operation, safety will allow a devi- Initial, transition, and upgrade ation from these requirements. ground training for pilots must include (b) Each certificate holder required instruction in at least the following, as to have a training program by para- applicable to their duties: graph (a) of this section shall include in that program ground and flight (a) General subjects— training curriculums for— (1) The certificate holder’s flight lo- (1) Initial training; cating procedures; (2) Transition training; (2) Principles and methods for deter- (3) Upgrade training; mining weight and balance, and run- (4) Differences training; and way limitations for takeoff and land- (5) Recurrent training. ing; (c) Each certificate holder required (3) Enough meteorology to ensure a to have a training program by para- practical knowledge of weather phe- graph (a) of this section shall provide nomena, including the principles of current and appropriate study mate- frontal systems, icing, fog, thunder- rials for use by each required pilot and storms, windshear and, if appropriate, flight attendant. high altitude weather situations; (d) The certificate holder shall fur- (4) Air traffic control systems, proce- nish copies of the pilot and flight at- dures, and phraseology; tendant crewmember training program, (5) Navigation and the use of naviga- and all changes and additions, to the tional aids, including instrument ap- assigned representative of the Admin- proach procedures; istrator. If the certificate holder uses (6) Normal and emergency commu- training facilities of other persons, a nication procedures; copy of those training programs or ap- (7) Visual cues before and during de- propriate portions used for those facili- scent below DA/DH or MDA; ties shall also be furnished. Curricula (8) ETOPS, if applicable; that follow FAA published curricula may be cited by reference in the copy (9) After August 13, 2008, passenger of the training program furnished to recovery plan for any passenger-car- the representative of the Adminis- rying operation (other than intrastate trator and need not be furnished with operations wholly within the state of the program. Alaska) in the North Polar area; and (10) Other instructions necessary to [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as ensure the pilot’s competence. amended by Amdt. 135–18, 47 FR 33396, Aug. 2, (b) For each aircraft type— 1982] (1) A general description; § 135.343 Crewmember initial and re- (2) Performance characteristics; current training requirements. (3) Engines and propellers; No certificate holder may use a per- (4) Major components; son, nor may any person serve, as a (5) Major (i.e., flight crewmember in operations under this controls, electrical, and hydraulic),

455

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.347 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

other systems, as appropriate, prin- (11) The approved Aircraft Flight ciples of normal, abnormal, and emer- Manual, or equivalent. gency operations, appropriate proce- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as dures and limitations; amended by Amdt. 135–27, 53 FR 37697, Sept. (6) Knowledge and procedures for— 27, 1988; Amdt. 135–46, 58 FR 69630, Dec. 30, (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe 1993; Amdt. 135–108, 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, 2007; weather situations; Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June 7, 2007; Amdt. 135–112, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008] (ii) Escaping from severe weather sit- uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- § 135.347 Pilots: Initial, transition, up- ters, including low-altitude windshear grade, and differences flight train- (except that rotorcraft pilots are not ing. required to be trained in escaping from (a) Initial, transition, upgrade, and low-altitude windshear); differences training for pilots must in- (iii) Operating in or near thunder- clude flight and practice in each of the storms (including best penetrating al- maneuvers and procedures in the ap- titudes), turbulent air (including clear proved training program curriculum. air turbulence), icing, hail, and other (b) The maneuvers and procedures re- potentially hazardous meteorological quired by paragraph (a) of this section conditions; and must be performed in flight, except to (iv) Operating airplanes during the extent that certain maneuvers and ground icing conditions, (i.e., any time procedures may be performed in an air- conditions are such that frost, ice, or craft simulator, or an appropriate snow may reasonably be expected to training device, as allowed by this sub- adhere to the airplane), if the certifi- part. cate holder expects to authorize take- (c) If the certificate holder’s ap- offs in ground icing conditions, includ- proved training program includes a course of training using an aircraft ing: simulator or other training device, (A) The use of holdover times when each pilot must successfully com- using deicing/anti-icing fluids; plete— (B) Airplane deicing/anti-icing proce- (1) Training and practice in the simu- dures, including inspection and check lator or training device in at least the procedures and responsibilities; maneuvers and procedures in this sub- (C) Communications; part that are capable of being per- (D) Airplane surface contamination formed in the aircraft simulator or (i.e., adherence of frost, ice, or snow) training device; and and critical area identification, and (2) A flight check in the aircraft or a knowledge of how contamination ad- check in the simulator or training de- versely affects airplane performance vice to the level of proficiency of a and flight characteristics; pilot in command or second in com- (E) Types and characteristics of deic- mand, as applicable, in at least the ma- ing/anti-icing fluids, if used by the cer- neuvers and procedures that are capa- tificate holder; ble of being performed in an aircraft (F) Cold weather preflight inspection simulator or training device. procedures; § 135.349 Flight attendants: Initial and (G) Techniques for recognizing con- transition ground training. tamination on the airplane; Initial and transition ground train- (7) Operating limitations; ing for flight attendants must include (8) Fuel consumption and cruise con- instruction in at least the following— trol; (a) General subjects— (9) Flight planning; (1) The authority of the pilot in com- (10) Each normal and emergency pro- mand; and cedure; and (2) Passenger handling, including pro- cedures to be followed in handling de- ranged persons or other persons whose conduct might jeopardize safety. (b) For each aircraft type—

456

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.363

(1) A general description of the air- § 135.353 [Reserved] craft emphasizing physical characteris- tics that may have a bearing on ditch- Subpart I—Airplane Performance ing, evacuation, and inflight emer- Operating Limitations gency procedures and on other related duties; § 135.361 Applicability. (2) The use of both the public address (a) This subpart prescribes airplane system and the means of commu- performance operating limitations ap- nicating with other flight crew- plicable to the operation of the cat- members, including emergency means egories of airplanes listed in § 135.363 in the case of attempted hijacking or when operated under this part. other unusual situations; and (b) For the purpose of this subpart, (3) Proper use of electrical galley effective length of the runway, for land- equipment and the controls for cabin ing means the distance from the point heat and ventilation. at which the obstruction clearance plane associated with the approach end § 135.351 Recurrent training. of the runway intersects the centerline of the runway to the far end of the run- (a) Each certificate holder must en- way. sure that each crewmember receives (c) For the purpose of this subpart, recurrent training and is adequately obstruction clearance plane means a trained and currently proficient for the plane sloping upward from the runway type aircraft and crewmember position at a slope of 1:20 to the horizontal, and involved. tangent to or clearing all obstructions (b) Recurrent ground training for within a specified area surrounding the crewmembers must include at least the runway as shown in a profile view of following: that area. In the plan view, the center- (1) A quiz or other review to deter- line of the specified area coincides with mine the crewmember’s knowledge of the centerline of the runway, beginning the aircraft and crewmember position at the point where the obstruction involved. clearance plane intersects the center- line of the runway and proceeding to a (2) Instruction as necessary in the point at least 1,500 feet from the begin- subjects required for initial ground ning point. After that the centerline training by this subpart, as appro- coincides with the takeoff path over priate, including low-altitude the ground for the runway (in the case windshear training and training on op- of takeoffs) or with the instrument ap- erating during ground icing conditions proach counterpart (for landings), or, as prescribed in § 135.341 and described where the applicable one of these paths in § 135.345, crew resource management has not been established, it proceeds training as prescribed in § 135.330, and consistent with turns of at least 4,000- emergency training as prescribed in foot radius until a point is reached be- § 135.331. yond which the obstruction clearance (c) Recurrent flight training for pi- plane clears all obstructions. This area lots must include, at least, flight train- extends laterally 200 feet on each side ing in the maneuvers or procedures in of the centerline at the point where the this subpart, except that satisfactory obstruction clearance plane intersects completion of the check required by the runway and continues at this width to the end of the runway; then it in- § 135.293 within the preceding 12 cal- creases uniformly to 500 feet on each endar months may be substituted for side of the centerline at a point 1,500 recurrent flight training. feet from the intersection of the ob- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as struction clearance plane with the run- amended by Amdt. 135–27, 53 FR 37698, Sept. way; after that it extends laterally 500 27, 1988; Amdt. 135–46, 58 FR 69630, Dec. 30, feet on each side of the centerline. 1993; Amdt. 135–122, 76 FR 3837, Jan. 21, 2011] § 135.363 General. (a) Each certificate holder operating a reciprocating engine powered large

457

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.364 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

transport category airplane shall com- ance of a requirement unnecessary for ply with §§ 135.365 through 135.377. safety. (b) Each certificate holder operating (i) The 10-mile width specified in a turbine engine powered large trans- §§ 135.369 through 135.373 may be re- port category airplane shall comply duced to 5 miles, for not more than 20 with §§ 135.379 through 135.387, except miles, when operating under VFR or that when it operates a turbopropeller- where navigation facilities furnish reli- powered large transport category air- able and accurate identification of high plane certificated after August 29, 1959, ground and obstructions located out- but previously type certificated with side of 5 miles, but within 10 miles, on the same number of reciprocating en- each side of the intended track. gines, it may comply with §§ 135.365 (j) Each certificate holder operating through 135.377. a commuter category airplane shall comply with § 135.398. (c) Each certificate holder operating a large nontransport category airplane [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as shall comply with §§ 135.389 through amended by Amdt. 135–21, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, 135.395 and any determination of com- 1987] pliance must be based only on approved § 135.364 Maximum flying time outside performance data. For the purpose of the United States. this subpart, a large nontrans- port category airplane is an airplane that After August 13, 2008, no certificate holder may operate an airplane, other was type certificated before July 1, than an all-cargo airplane with more 1942. than two engines, on a planned route (d) Each certificate holder operating that exceeds 180 minutes flying time a small transport category airplane (at the one-engine-inoperative cruise shall comply with § 135.397. speed under standard conditions in still (e) Each certificate holder operating air) from an Adequate Airport outside a small nontransport category airplane the continental United States unless shall comply with § 135.399. the operation is approved by the FAA (f) The performance data in the Air- in accordance with Appendix G of this plane Flight Manual applies in deter- part, Extended Operations (ETOPS). mining compliance with §§ 135.365 through 135.387. Where conditions are [Doc. No. FAA–1999–6717, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008] different from those on which the per- formance data is based, compliance is § 135.365 Large transport category air- determined by interpolation or by com- planes: Reciprocating engine pow- puting the effects of change in the spe- ered: Weight limitations. cific variables, if the results of the in- (a) No person may take off a recipro- terpolation or computations are sub- cating engine powered large transport stantially as accurate as the results of category airplane from an airport lo- direct tests. cated at an elevation outside of the (g) No person may take off a recipro- range for which maximum takeoff cating engine powered large transport weights have been determined for that category airplane at a weight that is airplane. more than the allowable weight for the (b) No person may take off a recipro- runway being used (determined under cating engine powered large transport the runway takeoff limitations of the category airplane for an airport of in- transport category operating rules of tended destination that is located at an this subpart) after taking into account elevation outside of the range for the temperature operating correction which maximum landing weights have factors in section 4a.749a-T or section been determined for that airplane. 4b.117 of the Civil Air Regulations in (c) No person may specify, or have effect on January 31, 1965, and in the specified, an alternate airport that is applicable Airplane Flight Manual. located at an elevation outside of the (h) The Administrator may author- range for which maximum landing ize in the operations specifications de- weights have been determined for the viations from this subpart if special reciprocating engine powered large circumstances make a literal observ- transport category airplane concerned.

458

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.371

(d) No person may take off a recipro- airplane at a weight, allowing for nor- cating engine powered large transport mal consumption of fuel and oil, that category airplane at a weight more does not allow a rate of climb (in feet than the maximum authorized takeoff per minute), with all engines oper- weight for the elevation of the airport. ating, of at least 6.90 Vso (that is, the (e) No person may take off a recipro- number of feet per minute obtained by cating engine powered large transport multiplying the number of knots by category airplane if its weight on ar- 6.90) at an altitude of a least 1,000 feet rival at the airport of destination will above the highest ground or obstruc- be more than the maximum authorized tion within ten miles of each side of landing weight for the elevation of that the intended track. airport, allowing for normal consump- (b) This section does not apply to tion of fuel and oil en route. large transport category airplanes cer- § 135.367 Large transport category air- tificated under part 4a of the Civil Air planes: Reciprocating engine pow- Regulations. ered: Takeoff limitations. (a) No person operating a recipro- § 135.371 Large transport category air- planes: Reciprocating engine pow- cating engine powered large transport ered: En route limitations: One en- category airplane may take off that gine inoperative. airplane unless it is possible— (1) To stop the airplane safely on the (a) Except as provided in paragraph runway, as shown by the accelerate- (b) of this section, no person operating stop distance data, at any time during a reciprocating engine powered large takeoff until reaching critical-engine transport category airplane may take failure speed; off that airplane at a weight, allowing (2) If the critical engine fails at any for normal consumption of fuel and oil, time after the airplane reaches crit- that does not allow a rate of climb (in ical-engine failure speed V1, to con- feet per minute), with one engine inop- tinue the takeoff and reach a height of erative, of at least (0.079¥0.106/N) Vso2 50 feet, as indicated by the takeoff path (where N is the number of engines in- data, before passing over the end of the stalled and Vso is expressed in knots) runway; and at an altitude of least 1,000 feet above (3) To clear all obstacles either by at the highest ground or obstruction least 50 feet vertically (as shown by the within 10 miles of each side of the in- takeoff path data) or 200 feet hori- tended track. However, for the pur- zontally within the airport boundaries poses of this paragraph the rate of and 300 feet horizontally beyond the climb for transport category airplanes boundaries, without banking before certificated under part 4a of the Civil reaching a height of 50 feet (as shown Air Regulations is 0.026 Vso2. by the takeoff path data) and after (b) In place of the requirements of that without banking more than 15 de- paragraph (a) of this section, a person grees. may, under an approved procedure, op- (b) In applying this section, correc- erate a reciprocating engine powered tions must be made for any runway large transport category airplane at an gradient. To allow for wind effect, take- all-engines-operating altitude that al- off data based on still air may be cor- lows the airplane to continue, after an rected by taking into account not more engine failure, to an alternate airport than 50 percent of any reported where a landing can be made under headwind component and not less than 150 percent of any reported tailwind § 135.377, allowing for normal consump- component. tion of fuel and oil. After the assumed failure, the flight path must clear the § 135.369 Large transport category air- ground and any obstruction within five planes: Reciprocating engine pow- miles on each side of the intended ered: En route limitations: All en- track by at least 2,000 feet. gines operating. (c) If an approved procedure under (a) No person operating a recipro- paragraph (b) of this section is used, cating engine powered large transport the certificate holder shall comply category airplane may take off that with the following:

459

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.373 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(1) The rate of climb (as prescribed in § 135.373 Part 25 transport category the Airplane Flight Manual for the ap- airplanes with four or more en- propriate weight and altitude) used in gines: Reciprocating engine pow- calculating the airplane’s flight path ered: En route limitations: Two en- shall be diminished by an amount in gines inoperative. feet per minute, equal to (0.079¥0.106/ (a) No person may operate an air- N) Vso2 (when N is the number of en- plane certificated under part 25 and gines installed and Vso is expressed in having four or more engines unless— knots) for airplanes certificated under (1) There is no place along the in- part 25 of this chapter and by 0.026 Vso2 tended track that is more than 90 min- for airplanes certificated under part 4a utes (with all engines operating at of the Civil Air Regulations. cruising power) from an airport that (2) The all-engines-operating altitude meets § 135.377; or shall be sufficient so that in the event (2) It is operated at a weight allowing the critical engine becomes inoperative the airplane, with the two critical en- at any point along the route, the flight gines inoperative, to climb at 0.013 Vso2 will be able to proceed to a predeter- feet per minute (that is, the number of mined alternate airport by use of this feet per minute obtained by multi- procedure. In determining the takeoff plying the number of knots squared by weight, the airplane is assumed to pass 0.013) at an altitude of 1,000 feet above over the critical obstruction following the highest ground or obstruction engine failure at a point no closer to within 10 miles on each side of the in- the critical obstruction than the near- tended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 est approved navigational fix, unless feet, whichever is higher. the Administrator approves a proce- (b) For the purposes of paragraph dure established on a different basis (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed upon finding that adequate operational that— safeguards exist. (1) The two engines fail at the point (3) The airplane must meet the provi- that is most critical with respect to sions of paragraph (a) of this section at the takeoff weight; 1,000 feet above the airport used as an (2) Consumption of fuel and oil is nor- alternate in this procedure. mal with all engines operating up to (4) The procedure must include an ap- the point where the two engines fail proved method of accounting for winds with two engines operating beyond and temperatures that would otherwise that point; adversely affect the flight path. (3) Where the engines are assumed to (5) In complying with this procedure, fail at an altitude above the prescribed fuel jettisoning is allowed if the certifi- minimum altitude, compliance with cate holder shows that it has an ade- the prescribed rate of climb at the pre- quate training program, that proper in- scribed minimum altitude need not be structions are given to the flight crew, shown during the descent from the and all other precautions are taken to cruising altitude to the prescribed min- ensure a safe procedure. imum altitude, if those requirements can be met once the prescribed min- (6) The certificate holder and the imum altitude is reached, and assum- pilot in command shall jointly elect an ing descent to be along a net flight alternate airport for which the appro- path and the rate of descent to be 0.013 priate weather reports or forecasts, or Vso2 greater than the rate in the ap- any combination of them, indicate that proved performance data; and weather conditions will be at or above (4) If fuel jettisoning is provided, the the alternate weather minimum speci- airplane’s weight at the point where fied in the certificate holder’s oper- the two engines fail is considered to be ations specifications for that airport not less than that which would include when the flight arrives. enough fuel to proceed to an airport [Docket No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, meeting § 135.377 and to arrive at an al- as amended by Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, titude of at least 1,000 feet directly June 7, 2007] over that airport.

460

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.379

§ 135.375 Large transport category air- § 135.379 Large transport category air- planes: Reciprocating engine pow- planes: Turbine engine powered: ered: Landing limitations: Destina- Takeoff limitations. tion airports. (a) No person operating a turbine en- (a) Except as provided in paragraph gine powered large transport category (b) of this section, no person operating airplane may take off that airplane at a reciprocating engine powered large a weight greater than that listed in the transport category airplane may take Airplane Flight Manual for the ele- off that airplane, unless its weight on vation of the airport and for the ambi- arrival, allowing for normal consump- ent temperature existing at take- off. tion of fuel and oil in flight, would (b) No person operating a turbine en- allow a full stop landing at the in- gine powered large transport category tended destination within 60 percent of airplane certificated after August 26, the effective length of each runway de- 1957, but before August 30, 1959 (SR422, scribed below from a point 50 feet di- 422A), may take off that airplane at a rectly above the intersection of the ob- weight greater than that listed in the struction clearance plane and the run- Airplane Flight Manual for the way. For the purposes of determining minumum distance required for take- the allowable landing weight at the off. In the case of an airplane certifi- destination airport the following is as- cated after September 30, 1958 (SR422A, sumed: 422B), the takeoff distance may include (1) The airplane is landed on the most a clearway distance but the clearway favorable runway and in the most fa- distance included may vorable direction in still air. not be greater than one-half of the take- off run. (2) The airplane is landed on the most (c) No person operating a turbine en- suitable runway considering the prob- gine powered large transport category able wind velocity and direction (fore- airplane certificated after August 29, cast for the expected time of arrival), 1959 (SR422B), may take off that air- the ground handling characteristics of plane at a weight greater than that the type of airplane, and other condi- listed in the Airplane Flight Manual at tions such as landing aids and terrain, which compliance with the following and allowing for the effect of the land- may be shown: ing path and roll of not more than 50 (1) The accelerate-stop distance, as percent of the headwind component or defined in § 25.109 of this chapter, must not less than 150 percent of the tail- not exceed the length of the runway wind component. plus the length of any stopway. (b) An airplane that would be prohib- (2) The takeoff distance must not ex- ited from being taken off because it ceed the length of the runway plus the could not meet paragraph (a)(2) of this length of any clearway except that the section may be taken off if an alter- length of any clearway included must nate airport is selected that meets all not be greater than one-half the length of this section except that the airplane of the runway. can accomplish a full stop landing (3) The takeoff run must not be within 70 percent of the effective greater than the length of the runway. length of the runway. (d) No person operating a turbine en- gine powered large transport category § 135.377 Large transport category air- airplane may take off that airplane at planes: Reciprocating engine pow- a weight greater than that listed in the ered: Landing limitations: Alternate Airplane Flight Manual— airports. (1) For an airplane certificated after No person may list an airport as an August 26, 1957, but before October 1, alternate airport in a flight plan unless 1958 (SR422), that allows a takeoff path the airplane (at the weight anticipated that clears all obstacles either by at at the time of arrival at the airport), least (35+0.01 D) feet vertically (D is based on the assumptions in § 135.375(a) the distance along the intended flight (1) and (2), can be brought to a full stop path from the end of the runway in landing within 70 percent of the effec- feet), or by at least 200 feet hori- tive length of the runway. zontally within the airport boundaries

461

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.381 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

and by at least 300 feet horizontally sumption of fuel and oil, that is greater after passing the boundaries; or than that which (under the approved, (2) For an airplane certificated after one engine inoperative, en route net September 30, 1958 (SR422A, 422B), that flight path data in the Airplane Flight allows a net takeoff flight path that Manual for that airplane) will allow clears all obstacles either by a height compliance with paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of at least 35 feet vertically, or by at of this section, based on the ambient least 200 feet horizontally within the temperatures expected en route. airport boundaries and by at least 300 (1) There is a positive slope at an al- feet horizontally after passing the titude of at least 1,000 feet above all boundaries. terrain and obstructions within five (e) In determining maximum statute miles on each side of the in- weights, minimum distances, and flight tended track, and, in addition, if that paths under paragraphs (a) through (d) airplane was certificated after August of this section, correction must be 29, 1958 (SR422B), there is a positive made for the runway to be used, the slope at 1,500 feet above the airport elevation of the airport, the effective where the airplane is assumed to land runway gradient, the ambient tempera- after an engine fails. ture and wind component at the time (2) The net flight path allows the air- of takeoff, and, if operating limitations plane to continue flight from the cruis- exist for the minimum distances re- ing altitude to an airport where a land- quired for takeoff from wet runways, ing can be made under § 135.387 clearing the runway surface condition (dry or all terrain and obstructions within five wet). Wet runway distances associated statute miles of the intended track by with grooved or porous friction course at least 2,000 feet vertically and with a runways, if provided in the Airplane positive slope at 1,000 feet above the Flight Manual, may be used only for airport where the airplane lands after runways that are grooved or treated an engine fails, or, if that airplane was with a porous friction course (PFC) certificated after September 30, 1958 overlay, and that the operator deter- (SR422A, 422B), with a positive slope at mines are designed, constructed, and 1,500 feet above the airport where the maintained in a manner acceptable to airplane lands after an engine fails. the Administrator. (b) For the purpose of paragraph (f) For the purposes of this section, it (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed is assumed that the airplane is not that— banked before reaching a height of 50 feet, as shown by the takeoff path or (1) The engine fails at the most crit- net takeoff flight path data (as appro- ical point en route; priate) in the Airplane Flight Manual, (2) The airplane passes over the crit- and after that the maximum bank is ical obstruction, after engine failure at not more than 15 degrees. a point that is no closer to the obstruc- (g) For the purposes of this section, tion than the approved navigation fix, the terms, takeoff distance, takeoff run, unless the Administrator authorizes a net takeoff flight path, have the same different procedure based on adequate meanings as set forth in the rules operational safeguards; under which the airplane was certifi- (3) An approved method is used to cated. allow for adverse winds; (4) Fuel jettisoning will be allowed if [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as the certificate holder shows that the amended by Amdt. 135–71, 63 FR 8321, Feb. 18, 1998] crew is properly instructed, that the training program is adequate, and that § 135.381 Large transport category air- all other precautions are taken to en- planes: Turbine engine powered: En sure a safe procedure; route limitations: One engine inop- (5) The alternate airport is selected erative. and meets the prescribed weather mini- (a) No person operating a turbine en- mums; and gine powered large transport category (6) The consumption of fuel and oil airplane may take off that airplane at after engine failure is the same as the a weight, allowing for normal con- consumption that is allowed for in the

462

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.383

approved net flight path data in the (1) There is no place along the in- Airplane Flight Manual. tended track that is more than 90 min- utes (with all engines operating at [Docket No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, cruising power) from an airport that as amended by Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June 7, 2007] meets § 135.387. (2) Its weight, according to the two- § 135.383 Large transport category air- engine-inoperative, en route, net flight planes: Turbine engine powered: En path data in the Airplane Flight Man- route limitations: Two engines inop- ual allows the airplane to fly from the erative. point where the two engines are as- (a) Airplanes certificated after Au- sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- gust 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 port that meets § 135.387 with a net (SR422). No person may operate a tur- flight path (considering the ambient bine engine powered large transport temperatures anticipated along the category airplane along an intended track) having a positive slope at an al- route unless that person complies with titude of at least 1,000 feet above all either of the following: terrain and obstructions within five (1) There is no place along the in- statute miles on each side of the in- tended track that is more than 90 min- tended track, or at an altitude of 2,000 utes (with all engines operating at feet, whichever is higher. cruising power) from an airport that For the purpose of paragraph (b)(2) of meets § 135.387. this section, it is assumed that the two (2) Its weight, according to the two- engines fail at the most critical point engine-inoperative, en route, net flight en route, that the airplane’s weight at path data in the Airplane Flight Man- the point where the engines fail in- ual, allows the airplane to fly from the cludes enough fuel to continue to the point where the two engines are as- airport, to arrive at an altitude of at sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- least 1,500 feet directly over the air- port that meets § 135.387, with a net port, and after that to fly for 15 min- flight path (considering the ambient utes at cruise power or thrust, or both, temperature anticipated along the and that the consumption of fuel and track) having a positive slope at an al- oil after engine failure is the same as titude of at least 1,000 feet above all the consumption allowed for in the net terrain and obstructions within five flight path data in the Airplane Flight statute miles on each side of the in- Manual. tended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 (c) Aircraft certificated after August feet, whichever is higher. 29, 1959 (SR422B). No person may oper- For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of ate a turbine engine powered large this section, it is assumed that the two transport category airplane along an engines fail at the most critical point intended route unless that person com- en route, that if fuel jettisoning is pro- plies with either of the following: vided, the airplane’s weight at the (1) There is no place along the in- point where the engines fail includes tended track that is more than 90 min- enough fuel to continue to the airport utes (with all engines operating at and to arrive at an altitude of at least cruising power) from an airport that 1,000 feet directly over the airport, and meets § 135.387. that the fuel and oil consumption after (2) Its weight, according to the two- engine failure is the same as the con- engine-inoperative, en route, net flight sumption allowed for in the net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Man- path data in the Airplane Flight Man- ual, allows the airplane to fly from the ual. point where the two engines are as- (b) Airplanes certificated after Sep- sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- tember 30, 1958, but before August 30, port that meets § 135.387, with the net 1959 (SR422A). No person may operate a flight path (considering the ambient turbine engine powered large transport temperatures anticipated along the category airplane along an intended track) clearing vertically by at least route unless that person complies with 2,000 feet all terrain and obstructions either of the following: within five statute miles on each side

463

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.385 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

of the intended track. For the purposes below from a point 50 feet above the of this paragraph, it is assumed that— intersection of the obstruction clear- (i) The two engines fail at the most ance plane and the runway. For the critical point en route; purpose of determining the allowable (ii) The net flight path has a positive landing weight at the destination air- slope at 1,500 feet above the airport port the following is assumed: where the landing is assumed to be (1) The airplane is landed on the most made after the engines fail; favorable runway and in the most fa- (iii) Fuel jettisoning will be approved vorable direction, in still air. if the certificate holder shows that the (2) The airplane is landed on the most crew is properly instructed, that the suitable runway considering the prob- training program is adequate, and that able wind velocity and direction and all other precautions are taken to en- the ground handling characteristics of sure a safe procedure; the airplane, and considering other (iv) The airplane’s weight at the conditions such as landing aids and ter- point where the two engines are as- rain. sumed to fail provides enough fuel to (c) A turbopropeller powered airplane continue to the airport, to arrive at an that would be prohibited from being altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly taken off because it could not meet over the airport, and after that to fly paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be for 15 minutes at cruise power or taken off if an alternate airport is se- thrust, or both; and lected that meets all of this section ex- (v) The consumption of fuel and oil cept that the airplane can accomplish a after the engines fail is the same as the full stop landing within 70 percent of consumption that is allowed for in the the effective length of the runway. net flight path data in the Airplane (d) Unless, based on a showing of ac- Flight Manual. tual operating landing techniques on § 135.385 Large transport category air- wet runways, a shorter landing dis- planes: Turbine engine powered: tance (but never less than that re- Landing limitations: Destination quired by paragraph (b) of this section) airports. has been approved for a specific type (a) No person operating a turbine en- and model airplane and included in the gine powered large transport category Airplane Flight Manual, no person may airplane may take off that airplane at take off a turbojet airplane when the a weight that (allowing for normal con- appropriate weather reports or fore- sumption of fuel and oil in flight to the casts, or any combination of them, in- destination or alternate airport) the dicate that the runways at the destina- weight of the airplane on arrival would tion airport may be wet or slippery at exceed the landing weight in the Air- the estimated time of arrival unless plane Flight Manual for the elevation the effective runway length at the des- of the destination or alternate airport tination airport is at least 115 percent and the ambient temperature antici- of the runway length required under pated at the time of landing. paragraph (b) of this section. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) A turbojet airplane that would be (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this section, no per- prohibited from being taken off be- son operating a turbine engine powered cause it could not meet paragraph large transport category airplane may (b)(2) of this section may be taken off if take off that airplane unless its weight an alternate airport is selected that on arrival, allowing for normal con- meets all of paragraph (b) of this sec- sumption of fuel and oil in flight (in tion. accordance with the landing distance (f) An eligible on-demand operator in the Airplane Flight Manual for the may take off a turbine engine powered elevation of the destination airport and large transport category airplane on an the wind conditions expected there at on-demand flight if all of the following the time of landing), would allow a full conditions exist: stop landing at the intended destina- (1) The operation is permitted by an tion airport within 60 percent of the ef- approved Destination Airport Analysis fective length of each runway described in that person’s operations manual.

464

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.391

(2) The airplane’s weight on arrival, time of arrival, can be brought to a full allowing for normal consumption of stop landing within 80 percent of the fuel and oil in flight (in accordance effective length of the runway from a with the landing distance in the Air- point 50 feet above the intersection of plane Flight Manual for the elevation the obstruction clearance plane and of the destination airport and the wind the runway. conditions expected there at the time of landing), would allow a full stop [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54588, Sept. 17, 2003] landing at the intended destination air- port within 80 percent of the effective § 135.389 Large nontransport category length of each runway described below airplanes: Takeoff limitations. from a point 50 feet above the intersec- tion of the obstruction clearance plane (a) No person operating a large non- and the runway. For the purpose of de- transport category airplane may take termining the allowable landing weight off that airplane at a weight greater at the destination airport, the fol- than the weight that would allow the lowing is assumed: airplane to be brought to a safe stop (i) The airplane is landed on the most within the effective length of the run- favorable runway and in the most fa- way, from any point during the takeoff vorable direction, in still air. before reaching 105 percent of min- (ii) The airplane is landed on the imum control speed (the minimum most suitable runway considering the speed at which an airplane can be safe- probable wind velocity and direction ly controlled in flight after an engine and the ground handling characteris- becomes inoperative) or 115 percent of tics of the airplane, and considering the power off stalling speed in the other conditions such as landing aids takeoff configuration, whichever is and terrain. greater. (3) The operation is authorized by op- (b) For the purposes of this section— erations specifications. (1) It may be assumed that takeoff power is used on all engines during the [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as acceleration; amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54588, Sept. (2) Not more than 50 percent of the 17, 2003] reported headwind component, or not § 135.387 Large transport category air- less than 150 percent of the reported planes: Turbine engine powered: tailwind component, may be taken into Landing limitations: Alternate air- account; ports. (3) The average runway gradient (the (a) Except as provided in paragraph difference between the elevations of (b) of this section, no person may se- the endpoints of the runway divided by lect an airport as an alternate airport the total length) must be considered if for a turbine engine powered large it is more than one-half of one percent; transport category airplane unless (4) It is assumed that the airplane is (based on the assumptions in operating in standard atmosphere; and § 135.385(b)) that airplane, at the weight (5) For takeoff, effective length of the expected at the time of arrival, can be runway means the distance from the brought to a full stop landing within 70 end of the runway at which the takeoff percent of the effective length of the is started to a point at which the ob- runway for turbo-propeller-powered struction clearance plane associated airplanes and 60 percent of the effec- with the other end of the runway inter- tive length of the runway for turbojet sects the runway centerline. airplanes, from a point 50 feet above the intersection of the obstruction § 135.391 Large nontransport category clearance plane and the runway. airplanes: En route limitations: One (b) Eligible on-demand operators may engine inoperative. select an airport as an alternate air- (a) Except as provided in paragraph port for a turbine engine powered large (b) of this section, no person operating transport category airplane if (based a large nontransport category airplane on the assumptions in § 135.385(f)) that may take off that airplane at a weight airplane, at the weight expected at the that does not allow a rate of climb of

465

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.393 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

at least 50 feet a minute, with the crit- (1) Allowing for anticipated consump- ical engine inoperative, at an altitude tion of fuel and oil, is greater than the of at least 1,000 feet above the highest weight that would allow a full stop obstruction within five miles on each landing within 60 percent of the effec- side of the intended track, or 5,000 feet, tive length of the most suitable run- whichever is higher. way at the destination airport; and (b) Without regard to paragraph (a) (2) Is greater than the weight allow- of this section, if the Administrator able if the landing is to be made on the finds that safe operations are not im- runway— paired, a person may operate the air- (i) With the greatest effective length plane at an altitude that allows the in still air; and airplane, in case of engine failure, to (ii) Required by the probable wind, clear all obstructions within five miles taking into account not more than 50 on each side of the intended track by percent of the headwind component or 1,000 feet. If this procedure is used, the not less than 150 percent of the tail- rate of descent for the appropriate wind component. weight and altitude is assumed to be 50 (b) For the purpose of this section, it feet a minute greater than the rate in is assumed that— the approved performance data. Before (1) The airplane passes directly over approving such a procedure, the Ad- the intersection of the obstruction ministrator considers the following for clearance plane and the runway at a the route, route segement, or area con- height of 50 feet in a steady gliding ap- cerned: proach at a true indicated airspeed of (1) The reliability of wind and weath- at least 1.3 V ; er forecasting. so (2) The landing does not require ex- (2) The location and kinds of naviga- ceptional pilot skill; and tion aids. (3) The airplane is operating in stand- (3) The prevailing weather condi- ard atmosphere. tions, particularly the frequency and amount of turbulence normally en- § 135.395 Large nontransport category countered. airplanes: Landing limitations: Al- (4) Terrain features. ternate airports. (5) Air traffic problems. No person may select an airport as (6) Any other operational factors an alternate airport for a large non- that affect the operations. transport category airplane unless that (c) For the purposes of this section, it airplane (at the weight anticipated at is assumed that— the time of arrival), based on the as- (1) The critical engine is inoperative; sumptions in § 135.393(b), can be (2) The propeller of the inoperative brought to a full stop landing within 70 engine is in the minimum drag posi- percent of the effective length of the tion; runway. (3) The wing flaps and landing gear are in the most favorable position; § 135.397 Small transport category air- (4) The operating engines are oper- plane performance operating limi- ating at the maximum continuous tations. power available; (a) No person may operate a recipro- (5) The airplane is operating in stand- cating engine powered small transport ard atmosphere; and category airplane unless that person (6) The weight of the airplane is pro- complies with the weight limitations gressively reduced by the anticipated in § 135.365, the takeoff limitations in consumption of fuel and oil. § 135.367 (except paragraph (a)(3)), and the landing limitations in §§ 135.375 and § 135.393 Large nontransport category 135.377. airplanes: Landing limitations: Des- (b) No person may operate a turbine tination airports. engine powered small transport cat- (a) No person operating a large non- egory airplane unless that person com- transport category airplane may take plies with the takeoff limitations in off that airplane at a weight that— § 135.379 (except paragraphs (d) and (f))

466

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.411

and the landing limitations in §§ 135.385 equivalent for operations under this and 135.387. part, and, if the airplane is certificated under § 135.169(b) (4) or (5) with the § 135.398 Commuter category airplanes landing weight limitations in the Ap- performance operating limitations. proved Airplane Flight Manual or (a) No person may operate a com- equivalent for operations under this muter category airplane unless that part. person complies with the takeoff (b) No person may operate an air- weight limitations in the approved Air- plane that is certificated under plane Flight Manual. (b) No person may take off an air- § 135.169(b)(6) unless that person com- plane type certificated in the com- plies with the landing limitations pre- muter category at a weight greater scribed in §§ 135.385 and 135.387 of this than that listed in the Airplane Flight part. For purposes of this paragraph, Manual that allows a net takeoff flight §§ 135.385 and 135.387 are applicable to path that clears all obstacles either by reciprocating and turbopropeller-pow- a height of at least 35 feet vertically, ered small airplanes notwithstanding or at least 200 feet horizontally within their stated applicability to turbine en- the airport boundaries and by at least gine powered large transport category 300 feet horizontally after passing the airplanes. boundaries. (c) No person may operate a com- [44 FR 53731, Sept. 17, 1979] muter category airplane unless that person complies with the landing limi- Subpart J—Maintenance, Preven- tations prescribed in §§ 135.385 and tive Maintenance, and Alter- 135.387 of this part. For purposes of this ations paragraph, §§ 135.385 and 135.387 are ap- plicable to all commuter category air- § 135.411 Applicability. planes notwithstanding their stated ap- (a) This subpart prescribes rules in plicability to turbine-engine-powered large transport category airplanes. addition to those in other parts of this (d) In determining maximum chapter for the maintenance, preven- weights, minimum distances and flight tive maintenance, and alterations for paths under paragraphs (a) through (c) each certificate holder as follows: of this section, correction must be (1) Aircraft that are type certificated made for the runway to be used, the for a passenger seating configuration, elevation of the airport, the effective excluding any pilot seat, of nine seats runway gradient, and ambient tem- or less, shall be maintained under parts perature, and wind component at the 91 and 43 of this chapter and §§ 135.415, time of takeoff. 135.417, 135.421 and 135.422. An approved (e) For the purposes of this section, aircraft inspection program may be the assumption is that the airplane is used under § 135.419. not banked before reaching a height of (2) Aircraft that are type certificated 50 feet as shown by the net takeoff for a passenger seating configuration, flight path data in the Airplane Flight excluding any pilot seat, of ten seats or Manual and thereafter the maximum more, shall be maintained under a bank is not more than 15 degrees. maintenance program in §§ 135.415, [Doc. No. 23516, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, 1987] 135.417, 135.423 through 135.443. (b) A certificate holder who is not § 135.399 Small nontransport category otherwise required, may elect to main- airplane performance operating limitations. tain its aircraft under paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (a) No person may operate a recipro- (c) Single engine aircraft used in pas- cating engine or turbopropeller-pow- senger-carrying IFR operations shall ered small airplane that is certificated under § 135.169(b) (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) also be maintained in accordance with unless that person complies with the § 135.421 (c), (d), and (e). takeoff weight limitations in the ap- (d) A certificate holder who elects to proved Airplane Flight Manual or operate in accordance with § 135.364

467

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.413 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

must maintain its aircraft under para- smoke, vapor, or toxic or noxious graph (a)(2) of this section and the ad- fumes in the crew compartment or pas- ditional requirements of Appendix G of senger cabin during flight; this part. (6) Engine shutdown during flight be- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as cause of flameout; amended by Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, (7) Engine shutdown during flight 1997; Amdt. 135–78, 65 FR 60556, Oct. 11, 2000; when external damage to the engine or Amdt. 135–92, 68 FR 69308, Dec. 12, 2003; Amdt. aircraft structure occurs; 135–81, 70 FR 5533, Feb. 2, 2005; Amdt. 135–108, (8) Engine shutdown during flight due 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, 2007; 72 FR 53114, Sept. 18, to foreign object ingestion or icing; 2007] (9) Shutdown of more than one en- § 135.413 Responsibility for airworthi- gine during flight; ness. (10) A propeller feathering system or (a) Each certificate holder is pri- ability of the system to control over- marily responsible for the airworthi- speed during flight; ness of its aircraft, including air- (11) A fuel or fuel-dumping system frames, aircraft engines, propellers, ro- that affects fuel flow or causes haz- tors, appliances, and parts, and shall ardous leakage during flight; have its aircraft maintained under this (12) An unwanted landing gear exten- chapter, and shall have defects repaired sion or retraction or opening or closing between required maintenance under of landing gear doors during flight; part 43 of this chapter. (13) Brake system components that (b) Each certificate holder who main- result in loss of brake actuating force tains its aircraft under § 135.411(a)(2) when the aircraft is in motion on the shall— ground; (1) Perform the maintenance, preven- (14) Aircraft structure that requires tive maintenance, and alteration of its major repair; aircraft, including airframe, aircraft (15) Cracks, permanent deformation, engines, propellers, rotors, appliances, or corrosion of aircraft structures, if emergency equipment and parts, under more than the maximum acceptable to its manual and this chapter; or the manufacturer or the FAA; and (2) Make arrangements with another (16) Aircraft components or systems person for the performance of mainte- that result in taking emergency ac- nance, preventive maintenance, or al- tions during flight (except action to teration. However, the certificate hold- shut-down an engine). er shall ensure that any maintenance, (b) For the purpose of this section, preventive maintenance, or alteration during flight means the period from the that is performed by another person is moment the aircraft leaves the surface performed under the certificate hold- of the earth on takeoff until it touches er’s manual and this chapter. down on landing. (c) In addition to the reports required § 135.415 Service difficulty reports. by paragraph (a) of this section, each (a) Each certificate holder shall re- certificate holder shall report any port the occurrence or detection of other failure, malfunction, or defect in each failure, malfunction, or defect in an aircraft that occurs or is detected at an aircraft concerning— any time if, in its opinion, the failure, (1) Fires during flight and whether malfunction, or defect has endangered the related fire-warning system func- or may endanger the safe operation of tioned properly; the aircraft. (2) Fires during flight not protected (d) Each certificate holder shall sub- by related fire-warning system; mit each report required by this sec- (3) False fire-warning during flight; tion, covering each 24-hour period be- (4) An exhaust system that causes ginning at 0900 local time of each day damage during flight to the engine, ad- and ending at 0900 local time on the jacent structure, equipment, or compo- next day, to the FAA offices in Okla- nents; homa City, Oklahoma. Each report of (5) An aircraft component that occurrences during a 24-hour period causes accumulation or circulation of shall be submitted to the collection

468

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.419

point within the next 96 hours. How- and place of submission of the first re- ever, a report due on Saturday or Sun- port. day may be submitted on the following [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as Monday, and a report due on a holiday amended by Amdt. 135–102, 70 FR 76979, Dec. may be submitted on the next work- 29, 2005] day. (e) The certificate holder shall trans- § 135.417 Mechanical interruption summary report. mit the reports required by this section on a form and in a manner prescribed Each certificate holder shall mail or by the Administrator, and shall include deliver, before the end of the 10th day as much of the following as is avail- of the following month, a summary re- port of the following occurrences in able: multiengine aircraft for the preceding (1) The type and identification num- month to the certificate-holding dis- ber of the aircraft. trict office: (2) The name of the operator. (a) Each interruption to a flight, un- (3) The date. scheduled change of aircraft en route, (4) The nature of the failure, mal- or unscheduled stop or diversion from a function, or defect. route, caused by known or suspected (5) Identification of the part and sys- mechanical difficulties or malfunctions tem involved, including available infor- that are not required to be reported mation pertaining to type designation under § 135.415. of the major component and time since (b) The number of propeller last overhaul, if known. featherings in flight, listed by type of (6) Apparent cause of the failure, propeller and engine and aircraft on which it was installed. Propeller malfunction or defect (e.g., wear, featherings for training, demonstra- crack, design deficiency, or personnel tion, or flight check purposes need not error). be reported. (7) Other pertinent information nec- essary for more complete identifica- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tion, determination of seriousness, or amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] corrective action. (f) A certificate holder that is also § 135.419 Approved aircraft inspection the holder of a type certificate (includ- program. ing a supplemental type certificate), a (a) Whenever the Administrator finds Parts Manufacturer Approval, or a that the aircraft inspections required Technical Standard Order Authoriza- or allowed under part 91 of this chapter tion, or that is the licensee of a type are not adequate to meet this part, or certificate need not report a failure, upon application by a certificate hold- malfunction, or defect under this sec- er, the Administrator may amend the tion if the failure, malfunction, or de- certificate holder’s operations speci- fect has been reported by it under § 21.3 fications under § 119.51, to require or or § 37.17 of this chapter or under the allow an approved aircraft inspection accident reporting provisions of part program for any make and model air- 830 of the regulations of the National craft of which the certificate holder Transportation Safety Board. has the exclusive use of at least one (g) No person may withhold a report aircraft (as defined in § 135.25(b)). (b) A certificate holder who applies required by this section even though for an amendment of its operations all information required by this section specifications to allow an approved air- is not available. craft inspection program must submit (h) When the certificate holder gets that program with its application for additional information, including in- approval by the Administrator. formation from the manufacturer or (c) Each certificate holder who is re- other agency, concerning a report re- quired by its operations specifications quired by this section, it shall expedi- to have an approved aircraft inspection tiously submit it as a supplement to program shall submit a program for ap- the first report and reference the date proval by the Administrator within 30

469

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.421 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

days of the amendment of its oper- cluded in the operations specifications ations specifications or within any of the certificate holder. other period that the Administrator may prescribe in the operations speci- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–104, 71 FR 536, Jan. 4, fications. 2006] (d) The aircraft inspection program submitted for approval by the Adminis- § 135.421 Additional maintenance re- trator must contain the following: quirements. (1) Instructions and procedures for the conduct of aircraft inspections (a) Each certificate holder who oper- (which must include necessary tests ates an aircraft type certificated for a and checks), setting forth in detail the passenger seating configuration, ex- parts and areas of the airframe, en- cluding any pilot seat, of nine seats or gines, propellers, rotors, and appli- less, must comply with the manufac- ances, including emergency equipment, turer’s recommended maintenance pro- that must be inspected. grams, or a program approved by the (2) A schedule for the performance of Administrator, for each aircraft en- the aircraft inspections under para- gine, propeller, rotor, and each item of graph (d)(1) of this section expressed in emergency equipment required by this terms of the time in service, calendar chapter. time, number of system operations, or (b) For the purpose of this section, a any combination of these. manufacturer’s maintenance program (3) Instructions and procedures for is one which is contained in the main- recording discrepancies found during tenance manual or maintenance in- inspections and correction or deferral structions set forth by the manufac- of discrepancies including form and turer as required by this chapter for disposition of records. the aircraft, , propeller, (e) After approval, the certificate rotor or item of emergency equipment. holder shall include the approved air- craft inspection program in the manual (c) For each single engine aircraft to required by § 135.21. be used in passenger-carrying IFR op- (f) Whenever the Administrator finds erations, each certificate holder must that revisions to an approved aircraft incorporate into its maintenance pro- inspection program are necessary for gram either: the continued adequacy of the pro- (1) The manufacturer’s recommended gram, the certificate holder shall, after engine trend monitoring program, notification by the Administrator, which includes an oil analysis, if appro- make any changes in the program priate, or found by the Administrator to be nec- (2) An FAA approved engine trend essary. The certificate holder may pe- monitoring program that includes an tition the Administrator to reconsider oil analysis at each 100 hour interval or the notice to make any changes in a at the manufacturer’s suggested inter- program. The petition must be filed val, whichever is more frequent. with the representatives of the Admin- (d) For single engine aircraft to be istrator assigned to it within 30 days used in passenger-carrying IFR oper- after the certificate holder receives the ations, written maintenance instruc- notice. Except in the case of an emer- tions containing the methods, tech- gency requiring immediate action in niques, and practices necessary to the interest of safety, the filing of the petition stays the notice pending a de- maintain the equipment specified in cision by the Administrator. §§ 135.105, and 135.163 (f) and (h) are re- (g) Each certificate holder who has quired. an approved aircraft inspection pro- (e) No certificate holder may operate gram shall have each aircraft that is a single engine aircraft under IFR, car- subject to the program inspected in ac- rying passengers, unless the certificate cordance with the program. holder records and maintains in the en- (h) The registration number of each gine maintenance records the results of aircraft that is subject to an approved each test, observation, and inspection aircraft inspection program must be in- required by the applicable engine trend

470

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.423

monitoring program specified in (c) (1) the airplane’s 15th year in service and and (2) of this section. thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 years. [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, (c) Unforeseen schedule conflict. In the 1997] event of an unforeseen scheduling con- flict for a specific airplane, the Admin- § 135.422 Aging airplane inspections istrator may approve an extension of and records reviews for multien- up to 90 days beyond an interval speci- gine airplanes certificated with fied in paragraph (b) of this section. nine or fewer passenger seats. (d) Airplane and records availability. (a) Applicability. This section applies The certificate holder must make to multiengine airplanes certificated available to the Administrator each with nine or fewer passenger seats, op- airplane for which an inspection and erated by a certificate holder in a records review is required under this scheduled operation under this part, section, in a condition for inspection except for those airplanes operated by specified by the Administrator, to- a certificate holder in a scheduled op- gether with the records containing the eration between any point within the following information: State of Alaska and any other point (1) Total years in service of the air- within the State of Alaska. plane; (b) Operation after inspections and (2) Total time in service of the air- records review. After the dates specified frame; in this paragraph, a certificate holder (3) Date of the last inspection and may not operate a multiengine air- records review required by this section; plane in a scheduled operation under (4) Current status of life-limited this part unless the Administrator has parts of the airframe; notified the certificate holder that the (5) Time since the last overhaul of all Administrator has completed the aging structural components required to be airplane inspection and records review overhauled on a specific time basis; required by this section. During the in- (6) Current inspection status of the spection and records review, the cer- airplane, including the time since the tificate holder must demonstrate to last inspection required by the inspec- the Administrator that the mainte- tion program under which the airplane nance of age-sensitive parts and com- is maintained; ponents of the airplane has been ade- (7) Current status of applicable air- quate and timely enough to ensure the worthiness directives, including the highest degree of safety. date and methods of compliance, and, (1) Airplanes exceeding 24 years in serv- if the airworthiness directive involves ice on December 8, 2003; initial and repet- recurring action, the time and date itive inspections and records reviews. For when the next action is required; an airplane that has exceeded 24 years (8) A list of major structural alter- in service on December 8, 2003, no later ations; and than December 5, 2007, and thereafter (9) A report of major structural re- at intervals not to exceed 7 years. pairs and the current inspection status (2) Airplanes exceeding 14 years in serv- for these repairs. ice but not 24 years in service on Decem- (e) Notification to the Administrator. ber 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspec- Each certificate holder must notify the tions and records reviews. For an air- Administrator at least 60 days before plane that has exceeded 14 years in the date on which the airplane and air- service, but not 24 years in service, on plane records will be made available December 8, 2003, no later than Decem- for the inspection and records review. ber 4, 2008, and thereafter at intervals [Doc. No. FAA–1999–5401, 70 FR 5533, Feb. 2, not to exceed 7 years. 2005] (3) Airplanes not exceeding 14 years in service on December 8, 2003; initial and re- § 135.423 Maintenance, preventive petitive inspections and records reviews. maintenance, and alteration organi- For an airplane that has not exceeded zation. 14 years in service on December 8, 2003, (a) Each certificate holder that per- no later than 5 years after the start of forms any of its maintenance (other

471

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.425 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

than required inspections), preventive required by § 135.423 and a list of per- maintenance, or alterations, and each sons with whom it has arranged for the person with whom it arranges for the performance of any of its required in- performance of that work, must have spections, other maintenance, preven- an organization adequate to perform tive maintenance, or alterations, in- the work. cluding a general description of that (b) Each certificate holder that per- work. forms any inspections required by its (b) Each certificate holder shall put manual under § 135.427(b) (2) or (3), (in in its manual the programs required by this subpart referred to as required in- § 135.425 that must be followed in per- spections), and each person with whom forming maintenance, preventive it arranges for the performance of that maintenance, and alterations of that work, must have an organization ade- certificate holder’s aircraft, including quate to perform that work. , aircraft engines, propellers, (c) Each person performing required rotors, appliances, emergency equip- inspections in addition to other main- ment, and parts, and must include at tenance, preventive maintenance, or least the following: alterations, shall organize the perform- (1) The method of performing routine ance of those functions so as to sepa- and nonroutine maintenance (other rate the required inspection functions than required inspections), preventive from the other maintenance, preven- maintenance, and alterations. tive maintenance, and alteration func- (2) A designation of the items of tions. The separation shall be below maintenance and alteration that must the level of administrative control at be inspected (required inspections) in- which overall responsibility for the re- cluding at least those that could result quired inspection functions and other in a failure, malfunction, or defect en- maintenance, preventive maintenance, dangering the safe operation of the air- and alteration functions is exercised. craft, if not performed properly or if [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978. Re- improper parts or materials are used. designated by Amdt. 135–81, 67 FR 72765, Dec. (3) The method of performing re- 6, 2002. Redesignated by Amdt. 135–81, 70 FR quired inspections and a designation by 5533, Feb. 2, 2005] occupational title of personnel author- § 135.425 Maintenance, preventive ized to perform each required inspec- maintenance, and alteration pro- tion. grams. (4) Procedures for the reinspection of Each certificate holder shall have an work performed under previous re- inspection program and a program cov- quired inspection findings (buy-back ering other maintenance, preventive procedures). maintenance, and alterations, that en- (5) Procedures, standards, and limits sures that— necessary for required inspections and (a) Maintenance, preventive mainte- acceptance or rejection of the items re- nance, and alterations performed by it, quired to be inspected and for periodic or by other persons, are performed inspection and calibration of precision under the certificate holder’s manual; tools, measuring devices, and test (b) Competent personnel and ade- equipment. quate facilities and equipment are pro- (6) Procedures to ensure that all re- vided for the proper performance of quired inspections are performed. maintenance, preventive maintenance, (7) Instructions to prevent any per- and alterations; and son who performs any item of work (c) Each aircraft released to service from performing any required inspec- is airworthy and has been properly tion of that work. maintained for operation under this (8) Instructions and procedures to part. prevent any decision of an inspector re- garding any required inspection from § 135.427 Manual requirements. being countermanded by persons other (a) Each certificate holder shall put than supervisory personnel of the in- in its manual the chart or description spection unit, or a person at the level of the certificate holder’s organization of administrative control that has

472

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.431

overall responsibility for the manage- ministrator may approve procedures ment of both the required inspection for the performance of required inspec- functions and the other maintenance, tion items by a pilot when no other preventive maintenance, and alter- qualified person is available, pro- ations functions. vided— (9) Procedures to ensure that re- (1) The pilot is employed by the cer- quired inspections, other maintenance, tificate holder; preventive maintenance, and alter- (2) It can be shown to the satisfaction ations that are not completed as a re- of the Administrator that each pilot sult of work interruptions are properly authorized to perform required inspec- completed before the aircraft is re- tions is properly trained and qualified; leased to service. (3) The required inspection is a result (c) Each certificate holder shall put of a mechanical interruption and is not in its manual a suitable system (which a part of a certificate holder’s contin- may include a coded system) that pro- uous airworthiness maintenance pro- vides for the retention of the following gram; information— (4) Each item is inspected after each (1) A description (or reference to data flight until the item has been inspected acceptable to the Administrator) of the by an appropriately certificated me- work performed; chanic other than the one who origi- (2) The name of the person per- nally performed the item of work; and forming the work if the work is per- (5) Each item of work that is a re- formed by a person outside the organi- quired inspection item that is part of zation of the certificate holder; and the flight control system shall be flight (3) The name or other positive identi- tested and reinspected before the air- fication of the individual approving the craft is approved for return to service. work. (e) Each certificate holder shall (d) For the purposes of this part, the maintain, or shall determine that each certificate holder must prepare that person with whom it arranges to per- part of its manual containing mainte- form its required inspections main- nance information and instructions, in tains, a current listing of persons who whole or in part, in printed form or have been trained, qualified, and au- other form, acceptable to the Adminis- thorized to conduct required inspec- trator, that is retrievable in the tions. The persons must be identified English language. by name, occupational title and the in- spections that they are authorized to [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as perform. The certificate holder (or per- amended by Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, 1997; 69 FR 18472, Apr. 8, 2004; Amdt. 135– son with whom it arranges to perform 118, 74 FR 38522, Aug. 4, 2009] its required inspections) shall give written information to each person so § 135.429 Required inspection per- authorized, describing the extent of sonnel. that person’s responsibilities, authori- (a) No person may use any person to ties, and inspectional limitations. The perform required inspections unless the list shall be made available for inspec- person performing the inspection is ap- tion by the Administrator upon re- propriately certificated, properly quest. trained, qualified, and authorized to do [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as so. amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, (b) No person may allow any person 1986] to perform a required inspection un- less, at the time, the person performing § 135.431 Continuing analysis and sur- that inspection is under the super- veillance. vision and control of an inspection (a) Each certificate holder shall es- unit. tablish and maintain a system for the (c) No person may perform a required continuing analysis and surveillance of inspection if that person performed the the performance and effectiveness of item of work required to be inspected. its inspection program and the pro- (d) In the case of rotorcraft that op- gram covering other maintenance, pre- erate in remote areas or sites, the Ad- ventive maintenance, and alterations

473

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.433 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

and for the correction of any deficiency ations, or other functions affecting air- in those programs, regardless of wheth- worthiness. A person who is directly in er those programs are carried out by charge need not physically observe and the certificate holder or by another direct each worker constantly but person. must be available for consultation and (b) Whenever the Administrator finds decision on matters requiring instruc- that either or both of the programs de- tion or decision from higher authority scribed in paragraph (a) of this section than that of the person performing the does not contain adequate procedures work. and standards to meet this part, the certificate holder shall, after notifica- [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tion by the Administrator, make amended by Amdt. 135–82, 66 FR 41117, Aug. 6, 2001] changes in those programs requested by the Administrator. § 135.437 Authority to perform and ap- (c) A certificate holder may petition prove maintenance, preventive the Administrator to reconsider the maintenance, and alterations. notice to make a change in a program. The petition must be filed with the cer- (a) A certificate holder may perform tificate-holding district office within 30 or make arrangements with other per- days after the certificate holder re- sons to perform maintenance, preven- ceives the notice. Except in the case of tive maintenance, and alterations as an emergency requiring immediate ac- provided in its maintenance manual. In tion in the interest of safety, the filing addition, a certificate holder may per- of the petition stays the notice pending form these functions for another cer- a decision by the Administrator. tificate holder as provided in the main- tenance manual of the other certificate [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as holder. amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2617, Jan. 26, (b) A certificate holder may approve 1996] any airframe, aircraft engine, pro- § 135.433 Maintenance and preventive peller, rotor, or appliance for return to maintenance training program. service after maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations that are Each certificate holder or a person performed under paragraph (a) of this performing maintenance or preventive section. However, in the case of a maintenance functions for it shall have major repair or alteration, the work a training program to ensure that each must have been done in accordance person (including inspection personnel) with technical data approved by the who determines the adequacy of work Administrator. done is fully informed about procedures and techniques and new equipment in § 135.439 Maintenance recording re- use and is competent to perform that quirements. person’s duties. (a) Each certificate holder shall keep § 135.435 Certificate requirements. (using the system specified in the man- (a) Except for maintenance, preven- ual required in § 135.427) the following tive maintenance, alterations, and re- records for the periods specified in quired inspections performed by a cer- paragraph (b) of this section: tificated repair station that is located (1) All the records necessary to show outside the United States, each person that all requirements for the issuance who is directly in charge of mainte- of an airworthiness release under nance, preventive maintenance, or al- § 135.443 have been met. terations, and each person performing (2) Records containing the following required inspections must hold an ap- information: propriate airman certificate. (i) The total time in service of the (b) For the purpose of this section, a airframe, engine, propeller, and rotor. person directly in charge is each person (ii) The current status of life-limited assigned to a position in which that parts of each airframe, engine, pro- person is responsible for the work of a peller, rotor, and appliance. shop or station that performs mainte- (iii) The time since last overhaul of nance, preventive maintenance, alter- each item installed on the aircraft

474

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.443

which are required to be overhauled on (b) The records specified in a specified time basis. § 135.439(a)(1) which are not included in (iv) The identification of the current the records covered by paragraph (a) of inspection status of the aircraft, in- this section, except that the purchaser cluding the time since the last inspec- may allow the seller to keep physical tions required by the inspection pro- custody of such records. However, cus- gram under which the aircraft and its tody of records by the seller does not appliances are maintained. relieve the purchaser of its responsi- (v) The current status of applicable bility under § 135.439(c) to make the airworthiness directives, including the records available for inspection by the date and methods of compliance, and, Administrator or any representative of if the airworthiness directive involves the National Transportation Safety recurring action, the time and date Board. when the next action is required. (vi) A list of current major alter- § 135.443 Airworthiness release or air- ations and repairs to each airframe, en- craft maintenance log entry. gine, propeller, rotor, and appliance. (a) No certificate holder may operate (b) Each certificate holder shall re- an aircraft after maintenance, preven- tain the records required to be kept by tive maintenance, or alterations are this section for the following periods: performed on the aircraft unless the (1) Except for the records of the last certificate holder prepares, or causes complete overhaul of each airframe, the person with whom the certificate engine, propeller, rotor, and appliance holder arranges for the performance of the records specified in paragraph (a)(1) the maintenance, preventive mainte- of this section shall be retained until nance, or alterations, to prepare— the work is repeated or superseded by (1) An airworthiness release; or other work or for one year after the (2) An appropriate entry in the air- work is performed. craft maintenance log. (2) The records of the last complete overhaul of each airframe, engine, pro- (b) The airworthiness release or log peller, rotor, and appliance shall be re- entry required by paragraph (a) of this tained until the work is superseded by section must— work of equivalent scope and detail. (1) Be prepared in accordance with (3) The records specified in paragraph the procedure in the certificate hold- (a)(2) of this section shall be retained er’s manual; and transferred with the aircraft at the (2) Include a certification that— time the aircraft is sold. (i) The work was performed in ac- (c) The certificate holder shall make cordance with the requirements of the all maintenance records required to be certificate holder’s manual; kept by this section available for in- (ii) All items required to be inspected spection by the Administrator or any were inspected by an authorized person representative of the National Trans- who determined that the work was sat- portation Safety Board. isfactorily completed; [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978; 43 (iii) No known condition exists that FR 49975, Oct. 26, 1978] would make the aircraft unairworthy; and § 135.441 Transfer of maintenance (iv) So far as the work performed is records. concerned, the aircraft is in condition Each certificate holder who sells a for safe operation; and United States registered aircraft shall (3) Be signed by an authorized certifi- transfer to the purchaser, at the time cated mechanic or repairman, except of the sale, the following records of that a certificated repairman may sign that aircraft, in plain language form or the release or entry only for the work in coded form which provides for the for which that person is employed and preservation and retrieval of informa- for which that person is certificated. tion in a manner acceptable to the Ad- (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) ministrator: of this section, after maintenance, pre- (a) The records specified in ventive maintenance, or alterations § 135.439(a)(2). performed by a repair station located

475

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 135.501 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

outside the United States , the air- functions specified in paragraph (a) of worthiness release or log entry re- this section. quired by paragraph (a) of this section may be signed by a person authorized § 135.503 Hazardous materials train- by that repair station. ing: General. (d) Instead of restating each of the (a) Each certificate holder must es- conditions of the certification required tablish and implement a hazardous ma- by paragraph (b) of this section, the terials training program that: certificate holder may state in its (1) Satisfies the requirements of Ap- manual that the signature of an au- pendix O of part 121 of this part; thorized certificated mechanic or re- (2) Ensures that each person per- pairman constitutes that certification. forming or directly supervising any of [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as the job functions specified in § 135.501(a) amended by Amdt. 135–29, 53 FR 47375, Nov. is trained to comply with all applicable 22, 1988; Amdt. 135–82, 66 FR 41117, Aug. 6, parts of 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 2001] and the requirements of this subpart; and Subpart K—Hazardous Materials (3) Enables the trained person to rec- Training Program ognize items that contain, or may con- tain, hazardous materials regulated by SOURCE: Doc. No. FAA–2003–15085, 70 FR 49 CFR parts 171 through 180. 58829, Oct. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted. (b) Each certificate holder must pro- vide initial hazardous materials train- § 135.501 Applicability and definitions. ing and recurrent hazardous materials (a) This subpart prescribes the re- training to each crewmember and per- quirements applicable to each certifi- son performing or directly supervising cate holder for training each crew- any of the job functions specified in member and person performing or di- § 135.501(a). rectly supervising any of the following (c) Each certificate holder’s haz- job functions involving any item for ardous materials training program transport on board an aircraft: must be approved by the FAA prior to (1) Acceptance; implementation. (2) Rejection; (3) Handling; § 135.505 Hazardous materials training (4) Storage incidental to transport; required. (5) Packaging of company material; (a) Training requirement. Except as or provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (f) of (6) Loading. this section, no certificate holder may (b) Definitions. For purposes of this use any crewmember or person to per- subpart, the following definitions form any of the job functions or direct apply: supervisory responsibilities, and no (1) Company material (COMAT)—Mate- person may perform any of the job rial owned or used by a certificate functions or direct supervisory respon- holder. sibilities, specified in § 135.501(a) unless (2) Initial hazardous materials train- that person has satisfactorily com- ing—The basic training required for pleted the certificate holder’s FAA-ap- each newly hired person, or each per- proved initial or recurrent hazardous son changing job functions, who per- materials training program within the forms or directly supervises any of the past 24 months. job functions specified in paragraph (a) (b) New hire or new job function. A per- of this section. son who is a new hire and has not yet (3) Recurrent hazardous materials satisfactorily completed the required training—The training required every initial hazardous materials training, or 24 months for each person who has sat- a person who is changing job functions isfactorily completed the certificate and has not received initial or recur- holder’s approved initial hazardous ma- rent training for a job function involv- terials training program and performs ing storage incidental to transport, or or directly supervises any of the job loading of items for transport on an

476

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.507

aircraft, may perform those job func- the acceptance, rejection, handling, tions for not more than 30 days from storage incidental to transport, and the date of hire or a change in job func- transportation of hazardous materials, tion, if the person is under the direct including company material. This noti- visual supervision of a person who is fication requirement applies only to re- authorized by the certificate holder to pair stations that are regulated by 49 supervise that person and who has suc- CFR parts 171 through 180. cessfully completed the certificate (f) Certificate holders operating at for- holder’s FAA-approved initial or recur- eign locations. This exception applies if rent training program within the past a certificate holder operating at a for- 24 months. eign location where the country re- (c) Persons who work for more than one quires the certificate holder to use per- certificate holder. A certificate holder sons working in that country to load that uses or assigns a person to per- aircraft. In such a case, the certificate form or directly supervise a job func- holder may use those persons even if tion specified in § 135.501(a), when that they have not been trained in accord- person also performs or directly super- ance with the certificate holder’s FAA vises the same job function for another approved hazardous materials training certificate holder, need only train that program. Those persons, however, must person in its own policies and proce- be under the direct visual supervision dures regarding those job functions, if of someone who has successfully com- all of the following are met: pleted the certificate holder’s approved (1) The certificate holder using this initial or recurrent hazardous mate- exception receives written verification rials training program in accordance from the person designated to hold the with this part. This exception applies training records representing the other only to those persons who load air- certificate holder that the person has craft. satisfactorily completed hazardous ma- terials training for the specific job § 135.507 Hazardous materials training function under the other certificate records. holder’s FAA approved hazardous ma- (a) General requirement. Each certifi- terial training program under appendix cate holder must maintain a record of O of part 121 of this chapter; and all training required by this part re- (2) The certificate holder who trained ceived within the preceding three years the person has the same operations for each person who performs or di- specifications regarding the accept- rectly supervises a job function speci- ance, handling, and transport of haz- fied in § 135.501(a). The record must be ardous materials as the certificate maintained during the time that the holder using this exception. person performs or directly supervises (d) Recurrent hazardous materials any of those job functions, and for 90 training—Completion date. A person who days thereafter. These training records satisfactorily completes recurrent haz- must be kept for direct employees of ardous materials training in the cal- the certificate holder, as well as inde- endar month before, or the calendar pendent contractors, subcontractors, month after, the month in which the and any other person who performs or recurrent training is due, is considered directly supervises these job functions to have taken that training during the for the certificate holder. month in which it is due. If the person (b) Location of records. The certificate completes this training earlier than holder must retain the training records the month before it is due, the month required by paragraph (a) of this sec- of the completion date becomes his or tion for all initial and recurrent train- her new anniversary month. ing received within the preceding 3 (e) Repair stations. A certificate hold- years for all persons performing or di- er must ensure that each repair station rectly supervising the job functions performing work for, or on the certifi- listed in Appendix O of part 121 of this cate holder’s behalf is notified in writ- chapter at a designated location. The ing of the certificate holder’s policies records must be available upon request and operations specification authoriza- at the location where the trained per- tion permitting or prohibition against son performs or directly supervises the

477

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

job function specified in § 135.501(a). APPENDIX A TO PART 135—ADDITIONAL Records may be maintained electroni- AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS FOR 10 cally and provided on location elec- OR MORE PASSENGER AIRPLANES tronically. When the person ceases to Applicability perform or directly supervise a haz- ardous materials job function, the cer- 1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the additional airworthiness standards re- tificate holder must retain the haz- quired by § 135.169. ardous materials training records for 2. References. Unless otherwise provided, an additional 90 days and make them references in this appendix to specific sec- available upon request at the last loca- tions of part 23 of the Federal Aviation Reg- tion where the person worked. ulations (FAR part 23) are to those sections of part 23 in effect on March 30, 1967. (c) Content of records. Each record must contain the following: Flight Requirements (1) The individual’s name; 3. General. Compliance must be shown with (2) The most recent training comple- the applicable requirements of subpart B of tion date; FAR part 23, as supplemented or modified in (3) A description, copy or reference to §§ 4 through 10. training materials used to meet the Performance training requirement; 4. General. (a) Unless otherwise prescribed (4) The name and address of the orga- in this appendix, compliance with each appli- nization providing the training; and cable performance requirement in sections 4 (5) A copy of the certification issued through 7 must be shown for ambient atmos- when the individual was trained, which pheric conditions and still air. (b) The performance must correspond to shows that a test has been completed the propulsive thrust available under the satisfactorily. particular ambient atmospheric conditions (d) New hire or new job function. Each and the particular flight condition. The certificate holder using a person under available propulsive thrust must correspond the exception in § 135.505(b) must main- to engine power or thrust, not exceeding the approved power or thrust less— tain a record for that person. The (1) Installation losses; and records must be available upon request (2) The power or equivalent thrust ab- at the location where the trained per- sorbed by the accessories and services appro- son performs or directly supervises the priate to the particular ambient atmospheric job function specified in § 135.501(a). conditions and the particular flight condi- tion. Records may be maintained electroni- (c) Unless otherwise prescribed in this ap- cally and provided on location elec- pendix, the applicant must select the take- tronically. The record must include the off, en route, and landing configurations for following: the airplane. (1) A signed statement from an au- (d) The airplane configuration may vary with weight, altitude, and temperature, to thorized representative of the certifi- the extent they are compatible with the op- cate holder authorizing the use of the erating procedures required by paragraph (e) person in accordance with the excep- of this section. tion; (e) Unless otherwise prescribed in this ap- (2) The date of hire or change in job pendix, in determining the critical engine in- operative takeoff performance, the accel- function; erate-stop distance, takeoff distance, (3) The person’s name and assigned changes in the airplane’s configuration, job function; speed, power, and thrust must be made under (4) The name of the supervisor of the procedures established by the applicant for job function; and operation in service. (f) Procedures for the execution of balked (5) The date the person is to complete landings must be established by the appli- hazardous materials training in accord- cant and included in the Airplane Flight ance with Appendix O of part 121 of this Manual. chapter. (g) The procedures established under para- graphs (e) and (f) of this section must— (1) Be able to be consistently executed in service by a crew of average skill; (2) Use methods or devices that are safe and reliable; and

478

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

(3) Include allowance for any time delays, takeoff surface under the procedures in FAR in the execution of the procedures, that may 23.51(a). reasonably be expected in service. (e) One-engine-inoperative takeoff. Deter- 5. Takeoff. (a) General. Takeoff speeds, the mine the weight for each altitude and tem- accelerate-stop distance, the takeoff dis- perature within the operational limits estab- tance, and the one-engine-inoperative take- lished for the airplane, at which the airplane off flight path data (described in paragraphs has the capability, after failure of the crit- (b), (c), (d), and (f) of this section), must be ical engine at V1 determined under para- determined for— graph (b) of this section, to take off and (1) Each weight, altitude, and ambient climb at not less than V2, to a height 1,000 temperature within the operational limits feet above the takeoff surface and attain the selected by the applicant; speed and configuration at which compliance (2) The selected configuration for takeoff; is shown with the en route one-engine-inop- (3) The center of gravity in the most unfa- erative gradient of climb specified in section vorable position; 6(c). (4) The operating engine within approved (f) One-engine-inoperative takeoff flight path operating limitations; and data. The one-engine-inoperative takeoff (5) Takeoff data based on smooth, dry, flight path data consist of takeoff flight hard-surface runway. paths extending from a standing start to a (b) Takeoff speeds. (1) The decision speed V1 point in the takeoff at which the airplane is the calibrated airspeed on the ground at reaches a height 1,000 feet above the takeoff which, as a result of engine failure or other surface under paragraph (e) of this section. reasons, the pilot is assumed to have made a 6. Climb. (a) Landing climb: All-engines-oper- decision to continue or discontinue the take- ating. The maximum weight must be deter- off. The speed V1 must be selected by the ap- mined with the airplane in the landing con- plicant but may not be less than— figuration, for each altitude, and ambient (i) 1.10V ; S1 temperature within the operational limits (ii) 1.10V ; MC established for the airplane, with the most (iii) A speed that allows acceleration to V 1 unfavorable center of gravity, and out-of- and stop under paragraph (c) of this section; ground effect in free air, at which the steady or gradient of climb will not be less than 3.3 (iv) A speed at which the airplane can be percent, with: rotated for takeoff and shown to be adequate to safely continue the takeoff, using normal (1) The engines at the power that is avail- piloting skill, when the critical engine is able 8 seconds after initiation of movement suddenly made inoperative. of the power or thrust controls from the minimum flight idle to the takeoff position. (2) The initial climb out speed V2, in terms of calibrated airspeed, must be selected by (2) A climb speed not greater than the ap- the applicant so as to allow the gradient of proach speed established under section 7 and climb required in section 6(b)(2), but it must not less than the greater of 1.05VMC or 1.10VS1. not be less than V1 or less than 1.2VS1. (3) Other essential take off speeds nec- (b) Takeoff climb: one-engine-inoperative. essary for safe operation of the airplane. The maximum weight at which the airplane (c) Accelerate-stop distance. (1) The accel- meets the minimum climb performance spec- erate-stop distance is the sum of the dis- ified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this para- tances necessary to— graph must be determined for each altitude (i) Accelerate the airplane from a standing and ambient temperature within the oper- ational limits established for the airplane, start to V1; and (ii) Come to a full stop from the point at out of ground effect in free air, with the air- plane in the takeoff configuration, with the which V1 is reached assuming that in the case of engine failure, failure of the critical most unfavorable center of gravity, the crit- engine is recognized by the pilot at the speed ical engine inoperative, the remaining en- gines at the maximum takeoff power or V1. (2) Means other than wheel brakes may be thrust, and the propeller of the inoperative used to determine the accelerate-stop dis- engine windmilling with the propeller con- tance if that means is available with the trols in the normal position except that, if critical engine inoperative and— an approved automatic feathering system is (i) Is safe and reliable; installed, the propellers may be in the feath- (ii) Is used so that consistent results can ered position: be expected under normal operating condi- (1) Takeoff: landing gear extended. The min- tions; and imum steady gradient of climb must be (iii) Is such that exceptional skill is not re- measurably positive at the speed V1. quired to control the airplane. (2) Takeoff: landing gear retracted. The min- (d) All engines operating takeoff distance. imum steady gradient of climb may not be The all engine operating takeoff distance is less than 2 percent at speed V2. For airplanes the horizontal distance required to takeoff with fixed landing gear this requirement and climb to a height of 50 feet above the must be met with the landing gear extended.

479

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(c) En route climb: one-engine-inoperative. (2) Wing flaps retracted; The maximum weight must be determined (3) The maximum cruising power as se- for each altitude and ambient temperature lected by the applicant as an operating limi- within the operational limits established for tation for turbine engines or 75 percent of the airplane, at which the steady gradient of maximum continuous power for recipro- climb is not less 1.2 percent at an altitude cating engines except that the power need 1,000 feet above the takeoff surface, with the not exceed that required at VMO/MMO; airplane in the en route configuration, the (4) Maximum takeoff weight; and critical engine inoperative, the remaining (5) The airplane trimmed for level flight engine at the maximum continuous power or with the power specified in paragraph (3) of thrust, and the most unfavorable center of this paragraph. gravity. VFC/MFC may not be less than a speed mid- 7. Landing. (a) The landing field length de- way between VMO/MMO and VDF/MDF, except scribed in paragraph (b) of this section must that, for altitudes where Mach number is the be determined for standard atmosphere at limiting factor, MFC need not exceed the each weight and altitude within the oper- Mach number at which effective speed warn- ational limits established by the applicant. ing occurs. (b) The landing field length is equal to the (c) Climb stability (turbopropeller powered landing distance determined under FAR airplanes only). In showing compliance with 23.75(a) divided by a factor of 0.6 for the des- FAR 23.175(a), an applicant must, instead of tination airport and 0.7 for the alternate air- the power specified in FAR 23.175(a)(4), use port. Instead of the gliding approach speci- the maximum power or thrust selected by fied in FAR 23.75(a)(1), the landing may be the applicant as an operating limitation for preceded by a steady approach down to the use during climb at the best rate of climb 50-foot height at a gradient of descent not speed, except that the speed need not be less greater than 5.2 percent (3°) at a calibrated than 1.4VS1. airspeed not less than 1.3VS1. Stalls Trim 10. Stall warning. If artificial stall warning 8. Trim. (a) Lateral and directional trim. The is required to comply with FAR 23.207, the airplane must maintain lateral and direc- warning device must give clearly distin- tional trim in level flight at a speed of VH or guishable indications under expected condi- VMO/MMO, whichever is lower, with landing tions of flight. The use of a visual warning gear and wing flaps retracted. device that requires the attention of the (b) Longitudinal trim. The airplane must crew within the cockpit is not acceptable by maintain longitudinal trim during the fol- itself. lowing conditions, except that it need not maintain trim at a speed greater than VMO/ Control Systems MMO: (1) In the approach conditions specified in 11. Electric trim tabs. The airplane must FAR 23.161(c) (3) through (5), except that in- meet FAR 23.677 and in addition it must be stead of the speeds specified in those para- shown that the airplane is safely control- graphs, trim must be maintained with a lable and that a pilot can perform all the stick force of not more than 10 pounds down maneuvers and operations necessary to ef- to a speed used in showing compliance with fect a safe landing following any probable electric runaway which might be section 7 or 1.4VS1 whichever is lower. reasonably expected in service allowing for (2) In level flight at any speed from VH or appropriate time delay after pilot recogni- VMO/MMO, whichever is lower, to either Vx or tion of the runaway. This demonstration 1.4VS1, with the landing gear and wing flaps retracted. must be conducted at the critical airplane weights and center of gravity positions. Stability Instruments: Installation 9. Static longitudinal stability. (a) In showing compliance with FAR 23.175(b) and with 12. Arrangement and visibility. Each instru- paragraph (b) of this section, the airspeed ment must meet FAR 23.1321 and in addition: must return to within ±71⁄2 percent of the (a) Each flight, navigation, and powerplant trim speed. instrument for use by any pilot must be (b) Cruise stability. The stick force curve plainly visible to the pilot from the pilot’s must have a stable slope for a speed range of station with the minimum practicable devi- ±50 knots from the trim speed except that ation from the pilot’s normal position and the speeds need not exceed VFC/MFC or be less line of vision when the pilot is looking for- than 1.4VS1. This speed range will be consid- ward along the flight path. ered to begin at the outer extremes of the (b) The flight instruments required by FAR friction band and the stick force may not ex- 23.1303 and by the applicable operating rules ceed 50 pounds with— must be grouped on the instrument panel (1) Landing gear retracted; and centered as nearly as practicable about

480

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

the vertical plane of each pilot’s forward vi- tions involving upsets as specified by the Ad- sion. In addition— ministrator indicates a lower speed margin (1) The instrument that most effectively will not result in speeds exceeding VD/MD or indicates the attitude must be in the panel VDF. Atmospheric variations, horizontal in the top center position; gusts, system and equipment errors, and air- (2) The instrument that most effectively frame production variations are taken into indicates the airspeed must be on the panel account. directly to the left of the instrument in the 16. Minimum flight crew. In addition to top center position; meeting FAR 23.1523, the applicant must es- (3) The instrument that most effectively tablish the minimum number and type of indicates altitude must be adjacent to and qualified flight crew personnel sufficient for directly to the right of the instrument in the safe operation of the airplane considering— top center position; and (a) Each kind of operation for which the (4) The instrument that most effectively applicant desires approval; indicates direction of flight must be adjacent (b) The workload on each crewmember con- to and directly below the instrument in the sidering the following: top center position. (1) Flight path control. 13. Airspeed indicating system. Each airspeed (2) Collision avoidance. indicating system must meet FAR 23.1323 (3) Navigation. and in addition: (4) Communications. (a) Airspeed indicating instruments must (5) Operation and monitoring of all essen- be of an approved type and must be cali- tial aircraft systems. brated to indicate true airspeed at sea level (6) Command decisions; and in the standard atmosphere with a minimum (c) The accessibility and ease of operation practicable instrument calibration error of necessary controls by the appropriate when the corresponding pitot and static crewmember during all normal and emer- pressures are supplied to the instruments. gency operations when at the crewmember (b) The airspeed indicating system must be flight station. calibrated to determine the system error, 17. . The airspeed indi- i.e., the relation between IAS and CAS, in cator must meet FAR 23.1545 except that, the flight and during the accelerate-takeoff airspeed notations and markings in terms of ground run. The ground run calibration must VNO and VNH must be replaced by the VMO/ be obtained between 0.8 of the minimum MMO notations. The airspeed indicator mark- value of V1 and 1.2 times the maximum value ings must be easily read and understood by of V1, considering the approved ranges of al- the pilot. A placard adjacent to the airspeed titude and weight. The ground run calibra- indicator is an acceptable means of showing tion is determined assuming an engine fail- compliance with FAR 23.1545(c). ure at the minimum value of V1. (c) The airspeed error of the installation Airplane Flight Manual excluding the instrument calibration error, 18. General. The Airplane Flight Manual must not exceed 3 percent or 5 knots which- must be prepared under FARs 23.1583 and ever is greater, throughout the speed range 23.1587, and in addition the operating limita- from VMO to 1.3VS1 with flaps retracted and tions and performance information in sec- from 1.3VSO to VFE with flaps in the landing tions 19 and 20 must be included. position. 19. Operating limitations. The Airplane (d) Information showing the relationship Flight Manual must include the following between IAS and CAS must be shown in the limitations— Airplane Flight manual. (a) Airspeed limitations. (1) The maximum 14. Static air vent system. The static air vent operating limit speed VMO/MMO and a state- system must meet FAR 23.1325. The altim- ment that this speed limit may not be delib- eter system calibration must be determined erately exceeded in any regime of flight and shown in the Airplane Flight Manual. (climb, cruise, or descent) unless a higher speed is authorized for flight test or pilot Operating Limitations and Information training; 15. Maximum operating limit speed VMO/MMO. (2) If an airspeed limitation is based upon Instead of establishing operating limitations compressibility effects, a statement to this based on VNE and VNO, the applicant must es- effect and information as to any symptoms, tablish a maximum operating limit speed the probable behavior of the airplane, and VMO/MMO as follows: the recommended recovery procedures; and (a) The maximum operating limit speed (3) The airspeed limits, shown in terms of must not exceed the design cruising speed VC VMO/MMO instead of VNO and VNE. and must be sufficiently below VD/MD or VDF/ (b) Takeoff weight limitations. The max- MDF to make it highly improbable that the imum takeoff weight for each airport ele- latter speeds will be inadvertently exceeded vation, ambient temperature, and available in flight. takeoff runway length within the range se- (b) The speed VMO must not exceed 0.8VD/ lected by the applicant may not exceed the MD or 0.8VDF/MDF unless flight demonstra- weight at which— 481

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(1) The all-engine-operating takeoff dis- 23. Operating procedures. Procedures for re- tance determined under section 5(b) or the starting turbine engines in flight (including accelerate-stop distance determined under the effects of altitude) must be set forth in section 5(c), whichever is greater, is equal to the Airplane Flight Manual. the available runway length; (2) The airplane complies with the one-en- Airframe Requirements gine-inoperative takeoff requirements speci- Flight Loads fied in section 5(e); and (3) The airplane complies with the one-en- 24. Engine torque. (a) Each turbopropeller gine-inoperative takeoff and en route climb engine mount and its supporting structure requirements specified in sections 6 (b) and must be designed for the torque effects of: (c). (1) The conditions in FAR 23.361(a). (c) Landing weight limitations. The max- (2) The limit engine torque corresponding imum landing weight for each airport ele- to takeoff power and propeller speed multi- vation (standard temperature) and available plied by a factor accounting for propeller landing runway length, within the range se- control system malfunction, including quick lected by the applicant. This weight may not feathering action, simultaneously with 1g exceed the weight at which the landing field level flight loads. In the absence of a ration- length determined under section 7(b) is equal al analysis, a factor of 1.6 must be used. to the available runway length. In showing (b) The limit torque is obtained by multi- compliance with this operating limitation, it plying the mean torque by a factor of 1.25. is acceptable to assume that the landing 25. Turbine engine gyroscopic loads. Each weight at the destination will be equal to the turbopropeller engine mount and its sup- takeoff weight reduced by the normal con- porting structure must be designed for the sumption of fuel and oil en route. gyroscopic loads that result, with the en- 20. Performance information. The Airplane gines at maximum continuous r.p.m., under Flight Manual must contain the performance either— information determined under the perform- (a) The conditions in FARs 23.351 and ance requirements of this appendix. The in- 23.423; or formation must include the following: (b) All possible combinations of the fol- (a) Sufficient information so that the take- lowing: off weight limits specified in section 19(b) (1) A yaw velocity of 2.5 radians per second. can be determined for all temperatures and (2) A pitch velocity of 1.0 radians per sec- altitudes within the operation limitations ond. selected by the applicant. (3) A normal load factor of 2.5. (b) The conditions under which the per- (4) Maximum continuous thrust. formance information was obtained, includ- 26. Unsymmetrical loads due to engine failure. ing the airspeed at the 50-foot height used to (a) Turbopropeller powered airplanes must determine landing distances. be designed for the unsymmet- rical loads re- (c) The performance information (deter- sulting from the failure of the critical engine mined by extrapolation and computed for the including the following conditions in com- range of weights between the maximum bination with a single malfunction of the landing and takeoff weights) for— propeller drag limiting system, considering (1) Climb in the landing configuration; and the probable pilot corrective action on the (2) Landing distance. flight controls: (d) Procedure established under section 4 (1) At speeds between Vmo and VD, the loads related to the limitations and information resulting from power failure because of fuel required by this section in the form of guid- flow interruption are considered to be limit ance material including any relevant limita- loads. tions or information. (2) At speeds between Vmo and Vc, the loads (e) An explanation of significant or un- resulting from the disconnection of the en- usual flight or ground handling characteris- gine compressor from the turbine or from tics of the airplane. loss of the turbine blades are considered to (f) Airspeeds, as indicated airspeeds, cor- be ultimate loads. responding to those determined for takeoff (3) The time history of the thrust decay under section 5(b). and drag buildup occurring as a result of the 21. Maximum operating altitudes. The max- prescribed engine failures must be substan- imum operating altitude to which operation tiated by test or other data applicable to the is allowed, as limited by flight, structural, particular engine-propeller combination. powerplant, functional, or equipment char- (4) The timing and magnitude of the prob- acteristics, must be specified in the Airplane able pilot corrective action must be conserv- Flight Manual. atively estimated, considering the character- 22. Stowage provision for airplane flight man- istics of the particular engine-propeller-air- ual. Provision must be made for stowing the plane combination. Airplane Flight Manual in a suitable fixed (b) Pilot corrective action may be assumed container which is readily accessible to the to be initiated at the time maximum yawing pilot. velocity is reached, but not earlier than 2

482

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

seconds after the engine failure. The mag- Design and Construction nitude of the corrective action may be based 29. Flutter. For multiengine turbopropeller on the control forces in FAR 23.397 except powered airplanes, a dynamic evaluation that lower forces may be assumed where it is must be made and must include— shown by analysis or test that these forces (a) The significant elastic, inertia, and aer- can control the yaw and roll resulting from odynamic forces associated with the rota- the prescribed engine failure conditions. tions and displacements of the plane of the propeller; and Ground Loads (b) Engine-propeller- stiffness and 27. Dual wheel landing gear units. Each dual damping variations appropriate to the par- wheel landing gear unit and its supporting ticular configuration. structure must be shown to comply with the Landing Gear following: (a) Pivoting. The airplane must be assumed 30. Flap operated landing gear warning de- to pivot about one side of the main gear with vice. Airplanes having retractable landing gear and wing flaps must be equipped with a the brakes on that side locked. The limit warning device that functions continuously vertical load factor must be 1.0 and the coef- when the wing flaps are extended to a flap ficient of friction 0.8. This condition need position that activates the warning device to apply only to the main gear and its sup- give adequate warning before landing, using porting structure. normal landing procedures, if the landing (b) Unequal tire inflation. A 60–40 percent gear is not fully extended and locked. There distribution of the loads established under may not be a manual shut off for this warn- FAR 23.471 through FAR 23.483 must be ap- ing device. The flap position sensing unit plied to the dual wheels. may be installed at any suitable location. (c) Flat tire. (1) Sixty percent of the loads The system for this device may use any part in FAR 23.471 through FAR 23.483 must be ap- of the system (including the aural warning plied to either wheel in a unit. device) provided for other landing gear warn- (2) Sixty percent of the limit drag and side ing devices. loads and 100 percent of the limit vertical Personnel and Cargo Accommodations load established under FARs 23.493 and 23.485 must be applied to either wheel in a unit ex- 31. Cargo and baggage compartments. Cargo cept that the vertical load need not exceed and baggage compartments must be designed the maximum vertical load in paragraph to meet FAR 23.787 (a) and (b), and in addi- (c)(1) of this section. tion means must be provided to protect pas- sengers from injury by the contents of any Fatigue Evaluation cargo or baggage compartment when the ul- timate forward inertia force is 9g. 28. Fatigue evaluation of wing and associated 32. Doors and exits. The airplane must meet structure. Unless it is shown that the struc- FAR 23.783 and FAR 23.807 (a)(3), (b), and (c), ture, operating stress levels, materials and and in addition: expected use are comparable from a fatigue (a) There must be a means to lock and standpoint to a similar design which has had safeguard each external door and exit substantial satisfactory service experience, against opening in flight either inadvert- the strength, detail design, and the fabrica- ently by persons, or as a result of mechan- tion of those parts of the wing, wing carry- ical failure. Each external door must be op- through, and attaching structure whose fail- erable from both the inside and the outside. ure would be catastrophic must be evaluated (b) There must be means for direct visual under either— inspection of the locking mechanism by (a) A fatigue strength investigation in crewmembers to determine whether external which the structure is shown by analysis, doors and exits, for which the initial opening tests, or both to be able to withstand the re- movement is outward, are fully locked. In peated loads of variable magnitude expected addition, there must be a visual means to signal to crewmembers when normally used in service; or external doors are closed and fully locked. (b) A fail-safe strength investigation in (c) The passenger entrance door must qual- which it is shown by analysis, tests, or both ify as a floor level emergency exit. Each ad- that catastrophic failure of the structure is ditional required emergency exit except floor not probable after fatigue, or obvious partial level exits must be located over the wing or failure, of a principal structural element, must be provided with acceptable means to and that the remaining structure is able to assist the occupants in descending to the withstand a static ultimate load factor of 75 ground. In addition to the passenger en- percent of the critical limit load factor at VC. trance door: These loads must be multiplied by a factor of (1) For a total seating capacity of 15 or 1.15 unless the dynamic effects of failure less, an emergency exit as defined in FAR under static load are otherwise considered. 23.807(b) is required on each side of the cabin.

483

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

(2) For a total seating capacity of 16 (c) Compliance with all or portions of this through 23, three emergency exits as defined section may be accomplished by reference, in FAR 23.807(b) are required with one on the where applicable because of similarity of the same side as the door and two on the side op- designs, to analysis and tests performed by posite the door. the applicant for a type certificated model. (d) An evacuation demonstration must be 35. Maintenance information. The applicant conducted utilizing the maximum number of must make available to the owner at the occupants for which certification is desired. time of delivery of the airplane the informa- It must be conducted under simulated night tion the applicant considers essential for the conditions utilizing only the emergency proper maintenance of the airplane. That in- exits on the most critical side of the aircraft. formation must include the following: The participants must be representative of (a) Description of systems, including elec- average airline passengers with no previous trical, hydraulic, and fuel controls. practice or rehearsal for the demonstration. (b) Lubrication instructions setting forth Evacuation must be completed within 90 sec- the frequency and the lubricants and fluids onds. which are to be used in the various systems. (e) Each emergency exit must be marked (c) Pressures and electrical loads applica- with the word ‘‘Exit’’ by a sign which has ble to the various systems. white letters 1 inch high on a red back- (d) Tolerances and adjustments necessary ground 2 inches high, be self-illuminated or for proper functioning. independently internally electrically illumi- (e) Methods of leveling, raising, and tow- nated, and have a minimum luminescence ing. (brightness) of at least 160 microlamberts. (f) Methods of balancing control surfaces. The colors may be reversed if the passenger (g) Identification of primary and secondary compartment illumination is essentially the structures. same. (h) Frequency and extent of inspections (f) Access to window type emergency exits necessary to the proper operation of the air- must not be obstructed by seats or seat plane. backs. (i) Special repair methods applicable to the (g) The width of the main passenger aisle airplane. at any point between seats must equal or ex- (j) Special inspection techniques, such as ceed the values in the following table: X-ray, ultrasonic, and magnetic particle in- spection. Minimum main passenger (k) List of special tools. aisle width Total seating capacity Less than 25 25 inches Propulsion inches from and more floor from floor General

10 through 23 ...... 9 inches ...... 15 inches. 36. Vibration characteristics. For turbo- propeller powered airplanes, the engine in- stallation must not result in vibration char- Miscellaneous acteristics of the engine exceeding those es- 33. Lightning strike protection. Parts that tablished during the type certification of the are electrically insulated from the basic air- engine. frame must be connected to it through light- 37. In flight restarting of engine. If the en- ning arrestors unless a lightning strike on gine on turbopropeller powered airplanes the insulated part— cannot be restarted at the maximum cruise (a) Is improbable because of shielding by altitude, a determination must be made of other parts; or the altitude below which restarts can be con- (b) Is not hazardous. sistently accomplished. Restart information 34. Ice protection. If certification with ice must be provided in the Airplane Flight protection provisions is desired, compliance Manual. with the following must be shown: 38. Engines. (a) For turbopropeller powered (a) The recommended procedures for the airplanes. The engine installation must com- use of the ice protection equipment must be ply with the following: set forth in the Airplane Flight Manual. (1) Engine isolation. The powerplants must (b) An analysis must be performed to es- be arranged and isolated from each other to tablish, on the basis of the airplane’s oper- allow operation, in at least one configura- ational needs, the adequacy of the ice protec- tion, so that the failure or malfunction of tion system for the various components of any engine, or of any system that can affect the airplane. In addition, tests of the ice pro- the engine, will not— tection system must be conducted to dem- (i) Prevent the continued safe operation of onstrate that the airplane is capable of oper- the remaining engines; or ating safely in continuous maximum and (ii) Require immediate action by any crew- intermittent maximum icing conditions as member for continued safe operation. described in appendix C of part 25 of this (2) Control of engine rotation. There must be chapter. a means to individually stop and restart the

484

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

rotation of any engine in flight except that emergency operation results in propeller engine rotation need not be stopped if con- drag in excess of that for which the airplane tinued rotation could not jeopardize the safe- was designed. Failure of structural elements ty of the airplane. Each component of the of the drag-limiting systems need not be con- stopping and restarting system on the engine sidered if the probability of this kind of fail- side of the firewall, and that might be ex- ure is extremely remote. posed to fire, must be at least fire resistant. 41. Turbine engine powerplant operating If hydraulic propeller feathering systems are characteristics. For turbopropeller powered used for this purpose, the feathering lines airplanes, the turbine engine powerplant op- must be at least fire resistant under the op- erating characteristics must be investigated erating conditions that may be expected to in flight to determine that no adverse char- exist during feathering. acteristics (such as stall, surge, or flameout) (3) Engine speed and gas temperature control are present to a hazardous degree, during devices. The powerplant systems associated normal and emergency operation within the with engine control devices, systems, and in- range of operating limitations of the air- strumentation must provide reasonable as- plane and of the engine. surance that those engine operating limita- 42. Fuel flow. (a) For turbopropeller pow- tions that adversely affect turbine rotor ered airplanes— structural integrity will not be exceeded in (1) The fuel system must provide for con- service. tinuous supply of fuel to the engines for nor- (b) For reciprocating engine powered air- mal operation without interruption due to planes. To provide engine isolation, the pow- erplants must be arranged and isolated from depletion of fuel in any tank other than the each other to allow operation, in at least one main tank; and configuration, so that the failure or malfunc- (2) The fuel flow rate for turbopropeller en- tion of any engine, or of any system that can gine fuel pump systems must not be less affect that engine, will not— than 125 percent of the fuel flow required to (1) Prevent the continued safe operation of develop the standard sea level atmospheric the remaining engines; or conditions takeoff power selected and in- (2) Require immediate action by any crew- cluded as an operating limitation in the Air- member for continued safe operation. plane Flight Manual. 39. Turbopropeller reversing systems. (a) Tur- (b) For reciprocating engine powered air- bopropeller reversing systems intended for planes, it is acceptable for the fuel flow rate ground operation must be designed so that for each pump system (main and reserve sup- no single failure or malfunction of the sys- ply) to be 125 percent of the takeoff fuel con- tem will result in unwanted reverse thrust sumption of the engine. under any expected operating condition. Failure of structural elements need not be Fuel System Components considered if the probability of this kind of 43. Fuel pumps. For turbopropeller powered failure is extremely remote. airplanes, a reliable and independent power (b) Turbopropeller reversing systems in- source must be provided for each pump used tended for in flight use must be designed so with turbine engines which do not have pro- that no unsafe condition will result during visions for mechanically driving the main normal operation of the system, or from any pumps. It must be demonstrated that the failure (or reasonably likely combination of pump installations provide a reliability and failures) of the reversing system, under any durability equivalent to that in FAR anticipated condition of operation of the air- 23.991(a). plane. Failure of structural elements need 44. Fuel strainer or filter. For turbopropeller not be considered if the probability of this powered airplanes, the following apply: kind of failure is extremely remote. (c) Compliance with this section may be (a) There must be a fuel strainer or filter shown by failure analysis, testing, or both between the tank outlet and the fuel meter- for propeller systems that allow propeller ing device of the engine. In addition, the fuel blades to move from the flight low-pitch po- strainer or filter must be— sition to a position that is substantially less (1) Between the tank outlet and the en- than that at the normal flight low-pitch stop gine-driven positive displacement pump position. The analysis may include or be sup- inlet, if there is an engine-driven positive ported by the analysis made to show compli- displacement pump; ance with the type certification of the pro- (2) Accessible for drainage and cleaning peller and associated installation compo- and, for the strainer screen, easily remov- nents. Credit will be given for pertinent able; and analysis and testing completed by the engine (3) Mounted so that its weight is not sup- and propeller manufacturers. ported by the connecting lines or by the 40. Turbopropeller drag-limiting systems. Tur- inlet or outlet connections of the strainer or bopropeller drag-limiting systems must be filter itself. designed so that no single failure or malfunc- (b) Unless there are means in the fuel sys- tion of any of the systems during normal or tem to prevent the accumulation of ice on

485

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

the filter, there must be means to automati- 48. Induction system icing protection. For cally maintain the fuel-flow if ice-clogging turbopropeller powered airplanes, each tur- of the filter occurs; and bine engine must be able to operate through- (c) The fuel strainer or filter must be of out its flight power range without adverse adequate capacity (for operating limitations effect on engine operation or serious loss of established to ensure proper service) and of power or thrust, under the icing conditions appropriate mesh to insure proper engine op- specified in appendix C of part 25 of this eration, with the fuel contaminated to a de- chapter. In addition, there must be means to gree (for particle size and density) that can indicate to appropriate flight crewmembers be reasonably expected in service. The de- the functioning of the powerplant ice protec- gree of fuel filtering may not be less than tion system. that established for the engine type certifi- 49. Turbine engine systems. Turbine cation. engine bleed air systems of turbopropeller 45. Lightning strike protection. Protection powered airplanes must be investigated to must be provided against the ignition of determine— flammable vapors in the fuel vent system (a) That no hazard to the airplane will re- due to lightning strikes. sult if a duct rupture occurs. This condition must consider that a failure of the duct can Cooling occur anywhere between the engine port and 46. Cooling test procedures for turbopropeller the airplane bleed service; and powered airplanes. (a) Turbopropeller powered (b) That, if the bleed air system is used for airplanes must be shown to comply with direct cabin pressurization, it is not possible FAR 23.1041 during takeoff, climb, en route, for hazardous contamination of the cabin air and landing stages of flight that correspond system to occur in event of lubrication sys- to the applicable performance requirements. tem failure. The cooling tests must be conducted with Exhaust System the airplane in the configuration, and oper- ating under the conditions that are critical 50. Exhaust system drains. Turbopropeller relative to cooling during each stage of engine exhaust systems having low spots or flight. For the cooling tests a temperature is pockets must incorporate drains at those lo- ‘‘stabilized’’ when its rate of change is less cations. These drains must discharge clear of than 2 °F. per minute. the airplane in normal and ground attitudes (b) Temperatures must be stabilized under to prevent the accumulation of fuel after the the conditions from which entry is made into failure of an attempted engine start. each stage of flight being investigated unless the entry condition is not one during which Powerplant Controls and Accessories component and engine fluid temperatures 51. Engine controls. If or power le- would stabilize, in which case, operation vers for turbopropeller powered airplanes are through the full entry condition must be such that any position of these controls will conducted before entry into the stage of reduce the fuel flow to the engine(s) below flight being investigated to allow tempera- that necessary for satisfactory and safe idle tures to reach their natural levels at the operation of the engine while the airplane is time of entry. The takeoff cooling test must in flight, a means must be provided to pre- be preceded by a period during which the vent inadvertent movement of the control powerplant component and engine fluid tem- into this position. The means provided must peratures are stabilized with the engines at incorporate a positive lock or stop at this ground idle. idle position and must require a separate and (c) Cooling tests for each stage of flight distinct operation by the crew to displace must be continued until— the control from the normal engine oper- (1) The component and engine fluid tem- ating range. peratures stabilize; 52. Reverse thrust controls. For turbo- (2) The stage of flight is completed; or propeller powered airplanes, the propeller re- (3) An operating limitation is reached. verse thrust controls must have a means to prevent their inadvertent operation. The Induction System means must have a positive lock or stop at 47. Air induction. For turbopropeller pow- the idle position and must require a separate ered airplanes— and distinct operation by the crew to dis- (a) There must be means to prevent haz- place the control from the flight regime. ardous quantities of fuel leakage or overflow 53. Engine ignition systems. Each turbo- from drains, vents, or other components of propeller airplane ignition system must be flammable fluid systems from entering the considered an essential electrical load. engine intake systems; and 54. Powerplant accessories. The powerplant (b) The air inlet ducts must be located or accessories must meet FAR 23.1163, and if protected so as to minimize the ingestion of the continued rotation of any accessory re- foreign matter during takeoff, landing, and motely driven by the engine is hazardous taxiing. when malfunctioning occurs, there must be

486

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

means to prevent rotation without inter- must begin indicating when the blade has fering with the continued operation of the moved below the flight low-pitch position. engine. (c) The following instruments are required for reciprocating engine powered airplanes: Powerplant Fire Protection (1) The instruments required by FAR 55. Fire detector system. For turbopropeller 23.1305. powered airplanes, the following apply: (2) A cylinder head temperature indicator (a) There must be a means that ensures for each engine. prompt detection of fire in the engine com- (3) A manifold pressure indicator for each partment. An overtemperature switch in engine. each engine cooling air exit is an acceptable Systems and Equipments method of meeting this requirement. (b) Each fire detector must be constructed General and installed to withstand the vibration, in- ertia, and other loads to which it may be 59. Function and installation. The systems and equipment of the airplane must meet subjected in operation. FAR 23.1301, and the following: (c) No fire detector may be affected by any (a) Each item of additional installed equip- oil, water, other fluids, or fumes that might ment must— be present. (1) Be of a kind and design appropriate to (d) There must be means to allow the flight its intended function; crew to check, in flight, the functioning of (2) Be labeled as to its identification, func- each fire detector electric circuit. tion, or operating limitations, or any appli- (e) Wiring and other components of each cable combination of these factors, unless fire detector system in a fire zone must be at misuse or inadvertent actuation cannot cre- least fire resistant. ate a hazard; 56. Fire protection, cowling and nacelle skin. (3) Be installed according to limitations For reciprocating engine powered airplanes, specified for that equipment; and the engine cowling must be designed and (4) Function properly when installed. constructed so that no fire originating in the (b) Systems and installations must be de- engine compartment can enter either signed to safeguard against hazards to the through openings or by burn through, any aircraft in the event of their malfunction or other region where it would create addi- failure. tional hazards. (c) Where an installation, the functioning 57. Flammable fluid fire protection. If flam- of which is necessary in showing compliance mable fluids or vapors might be liberated by with the applicable requirements, requires a the leakage of fluid systems in areas other power supply, that installation must be con- than engine compartments, there must be sidered an essential load on the power sup- means to— ply, and the power sources and the distribu- (a) Prevent the ignition of those fluids or tion system must be capable of supplying the vapors by any other equipment; or following power loads in probable operation (b) Control any fire resulting from that ig- combinations and for probable durations: nition. (1) All essential loads after failure of any Equipment prime mover, power converter, or energy storage device. 58. Powerplant instruments. (a) The fol- (2) All essential loads after failure of any lowing are required for turbopropeller air- one engine on two-engine airplanes. planes: (3) In determining the probable operating (1) The instruments required by FAR combinations and durations of essential 23.1305 (a) (1) through (4), (b) (2) and (4). loads for the power failure conditions de- (2) A gas temperature indicator for each scribed in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this para- engine. graph, it is permissible to assume that the (3) Free air temperature indicator. power loads are reduced in accordance with a (4) A fuel flowmeter indicator for each en- monitoring procedure which is consistent gine. with safety in the types of operations au- (5) Oil pressure warning means for each en- thorized. gine. 60. Ventilation. The ventilation system of (6) A torque indicator or adequate means the airplane must meet FAR 23.831, and in for indicating power output for each engine. addition, for pressurized aircraft, the ven- (7) Fire warning indicator for each engine. tilating air in flight crew and passenger com- (8) A means to indicate when the propeller partments must be free of harmful or haz- blade angle is below the low-pitch position ardous concentrations of gases and vapors in corresponding to idle operation in flight. normal operation and in the event of reason- (9) A means to indicate the functioning of ably probable failures or malfunctioning of the for each engine. the ventilating, heating, pressurization, or (b) For turbopropeller powered airplanes, other systems, and equipment. If accumula- the turbopropeller blade position indicator tion of hazardous quantities of smoke in the

487

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. B 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

cockpit area is reasonably probable, smoke quantities essential for the safe operation of evacuation must be readily accomplished. the system, including the voltage and cur- rent supplied by each generator. Electrical Systems and Equipment 62. Electrical equipment and installation. 61. General. The electrical systems and Electrical equipment, controls, and wiring equipment of the airplane must meet FAR must be installed so that operation of any 23.1351, and the following: one unit or system of units will not ad- (a) Electrical system capacity. The required versely affect the simultaneous operation of generating capacity, and number and kinds any other electrical unit or system essential of power sources must— to the safe operation. (1) Be determined by an electrical load 63. Distribution system. (a) For the purpose analysis; and of complying with this section, the distribu- (2) Meet FAR 23.1301. tion system includes the distribution busses, (b) Generating system. The generating sys- their associated feeders, and each control tem includes electrical power sources, main and protective device. power busses, transmission cables, and asso- (b) Each system must be designed so that ciated control, regulation and protective de- essential load circuits can be supplied in the vices. It must be designed so that— event of reasonably probable faults or open (1) The system voltage and frequency (as circuits, including faults in heavy current applicable) at the terminals of all essential load equipment can be maintained within carrying cables. the limits for which the equipment is de- (c) If two independent sources of electrical signed, during any probable operating condi- power for particular equipment or systems tions; are required under this appendix, their elec- (2) System transients due to switching, trical energy supply must be ensured by fault clearing, or other causes do not make means such as duplicate electrical equip- essential loads inoperative, and do not cause ment, throwover switching, or multichannel a smoke or fire hazard; or loop circuits separately routed. (3) There are means, accessible in flight to 64. Circuit protective devices. The circuit appropriate crewmembers, for the individual protective devices for the electrical circuits and collective disconnection of the electrical of the airplane must meet FAR 23.1357, and power sources from the system; and in addition circuits for loads which are es- (4) There are means to indicate to appro- sential to safe operation must have indi- priate crewmembers the generating system vidual and exclusive circuit protection.

APPENDIX B TO PART 135—AIRPLANE FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS

Installed system 1 minimum Sampling inter- Resolution 4 Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out

Relative time (from recorded 25 hr minimum ...... ±0.125% per hour ...... 1 ...... 1 sec. on prior to takeoff). 3 Indicated airspeed ...... Vso to VD (KIAS) ...... ±5% or ±10 kts., whichever is 1 ...... 1% . greater. Resolution 2 kts. below 175 KIAS. Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft. to max cert. ±100 to ±700 ft. (see Table 1, 1 ...... 25 to 150 alt. of A/C. TSO C51–a). Magnetic heading ...... 360° ...... ±5° ...... 1 ...... 1° Vertical acceleration ...... ¥3g to +6g ...... ±0.2g in addition to ±0.3g 4 (or 1 per sec- 0.03g. maximum datum. ond where peaks, ref. to 1g are re- corded). Longitudinal acceleration ...... ±1.0g ...... ±1.5% max. range excluding 2 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Pitch attitude ...... 100% of usable ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8° Roll attitude ...... ±60° or 100% of usable ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8° range, whichever is greater. trim position ...... Full range ...... ±3% unless higher uniquely 1 ...... 1% 3. required. Or Pitch control position ...... Full range ...... ±3% unless higher uniquely 1 ...... 1% 3. required. Engine Power, Each Engine 3 Fan or N1 speed or EPR or Maximum range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1% . cockpit indications used for aircraft certification.

488

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. C

Installed system 1 minimum Sampling inter- Resolution 4 Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out

Or Prop. speed and torque (sam- ...... 1 (prop speed), ple once/sec as close to- 1 (torque). gether as practicable). Altitude rate 2 (need depends ±8,000 fpm ...... ±10%. Resolution 250 fpm 1 ...... 250 fpm Below on altitude resolution). below 12,000 ft. indicated. 12,000 Angle of attack 2 (need de- ¥20° to 40° or of usable ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8% 3 pends on altitude resolu- range. tion). Radio transmitter keying (dis- On/off ...... 1. crete). TE flaps (discrete or analog) .. Each discrete position ...... 1. (U, D, T/O, AAP). Or. Analog 0–100% range .... ±3° ...... 1 ...... 1% 3 LE flaps (discrete or analog) .. Each discrete position ...... 1. (U, D, T/O, AAP). Or. Analog 0–100% range .... ±3° ...... 1 ...... 1% 3. Thrust reverser, each engine Stowed or full reverse ...... 1. (Discrete). Spoiler/speedbrake (discrete) Stowed or out ...... 1. Autopilot engaged (discrete) .. Engaged or disengaged ...... 1. 1 When data sources are aircraft instruments (except ) of acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column. 2 If data from the altitude encoding altimeter (100 ft. resolution) is used, then either one of these parameters should also be re- corded. If however, altitude is recorded at a minimum resolution of 25 feet, then these two parameters can be omitted. 3 Per cent of full range. 4 This column applies to aircraft manufacturing after October 11, 1991.

[Doc. No. 25530, 53 FR 26152, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 135– 69, 62 FR 38397, July 17, 1997]

APPENDIX C TO PART 135—HELICOPTER FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS

Installed system 1 minimum Sampling inter- Resolution 3 Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out

Relative time (from recorded 25 hr minimum ...... ±0.125% per hour ...... 1 ...... 1 sec. on prior to takeoff). Indicated airspeed ...... Vm in to VD (KIAS) (min- ±5% or ±10 kts., whichever is 1 ...... 1 kt. imum airspeed signal greater. attainable with installed pilot-static system). Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft. to 20,000 ft. ±100 to ±700 ft. (see Table 1, 1 ...... 25 to 150 ft. pressure altitude. TSO C51–a). Magnetic heading ...... 360° ...... ±5° ...... 1 ...... 1°. Vertical acceleration ...... ¥3g to +6g ...... ±0.2g in addition to ±0.3g 4 (or 1 per sec- 0.05g. maximum datum. ond where peaks, ref. to 1g are re- corded). Longitudinal acceleration ...... ±1.0g ...... ±1.5% max. range excluding 2 ...... 0.03g. datum error of ±5%. Pitch attitude ...... 100% of usable range .... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8°. Roll attitude ...... ±60° or 100% of usable ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8°. range, whichever is greater. Altitude rate ...... ±8,000 fpm ...... ±10% Resolution 250 fpm 1 ...... 250 fpm below below 12,000 ft. indicated. 12,000. Engine Power, Each Engine Main rotor speed ...... Maximum range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1% 2 Free or power turbine ...... Maximum range ...... +5% ...... 1 ...... 1%2 Engine torque ...... Maximum range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1% 2 Flight Control—Hydraulic Pressure Primary (discrete) ...... High/low ...... 1. Secondary—if applicable (dis- High/low ...... 1. crete).

489

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. D 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

Installed system 1 minimum Sampling inter- Resolution 3 Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out

Radio transmitter keying (dis- On/off ...... 1. crete). Autopilot engaged (discrete) .. Engaged or disengaged ...... 1. SAS status—engaged (dis- Engaged/disengaged ...... 1. crete). SAS fault status (discrete) ..... Fault/OK ...... 1. Flight Controls Collective 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1% 2 Pedal Position 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1% 2 Lat. Cyclic 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1% 2 Long. Cyclic 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1% 2 Controllable Posi- Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1% 2 tion 4. 1 When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column. 2 Per cent of full range. 3 This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991. 4 For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the sampling interval per second is 4.

[Doc. No. 25530, 53 FR 26152, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 135– 69, 62 FR 38397, July 17, 1997; Amdt. 135–113, 73 FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; 73 FR 15281, Mar. 21, 2008; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17047, Apr. 5, 2010]

APPENDIX D TO PART 135—AIRPLANE FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATION

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- resolution 4 read Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) out

Time (GMT or Frame 24 Hrs ...... ±0.125% Per Hour ...... 0.25 (1 per 4 1 sec. Counter) (range 0 to 4095, seconds). sampled 1 per frame). Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft to max certifi- ±100 to ±700 ft (See Table 1, 1 ...... 5′ to 35′ 1. cated altitude of air- TSO-C51a). craft. Airspeed ...... 50 KIAS to Vso, and Vso ±5%, ±3% ...... 1 ...... 1kt to 1.2 VD. Heading ...... 360° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° Normal Acceleration (Vertical) ¥3g to +6g ...... ±1% of max range excluding 8 ...... 0.01g datum error of ±5%. Pitch Attitude ...... ±75° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° Roll Attitude ...... ±180° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5°. Radio Transmitter Keying ...... On-Off (Discrete) ...... 1 ...... Thrust/Power on Each Engine Full range forward ...... ±2% ...... 1 (per engine) ... 0.2% 2. Trailing Edge Flap or Cockpit Full range or each dis- ±3° or as pilot’s indicator ...... 0.5 ...... 0.5% 2. Control Selection. crete position. Leading Edge Flap on or Full range or each dis- ±3° or as pilot’s indicator ...... 0.5 ...... 0.5% 2. Cockpit Control Selection. crete position. Thrust Reverser Position ...... Stowed, in transit, and ...... 1 (per 4 sec- reverse (discretion). onds per en- gine). Ground Spoiler Position/ Full range or each dis- ±2% unless higher accuracy 1 ...... 0.22 2. Speed Brake Selection. crete position. uniquely required. Marker Beacon Passage ...... Discrete ...... 1 ...... Autopilot Engagement ...... Discrete ...... 1 ...... Longitudinal Acceleration ...... ±1g ...... ±1.5% max range excluding 4 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Pilot Input And/or Surface Po- Full range ...... ±2° unless higher accuracy 1 ...... 0.2% 2. sition-Primary Controls uniquely required. (Pitch, Roll, Yaw) 3. Lateral Acceleration ...... ±1g ...... ±1.5% max range excluding 4 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Pitch Trim Position ...... Full range ...... ±3% unless higher accuracy 1 ...... 0.3%2. uniquely required. Glideslope Deviation ...... ±400 Microamps ...... ±3% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% 2. Localizer Deviation ...... ±400 Microamps ...... ±3% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% 2. AFCS Mode And Engagement Discrete ...... 1 ...... Status. Radio Altitude ...... ¥20 ft to 2,500 ft ...... ±2 Ft or ±3% whichever is 1 ...... 1 ft + 5% 2 greater below 500 ft and above 500′. ±5% above 500 ft. Master Warning ...... Discrete ...... 1 ......

490

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. E

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- resolution 4 read Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) out

Main Gear Squat Switch Sta- Discrete ...... 1 ...... tus. Angle of Attack (if recorded As installed ...... As installed ...... 2 ...... 0.3% 2. directly). Outside Air Temperature or ¥50 °C to +90 °C ...... ±2° c ...... 0.5 ...... 0.3° c Total Air Temperature. Hydraulics, Each System Low Discrete ...... 0.5 ...... or 0.5% 2. Pressure. Groundspeed ...... As installed ...... Most accurate systems in- 1 ...... 0.2% 2. stalled (IMS equipped air- craft only).

If additional recording capacity is available, recording of the following parameters is recommended. The parameters are listed in order of significance:

Drift Angle ...... When available. As in- As installed ...... 4 ...... stalled. Wind Speed and Direction ..... When available. As in- As installed ...... 4 ...... stalled. Latitude and Longitude ...... When available. As in- As installed ...... 4 ...... stalled. Brake pressure/Brake pedal As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... position. Additional engine parameters: EPR ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine) ... N 1 ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine) ... N 2 ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine) ... EGT ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine) ... Throttle Lever Position ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine) ... Fuel Flow ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine) ... TCAS: TA ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... RA ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... Sensitivity level (as se- As installed ...... As installed ...... 2 ...... lected by crew). GPWS (ground proximity Discrete ...... 1 ...... warning system). Landing gear or gear selector Discrete ...... 0.25 (1 per 4 position. seconds). DME 1 and 2 Distance ...... 0–200 NM; ...... As installed ...... 0.25 ...... 1mi. Nav 1 and 2 Frequency Se- Full range ...... As installed ...... 0.25. lection. 1 When altitude rate is recorded. Altitude rate must have sufficient resolution and sampling to permit the derivation of altitude to 5 feet. 2 Per cent of full range. 3 For airplanes that can demonstrate the capability of deriving either the control input on control movement (one from the other) for all modes of operation and flight regimes, the ‘‘or’’ applies. For airplanes with non-mechanical control systems (fly-by- wire) the ‘‘and’’ applies. In airplanes with split surfaces, suitable combination of inputs is acceptable in lieu of recording each sur- face separately. 4 This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

[Doc. No. 25530, 53 FR 26153, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988]

APPENDIX E TO PART 135—HELICOPTER FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution 2 Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) read out

Time (GMT) ...... 24 Hrs ...... ±0.125% Per Hour ...... 0.25 (1 per 4 1 sec seconds). Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft to max certifi- ±100 to ±700 ft (See Table 1, 1 ...... 5′ to 30′. cated altitude of air- TSO-C51a). craft. Airspeed ...... As the installed meas- ±3% ...... 1 ...... 1 kt uring system. Heading ...... 360° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5°. Normal Acceleration (Vertical) ¥3g to +6g ...... ±1% of max range excluding 8 ...... 0.01g datum error of ±5%. Pitch Attitude ...... ±75° ...... ±2° ...... 2 ...... 0.5° Roll Attitude ...... ±180° ...... ±2° ...... 2 ...... 0.5°. Radio Transmitter Keying ...... On-Off (Discrete) ...... 1 ...... 0.25 sec Power in Each Engine: Free 0–130% (power Turbine ±2% ...... 1 speed 1 0.2% 1 to 0.4% 1 Power Turbine Speed and Speed) Full range torque (per Engine Torque. (Torque). engine).

491

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution 2 Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) read out

Main Rotor Speed ...... 0–130% ...... ±2% ...... 2 ...... 0.3% 1 Altitude Rate ...... ±6,000 ft/min ...... As installed ...... 2 ...... 0.2% 1 Pilot Input—Primary Controls Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 0.5% 1 (Collective, Longitudinal Cy- clic, Lateral Cyclic, Pedal) 3. Flight Control Hydraulic Pres- Discrete, each circuit ...... 1 ...... sure Low. Flight Control Hydraulic Pres- Discrete ...... 1 ...... sure Selector Switch Posi- tion, 1st and 2nd stage. AFCS Mode and Engagement Discrete (5 bits nec- ...... 1 ...... Status. essary). Stability Augmentation System Discrete ...... 1 ...... Engage. SAS Fault Status ...... Discrete ...... 0.25 ...... Main Gearbox Temperature As installed ...... As installed ...... 0.25 ...... 0.5% 1 Low. Main Gearbox Temperature As installed ...... As installed ...... 0.5 ...... 0.5% 1 High. Controllable Stabilator Posi- Full Range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 0.4% 1. tion. Longitudinal Acceleration ...... ±1g ...... ±1.5% max range excluding 4 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Lateral Acceleration ...... ±1g ...... ±1.5% max range excluding 4 ...... 0.01g. datum of ±5%. Master Warning ...... Discrete ...... 1 ...... Nav 1 and 2 Frequency Se- Full range ...... As installed ...... 0.25 ...... lection. Outside Air Temperature ...... ¥50 °C to +90 °C ...... ±2° c ...... 0.5 ...... 0.3° c

1 Per cent of full range. 2 This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991. 3 For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the sampling interval per second is 4.

[Doc. No. 25530, 53 FR 26154, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988; Amdt. 135–113, 73 FR 12571, Mar. 7, 2008; 73 FR 15281, Mar. 21, 2008; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17047, Apr. 5, 2010]

APPENDIX F TO PART 135—AIRPLANE FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATION The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

1. Time or Rel- 24 Hrs, 0 to ±0.125% Per 4 ...... 1 sec ...... UTC time preferred when ative Time 4095. Hour. available. Counter incre- Counts 1. ments each 4 seconds of system operation. 2. Pressure Alti- ¥1000 ft to max ±100 to ±700 ft 1 ...... 5′ to 35″ ...... Data should be obtained tude. certificated alti- (see table, from the tude of aircraft. TSO C124a or when practicable. +5000 ft. TSO C51a). 3. Indicated air- 50 KIAS or min- ±5% and ±3% .... 1 ...... 1 kt ...... Data should be obtained speed or Cali- imum value to from the air data computer brated airspeed. Max Vsoü and when practicable. Vso to 1.2 V.D. 4. Heading (Pri- 0¥360° and Dis- ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° ...... When true or magnetic head- mary flight crew crete ‘‘true’’ or ing can be selected as the reference). ‘‘mag’’. primary heading reference, a discrete indicating selec- tion must be recorded. 5. Normal Accel- ¥3g to +6g ...... ±1% of max 0.125 ...... 0.004g eration range exclud- (Vertical) 9. ing datum error of ±5%. 6. Pitch Attitude .. ±75% ...... ±2° ...... 1 or 0.25 for air- 0.5° ...... A sampling rate of 0.25 is planes oper- recommended. ated under § 135.152(j).

492

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

7. Roll Attitude 2 .. ±180° ...... ±2° ...... 1 or 0.5 0.5 air- 0.5° ...... A sampling rate of 0.5 is rec- planes oper- ommended. ated under § 135.152(j). 8. Manual Radio On-Off (Discrete) ...... 1 ...... Preferably each crew mem- Transmitter None ...... ber but one discrete ac- Keying or CVR/ ceptable for all trans- DFDR synchro- mission provided the CVR/ nization ref- FDR system complies with erence. TSO C124a CVR synchro- nization requirements (paragraph 4.2.1 ED–55). 9. Thrust/Power Full Range For- ±2% ...... 1 (per engine) ... 0.3% of full Sufficient parameters (e.g. on each en- ward. range. EPR, N1 or Torque, NP) gine—primary as appropriate to the par- flight crew ref- ticular engine being re- erence. corded to determine power in forward and reverse thrust, including potential overspeed condition. 10. Autopilot En- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ...... 1 ...... gagement. ‘‘off’’. 11. Longitudinal ±1g ...... ±1.5% max. 0.25 ...... 0.004g. Acceleration. range exclud- ing datum error of ±5%. 12a. Pitch con- Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.5% of full For airplanes that have a trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by-wire uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either systems) 18. quired. § 135.152(j). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5 or 0.25, as ap- plicable. 12b. Pitch con- Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range. (fly-by-wire sys- uniquely re- ated under tems) 318. quired. § 135.152(j). 13a. Lateral con- Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full For airplanes that have a trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either wire) 18. quired. § 135.152(j). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5 or 0.25, as ap- plicable. 13b. Lateral con- Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range. (fly-by-wire) 418. uniquely re- ated under quired. § 135.152(j). 14a. Yaw control Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 ...... 0.3% of full For airplanes that have a position(s) er accuracy range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- capability that allows either wire) 518. quired. pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable.

493

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

14b. Yaw control Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 ...... 0.2% of full position(s) (fly- er accuracy range. by-wire) 18. uniquely re- quired. 15. Pitch control Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.3% of full For airplanes fitted with mul- surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. tiple or split surfaces, a tion 618. uniquely re- ated under suitable combination of in- quired. § 135.152(j).. puts is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable. 16. Lateral control Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full A suitable combination of surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. surface position sensors is tion 718. uniquely re- ated under acceptable in lieu of re- quired. § 135.152(j). cording each surface sepa- rately. The control surfaces may be sampled alter- nately to produce the sam- pling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable. 17. Yaw control Full Range ...... ± 2° unless high- 0.5 ...... 0.2% of full For airplanes with multiple or surface(s) posi- er accuracy range. split surfaces, a suitable tion 818. uniquely re- combination of surface po- quired. sition sensors is accept- able in lieu of recording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling inter- val of 0.5. 18. Lateral Accel- ±1g ...... ±1.5% max. 0.25 ...... 0.004g. eration. range exclud- ing datum error of ±5%. 19. Pitch Trim Full Range ...... ±3° Unless High- 1 ...... 0.6% of full Surface Posi- er Accuracy range tion. Uniquely Re- quired. 20. Trailing Edge Full Range or ±3° or as Pilot’s 2 ...... 0.5% of full Flap position and cockpit Flap or Cockpit Each Position Indicator. range. control may each be sam- Control Selec- (discrete). pled alternately at 4 sec- tion 10. ond intervals, to give a data point every 2 sec- onds. 21. Leading Edge Full Range or ±3° or as Pilot’s 2 ...... 0.5% of full Left and right sides, of flap Flap or Cockpit Each Discrete Indicator and range. position and cockpit control Control Selec- Position. sufficient to may each be sampled at 4 tion 11. determine second intervals, so as to each discrete give a data point to every position. 2 seconds. 22. Each Thrust Stowed, In Tran- ...... 1 (per engine ...... Turbo-jet—2 discretes enable reverser Posi- sit, and re- the 3 states to be deter- tion (or equiva- verse (Dis- mined lent for pro- crete). Turbo-prop—1 discrete peller airplane). 23. Ground Spoil- Full Range or ±2° Unless High- 1 or 0.5 for air- 0.5% of full er Position or Each Position er Accuracy planes oper- range Speed Brake (discrete). Uniquely Re- ated under Selection 12. quired. § 135.152(j). 24. Outside Air ¥50 °C to +90 ±2 °C ...... 2 ...... 0.3 °C Temperature or °C. Total Air Tem- perature 13.

494

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

25. Autopilot/ A suitable com- ...... 1 ...... Discretes should show which Autothrottle/ bination of systems are engaged and AFCS Mode discretes. which primary modes are and Engage- controlling the flight path ment Status. and speed of the aircraft. 26. Radio Alti- ¥20 ft to 2,500 ±2 ft or ±3% 1 ...... 1 ft +5% above For autoland/category 3 op- tude 14. ft. Whichever is 500 ft. erations. Each radio altim- Greater Below eter should be recorded, 500 ft and but arranged so that at ±5% Above least one is recorded each 500 ft. second. 27. Localizer De- ±400 Microamps As installed ±3% 1 ...... 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- viation, MLS or available recommended.. range. erations. Each system Azimuth, or sensor range should be recorded but ar- GPS Lateral as installed ranged so that at least one Deviation. ±62°. is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded. 28. Glideslope ±400 Microamps As installed ±3% 1 ...... 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- Deviation, MLS or available recommended. range. erations. Each system Elevation, or sensor range should be recorded but ar- GPS Vertical as installed. ranged so that at least one Deviation. 0.9 to + 30° ...... is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded. 29. Marker Bea- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ...... 1 ...... A single discrete is accept- con Passage. ‘‘off’’. able for all markers. 30. Master Warn- Discrete ...... 1 ...... Record the master warning ing. and record each ‘‘red’’ warning that cannot be de- termined from other pa- rameters or from the cock- pit voice recorder. 31. Air/ground Discrete ‘‘air’’ or ...... 1 (0.25 rec- sensor (primary ‘‘ground’’. ommended.). airplane system reference nose or main gear). 32. Angle of At- As installed ...... As installed ...... 2 or 0.5 for air- 0.3% of full If left and right sensors are tack (If meas- planes oper- range. available, each may be re- ured directly). ated under corded at 4 or 1 second in- § 135.152(j). tervals, as appropriate, so as to give a data point at 2 seconds or 0.5 second, as required. 33. Hydraulic Discrete or avail- ±5% ...... 2 ...... 0.5% of full Pressure Low, able sensor range. Each System. range, ‘‘low’’ or ‘‘normal’’. 34. Groundspeed As installed ...... Most Accurate 1 ...... 0.2% of full Systems In- range. stalled. 35. GPWS Discrete ‘‘warn- ...... 1 ...... A suitable combination of (ground prox- ing’’ or ‘‘off’’. discretes unless recorder imity warning capacity is limited in which system). case a single discrete for all modes is acceptable. 36. Landing Gear Discrete ...... 4 ...... A suitable combination of Position or discretes should be re- Landing gear corded. cockpit control selection. 37. Drift Angle 15 As installed ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 0.1° 38. Wind Speed As installed ...... As installed ...... 4 1 knot, and 1.0°. and Direction.

495

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

39. Latitude and As installed ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 0.002°, or as in- Provided by the Primary Longitude. stalled. Navigation System Ref- erence. Where capacity permits latitude/longitude resolution should be 0.0002°. 40. Stick shaker Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ...... 1 ...... A suitable combination of and pusher acti- or ‘‘off’’. discretes to determine acti- vation. vation. 41. Windshear Discrete ‘‘warn- ...... 1. Detection. ing’’ or ‘‘off’’. 42. Throttle/power Full Range ...... ±2% ...... 1 for each lever 2% of full range For airplanes with non-me- lever position 16. chanically linked cockpit engine controls. 43. Additional En- As installed ...... As installed ...... Each engine 2% of full range Where capacity permits, the gine Param- each second. preferred priority is indi- eters. cated vibration level, N2, EGT, Fuel Flow, Fuel Cut- off lever position and N3, unless engine manufac- turer recommends other- wise. 44. Traffic Alert Discretes ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... A suitable combination of and Collision discretes should be re- Avoidance Sys- corded to determine the tem (TCAS). status of—Combined Con- trol, Vertical Control, Up Advisory, and down advi- sory. (ref. ARINC Char- acteristic 735 Attachment 6E, TCAS VERTICAL RA DATA OUTPUT WORD.) 45. DME 1 and 2 0–200 NM; ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 1 NM ...... 1 mile. Distance. 46. Nav 1 and 2 Full range ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... Sufficient to determine se- Selected Fre- lected frequency. quency. 47. Selected baro- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 0.2% of full metric setting. range. 48. Selected alti- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 100 ft. tude. 49. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1 knot. speed. 50. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 01. Mach. 51. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 100 ft./min. vertical speed. 52. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1°. heading. 53. Selected flight Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1°. path. 54. Selected deci- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 64 ...... 1 ft. sion height. 55. EFIS display Discrete(s) ...... 4 ...... Discretes should show the format. display system status (e.g., off, normal, fail, composite, sector, plan, nav aids, weather radar, range, copy. 56. Multi-function/ Discrete(s) ...... 4 ...... Discretes should show the Engine Alerts display system status (e.g., Display format. off, normal, fail, and the identity of display pages for emergency procedures, need not be recorded. 57. Thrust Full Range ...... ±2% ...... 2 ...... 2% of full range comand 17. 58. Thrust target Full Range ...... ±2% ...... 4 ...... 2% of full range.

496

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

59. Fuel quantity Full Range ...... ±5% ...... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range. in CG trim tank. 60. Primary Navi- Discrete GPS, ...... 4 ...... A suitable combination of gation System INS, VOR/ discretes to determine the Reference. DME, MLS, Primary Navigation System Loran C, reference. Omega, Local- izer Glidescope. 61. Ice Detection Discrete ‘‘ice’’ or ...... 4. ‘‘no ice’’. 62. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1. ing each engine vibration. 63. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1. ing each engine over temp.. 64. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1. ing each engine oil pressure low. 65. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1. ing each engine over speed. 66. Yaw Trim Sur- Full Range ...... ±3% Unless 2 ...... 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range. racy Uniquely Required. 67. Roll Trim Sur- Full Range ...... ±3% Unless 2 ...... 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range. racy Uniquely Required. 68. Brake Pres- As installed ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... To determine braking effort sure (left and applied by pilots or by right). . 69. Brake Pedal Discrete or Ana- ±5% (Analog) .... 1 ...... To determine braking applied Application (left log ‘‘applied’’ by pilots. and right). or ‘‘off’’. 70. Yaw or side- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.5°. slip angle. 71. Engine bleed Discrete ‘‘open’’ ...... 4. valve position. or ‘‘closed’’. 72. De-icing or Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ...... 4. anti-icing sys- ‘‘off’’. tem selection. 73. Computed Full Range ...... ±5% ...... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range. center of gravity. 74. AC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ...... 4 ...... Each bus. bus status. or ‘‘off’’. 75. DC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ...... 4 ...... Each bus. bus status. or ‘‘off’’. 76. APU bleed Discrete ‘‘open’’ ...... 4. valve position. or ‘‘closed’’. 77. Hydraulic Full range ...... ±5% ...... 2 ...... 100 psi. Pressure (each system). 78. Loss of cabin Discrete ‘‘loss’’ ...... 1. pressure. or ‘‘normal’’. 79. Computer fail- Discrete ‘‘fail’’ or ...... 4. ure (critical ‘‘normal’’. flight and en- gine control systems). 80. Heads-up dis- Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ...... 4. play (when an or ‘‘off’’. information source is in- stalled).

497

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

81. Para-visual Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ...... 1. display (when or ‘‘off’’. an information source is in- stalled). 82. Cockpit trim Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.2% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—pitch. able, cockpit display trim positions should be re- corded. 83. Cockpit trim Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.7% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—roll. able, cockpit display trim position should be re- corded. 84. Cockpit trim Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control input are not avail- sition—yaw. able, cockpit display trim positions should be re- corded. 85. Trailing edge Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 2 ...... 0.5% of full Trailing edge flaps and cock- flap and cockpit range. pit flap control position flap control po- may each be sampled al- sition. ternately at 4 second inter- vals to provide a sample each 0.5 second. 86. Leading edge Full Range or ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.5% of full flap and cockpit Discrete. range. flap control po- sition. 87. Ground spoil- Full Range or ±5% ...... 0.5 ...... 0.3% of full er position and Discrete. range speed brake se- lection. 88. All cockpit Full Range Con- ± 5° ...... 1 ...... 0.3% of full For fly-by-wire flight control flight control trol wheel ± 70 range. systems, where flight con- input forces lbs. Control trol surface position is a (control wheel, column ± 85 function of the displace- control column, lbs. Rudder ment of the control input rudder pedal) 18. pedal ± 165 lbs. device only, it is not nec- essary to record this pa- rameter. For airplanes that have a flight control break- away capability that allows either pilot to operate the control independently, record both control force inputs. The control force inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per 2 sec- onds to produce the sam- pling interval of 1. 1 For A300 B2/B4 airplanes, resolution = 6 seconds. 2 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.703°. 3 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.275% (0.088°>0.064°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 2.20% (0.703°>0.064°). 4 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.22% (0.088°>0.080°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.76% (0.703°>0.080°). 5 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.18% (0.703°>0.120°). 6 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.783% (0.352°>0.090°). 7 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.704% (0.352°>0.100°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolu- tion = 1.406% (0.703°>0.100°). 8 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.30% (0.176°>0.12°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, seconds per sampling interval = 1. 9 For B–717 series airplanes, resolution = .005g. For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, resolution = .007g. 10 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250°>0.120°). 11 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250°>0.120°). For A300 B2/B4 series airplanes, resolution = 0.92% (0.230°>0.125°). 12 For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolution = 1.406% (0.703°>0.100°). 13 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.5 °C. 14 For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, Radio Altitude resolution = 1.25 ft. 15 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.352 degrees.

498

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. G

16 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 4.32%. For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution is 3.27% of full range for throttle lever angle (TLA); for reverse thrust, reverse throttle lever angle (RLA) resolution is nonlinear over the active reverse thrust range, which is 51.54 degrees to 96.14 degrees. The resolved element is 2.8 degrees uniformly over the entire ac- tive reverse thrust range, or 2.9% of the full range value of 96.14 degrees. 17 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, with IAE engines, resolution = 2.58%. 18- For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the seconds per sampling interval is 0.125. Each input must be recorded at this rate. Alternately sampling inputs (interleaving) to meet this sampling interval is prohibited.

[Doc. No. 28109, 62 FR 38398, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; Amdt. 135–85, 67 FR 54323, Aug. 21, 2002; Amdt. 135–89, 68 FR 42939, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, Aug. 20, 2003; Amdt. 135– 113, 73 FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17047, Apr. 5, 2010; Amdt. 135–120, 75 FR 7357, Feb. 19, 2010]

APPENDIX G TO PART 135—EXTENDED operations (excluding Canada and Mexico) OPERATIONS (ETOPS) with multi-engine transport category tur- bine-engine powered airplanes. The certifi- G135.1 Definitions. cate holder may consider the following expe- G135.1.1 Adequate Airport means an airport rience as international operations: that an airplane operator may list with ap- (a) Operations to or from the State of Ha- proval from the FAA because that airport waii. meets the landing limitations of § 135.385 or (b) For certificate holders granted ap- is a military airport that is active and oper- proval to operate under part 135 or part 121 ational. before February 15, 2007, up to 6 months of G135.1.2 ETOPS Alternate Airport means an domestic operating experience and oper- adequate airport that is designated in a dis- ations in Canada and Mexico in multi-engine patch or flight release for use in the event of transport category turbojet-powered air- a diversion during ETOPS. This definition planes may be credited as part of the re- applies to flight planning and does not in quired 12 months of international experience any way limit the authority of the pilot in required by paragraph G135.2.2(a) of this ap- command during flight. pendix. G135.1.3 ETOPS Entry Point means the (c) ETOPS experience with other aircraft first point on the route of an ETOPS flight, types to the extent authorized by the FAA. determined using a one-engine inoperative G135.2.3 Airplane requirements. No certifi- cruise speed under standard conditions in cate holder may conduct ETOPS in an air- still air, that is more than 180 minutes from plane that was manufactured after February an adequate airport. 17, 2015 unless the airplane meets the stand- G135.1.4 ETOPS Qualified Person means a ards of § 25.1535. person, performing maintenance for the cer- G135.2.4 Crew information requirements. The tificate holder, who has satisfactorily com- certificate holder must ensure that flight pleted the certificate holder’s ETOPS train- crews have in-flight access to current weath- ing program. er and operational information needed to G135.2 Requirements. comply with § 135.83, § 135.225, and § 135.229. G135.2.1 General. After August 13, 2008, no This includes information on all ETOPS Al- certificate holder may operate an airplane, ternate Airports, all destination alternates, other than an all-cargo airplane with more and the destination airport proposed for each than two engines, outside the continental ETOPS flight. United States more than 180 minutes flying G135.2.5 Operational Requirements. time (at the one-engine-inoperative cruise (a) No person may allow a flight to con- speed under standard conditions in still air) tinue beyond its ETOPS Entry Point un- from an airport described in § 135.364 unless— less— (a) The certificate holder receives ETOPS (1) The weather conditions at each ETOPS approval from the FAA; Alternate Airport are forecast to be at or (b) The operation is conducted in a multi- above the operating minima in the certifi- engine transport category turbine-powered cate holder’s operations specifications for airplane; that airport when it might be used (from the (c) The operation is planned to be no more earliest to the latest possible landing time), than 240 minutes flying time (at the one en- and gine inoperative cruise speed under standard (3) All ETOPS Alternate Airports within conditions in still air) from an airport de- the authorized ETOPS maximum diversion scribed in § 135.364; and time are reviewed for any changes in condi- (d) The certificate holder meets the re- tions that have occurred since dispatch. quirements of this appendix. (b) In the event that an operator cannot G135.2.2 Required certificate holder experience comply with paragraph G135.2.5(a)(1) of this prior to conducting ETOPS. appendix for a specific airport, another Before applying for ETOPS approval, the ETOPS Alternate Airport must be sub- certificate holder must have at least 12 stituted within the maximum ETOPS diver- months experience conducting international sion time that could be authorized for that

499

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. G 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

flight with weather conditions at or above descent to a safe altitude in compliance with operating minima. the oxygen supply requirements of § 135.157; (c) Pilots must plan and conduct ETOPS (ii) Fuel sufficient to fly to an ETOPS Al- under instrument flight rules. ternate Airport (at the one-engine-inoper- (d) Time-Limited Systems. ative cruise speed under standard conditions (1) Except as provided in paragraph in still air) assuming a rapid decompression G135.2.5(d)(3) of this appendix, the time re- and a simultaneous engine failure at the quired to fly the distance to each ETOPS Al- most critical point followed by descent to a ternate Airport (at the all-engines-operating safe altitude in compliance with the oxygen cruise speed, corrected for wind and tem- requirements of § 135.157; or perature) may not exceed the time specified (iii) Fuel sufficient to fly to an ETOPS Al- in the Airplane Flight Manual for the air- ternate Airport (at the one-engine-inoper- plane’s most limiting fire suppression sys- ative cruise speed under standard conditions tem time required by regulation for any in still air) assuming an engine failure at the cargo or baggage compartments (if in- most critical point followed by descent to stalled), minus 15 minutes. the one engine inoperative cruise altitude. (2) Except as provided in G135.2.5(d)(3) of (2) Fuel to account for errors in wind fore- this appendix, the time required to fly the casting. In calculating the amount of fuel re- distance to each ETOPS Alternate Airport quired by paragraph G135.2.7(a)(1) of this ap- (at the approved one-engine-inoperative pendix, the certificate holder must increase cruise speed, corrected for wind and tem- the actual forecast wind speed by 5% (result- perature) may not exceed the time specified ing in an increase in headwind or a decrease in the Airplane Flight Manual for the air- in tailwind) to account for any potential er- plane’s most time limited system time rors in wind forecasting. If a certificate hold- (other than the airplane’s most limiting fire er is not using the actual forecast wind based suppression system time required by regula- on a wind model accepted by the FAA, the tion for any cargo or baggage compart- airplane must carry additional fuel equal to ments), minus 15 minutes. 5% of the fuel required by paragraph (3) A certificate holder operating an air- G135.2.7(a) of this appendix, as reserve fuel to plane without the Airplane Flight Manual allow for errors in wind data. information needed to comply with para- (3) Fuel to account for icing. In calculating graphs G135.2.5(d)(1) and (d)(2) of this appen- the amount of fuel required by paragraph dix, may continue ETOPS with that airplane G135.2.7(a)(1) of this appendix, (after com- until February 17, 2015. pleting the wind calculation in G135.2.7(a)(2) G135.2.6 Communications Requirements. of this appendix), the certificate holder must (a) No person may conduct an ETOPS ensure that the airplane carries the greater flight unless the following communications of the following amounts of fuel in anticipa- equipment, appropriate to the route to be tion of possible icing during the diversion: flown, is installed and operational: (i) Fuel that would be burned as a result of (1) Two independent communication trans- airframe icing during 10 percent of the time mitters, at least one of which allows voice icing is forecast (including the fuel used by communication. engine and wing anti-ice during this period). (2) Two independent communication re- (ii) Fuel that would be used for engine ceivers, at least one of which allows voice anti-ice, and if appropriate wing anti-ice, for communication. the entire time during which icing is fore- (3) Two headsets, or one headset and one cast. speaker. (4) Fuel to account for engine deteriora- (b) In areas where voice communication fa- tion. In calculating the amount of fuel re- cilities are not available, or are of such poor quired by paragraph G135.2.7(a)(1) of this ap- quality that voice communication is not pos- pendix (after completing the wind calcula- sible, communication using an alternative tion in paragraph G135.2.7(a)(2) of this appen- system must be substituted. dix), the certificate holder must ensure the G135.2.7 Fuel Requirements. No person may airplane also carries fuel equal to 5% of the dispatch or release for flight an ETOPS fuel specified above, to account for deterio- flight unless, considering wind and other ration in cruise fuel burn performance unless weather conditions expected, it has the fuel the certificate holder has a program to mon- otherwise required by this part and enough itor airplane in-service deterioration to fuel to satisfy each of the following require- cruise fuel burn performance. ments: (b) Fuel to account for holding, approach, (a) Fuel to fly to an ETOPS Alternate Airport. and landing. In addition to the fuel required (1) Fuel to account for rapid decompression by paragraph G135.2.7 (a) of this appendix, and engine failure. The airplane must carry the airplane must carry fuel sufficient to the greater of the following amounts of fuel: hold at 1500 feet above field elevation for 15 (i) Fuel sufficient to fly to an ETOPS Al- minutes upon reaching the ETOPS Alternate ternate Airport assuming a rapid decompres- Airport and then conduct an instrument ap- sion at the most critical point followed by proach and land.

500

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. G

(c) Fuel to account for APU use. If an APU (ii) ETOPS PDSC Signatory Person: A per- is a required power source, the certificate son is an ETOPS PDSC Signatory Person holder must account for its fuel consumption when that person is ETOPS Qualified and during the appropriate phases of flight. that person: G135.2.8 Maintenance Program Requirements. (A) When certifying the completion of the In order to conduct an ETOPS flight under ETOPS PDSC in the United States: § 135.364, each certificate holder must develop (1) Works for an operator authorized to en- and comply with the ETOPS maintenance gage in part 135 or 121 operation or works for program as authorized in the certificate a part 145 repair station; and holder’s operations specifications for each (2) Holds a U.S. Mechanic’s Certificate two-engine airplane-engine combination with airframe and powerplant ratings. used in ETOPS. This provision does not (B) When certifying the completion of the apply to operations using an airplane with ETOPS PDSC outside of the U.S. holds a cer- more than two engines. The certificate hold- tificate in accordance with § 43.17(c)(1) of this er must develop this ETOPS maintenance chapter; or program to supplement the maintenance pro- (C) When certifying the completion of the gram currently approved for the operator. ETOPS PDSC outside the U.S. holds the cer- This ETOPS maintenance program must in- tificates needed or has the requisite experi- clude the following elements: ence or training to return aircraft to service (a) ETOPS maintenance document. The cer- on behalf of an ETOPS maintenance entity. tificate holder must have an ETOPS mainte- (iii) ETOPS maintenance entity: An entity nance document for use by each person in- authorized to perform ETOPS maintenance volved in ETOPS. The document must— and complete ETOPS pre-departure service (1) List each ETOPS Significant System, checks and that entity is: (A) Certificated to engage in part 135 or 121 (2) Refer to or include all of the ETOPS operations; maintenance elements in this section, (B) Repair station certificated under part (3) Refer to or include all supportive pro- 145 of this title; or grams and procedures, (C) Entity authorized pursuant to (4) Refer to or include all duties and re- § 43.17(c)(2) of this chapter. sponsibilities, and (c) Limitations on dual maintenance. (1) Ex- (5) Clearly state where referenced material cept as specified in paragraph G135.2.8(c)(2) is located in the certificate holder’s docu- of this appendix, the certificate holder may ment system. not perform scheduled or unscheduled dual (b) ETOPS pre-departure service check. The maintenance during the same maintenance certificate holder must develop a pre-depar- visit on the same or a substantially similar ture check tailored to their specific oper- ETOPS Significant System listed in the ation. ETOPS maintenance document, if the im- (1) The certificate holder must complete a proper maintenance could result in the fail- pre-departure service check immediately be- ure of an ETOPS Significant System. fore each ETOPS flight. (2) In the event dual maintenance as de- (2) At a minimum, this check must: fined in paragraph G135.2.8(c)(1) of this ap- (i) Verify the condition of all ETOPS Sig- pendix cannot be avoided, the certificate nificant Systems; holder may perform maintenance provided: (ii) Verify the overall status of the air- (i) The maintenance action on each af- plane by reviewing applicable maintenance fected ETOPS Significant System is per- records; and formed by a different technician, or (iii) Include an interior and exterior in- (ii) The maintenance action on each af- spection to include a determination of en- fected ETOPS Significant System is per- gine and APU oil levels and consumption formed by the same technician under the di- rates. rect supervision of a second qualified indi- (3) An appropriately trained maintenance vidual; and person, who is ETOPS qualified must accom- (iii) For either paragraph G135.2.8(c)(2)(i) plish and certify by signature ETOPS spe- or (ii) of this appendix, a qualified individual cific tasks. Before an ETOPS flight may conducts a ground verification test and any commence, an ETOPS pre-departure service in-flight verification test required under the check (PDSC) Signatory Person, who has program developed pursuant to paragraph been authorized by the certificate holder, G135.2.8(d) of this appendix. must certify by signature, that the ETOPS (d) Verification program. The certificate PDSC has been completed. holder must develop a program for the reso- (4) For the purposes of this paragraph (b) lution of discrepancies that will ensure the only, the following definitions apply: effectiveness of maintenance actions taken (i) ETOPS qualified person: A person is on ETOPS Significant Systems. The ETOPS qualified when that person satisfac- verification program must identify potential torily completes the operator’s ETOPS problems and verify satisfactory corrective training program and is authorized by the action. The verification program must in- certificate holder. clude ground verification and in-flight

501

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 135, App. G 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–12 Edition)

verification policy and procedures. The cer- (2) This program must describe the param- tificate holder must establish procedures to eters to be monitored, the method of data clearly indicate who is going to initiate the collection, the method of analyzing data, and verification action and what action is nec- the process for taking corrective action. essary. The verification action may be per- (3) The program must ensure that engine formed on an ETOPS revenue flight provided limit margins are maintained so that a pro- the verification action is documented as sat- longed engine-inoperative diversion may be isfactorily completed upon reaching the conducted at approved power levels and in ETOPS entry point. all expected environmental conditions with- (e) Task identification. The certificate hold- out exceeding approved engine limits. This er must identify all ETOPS-specific tasks. includes approved limits for items such as An ETOPS qualified person must accomplish rotor speeds and exhaust gas temperatures. and certify by signature that the ETOPS- (k) Oil consumption monitoring. The certifi- specific task has been completed. cate holder must develop an engine oil con- (f) Centralized maintenance control proce- sumption monitoring program to ensure that dures. The certificate holder must develop there is enough oil to complete each ETOPS procedures for centralized maintenance con- flight. APU oil consumption must be in- trol for ETOPS. cluded if an APU is required for ETOPS. The (g) ETOPS parts control program. The cer- operator’s consumption limit may not ex- tificate holder must develop an ETOPS parts ceed the manufacturer’s recommendation. control program to ensure the proper identi- Monitoring must be continuous and include fication of parts used to maintain the con- oil added at each ETOPS departure point. figuration of airplanes used in ETOPS. The program must compare the amount of (h) Enhanced Continuing Analysis and Sur- oil added at each ETOPS departure point veillance System (E–CASS) program. A certifi- with the running average consumption to cate holder’s existing CASS must be en- identify sudden increases. hanced to include all elements of the ETOPS (l) APU in-flight start program. If an APU is maintenance program. In addition to the re- required for ETOPS, but is not required to porting requirements of § 135.415 and § 135.417, run during the ETOPS portion of the flight, the program includes reporting procedures, the certificate holder must have a program in the form specified in § 135.415(e), for the acceptable to the FAA for cold soak in-flight following significant events detrimental to start and run reliability. ETOPS within 96 hours of the occurrence to (m) Maintenance training. For each air- the certificate holding district office plane-engine combination, the certificate (CHDO): holder must develop a maintenance training (1) IFSDs, except planned IFSDs performed program to ensure that it provides training for flight training. adequate to support ETOPS. It must include (2) Diversions and turnbacks for failures, ETOPS specific training for all persons in- malfunctions, or defects associated with any volved in ETOPS maintenance that focuses airplane or engine system. on the special nature of ETOPS. This train- (3) Uncommanded power or thrust changes ing must be in addition to the operator’s or surges. maintenance training program used to qual- (4) Inability to control the engine or obtain ify individuals for specific airplanes and en- desired power or thrust. gines. (5) Inadvertent fuel loss or unavailability, (n) Configuration, maintenance, and proce- or uncorrectable fuel imbalance in flight. dures (CMP) document. The certificate holder (6) Failures, malfunctions or defects asso- must use a system to ensure compliance ciated with ETOPS Significant Systems. with the minimum requirements set forth in (7) Any event that would jeopardize the the current version of the CMP document for safe flight and landing of the airplane on an each airplane-engine combination that has a ETOPS flight. CMP. (i) Propulsion system monitoring. (o) Reporting. The certificate holder must The certificate holder, in coordination report quarterly to the CHDO and the air- with the CHDO, must— plane and engine manufacturer for each air- (1) Establish criteria as to what action is plane authorized for ETOPS. The report to be taken when adverse trends in propul- must provide the operating hours and cycles sion system conditions are detected, and for each airplane. G135.2.9 Delayed compliance date for all air- (2) Investigate common cause effects or planes. A certificate holder need not comply systemic errors and submit the findings to with this appendix for any airplane until Au- the CHDO within 30 days. gust 13, 2008. (j) Engine condition monitoring. (1) The certificate holder must establish an [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, engine-condition monitoring program to de- 2007, as amended by Amdt. 135–108, 72 FR tect deterioration at an early stage and to 7348, Feb. 15, 2007; 72 FR 26542, May 10, 2007; allow for corrective action before safe oper- Amdt. 135–112, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008; Amdt. ation is affected. 135–115, 73 FR 33882, June 16, 2008]

502

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:27 Feb 27, 2012 Jkt 226046 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V3 ofr150 PsN: PC150